Owner's Manual

2k17_Chevrolet_Malibu_23461930A.
ai 1 5/26/2016 2:09:05 PM
2017 Malibu
C
CM
MY
CY
CMY
Malibu Owner’s Manual
23461930 A
Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Contents Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Keys, Doors, and Windows . . . . . 31
Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Instruments and Controls . . . . . . 103
Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 171
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . . 214
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Service and Maintenance . . . . . 368
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
Customer Information . . . . . . . . . 383
Reporting Safety Defects . . . . . . 393
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
2 Introduction
Introduction This manual describes features that

may or may not be on the vehicle
Helm, Incorporated
Attention: Customer Service
because of optional equipment that 47911 Halyard Drive
was not purchased on the vehicle, Plymouth, MI 48170
model variants, country USA
specifications, features/applications
that may not be available in your Using this Manual
region, or changes subsequent to
the printing of this owner manual. To quickly locate information about
the vehicle, use the Index in the
The names, logos, emblems, Refer to the purchase back of the manual. It is an
slogans, vehicle model names, and documentation relating to your alphabetical list of what is in the
vehicle body designs appearing in specific vehicle to confirm the manual and the page number where
this manual including, but not limited features. it can be found.
to, GM, the GM logo, CHEVROLET,
the CHEVROLET Emblem, Keep this manual in the vehicle for
MALIBU, and the MALIBU Emblem quick reference. Danger, Warning, and
are trademarks and/or service Caution
marks of General Motors LLC, its Canadian Vehicle Owners
Warning messages found on vehicle
subsidiaries, affiliates, or licensors. A French language manual can be labels and in this manual describe
For vehicles first sold in Canada, obtained from your dealer, at hazards and what to do to avoid or
substitute the name “General www.helminc.com, or from: reduce them.
Motors of Canada Company” for
Chevrolet Motor Division wherever it Propriétaires Canadiens
appears in this manual. On peut obtenir un exemplaire de
ce guide en français auprès du
concessionnaire ou à l'adresse
suivante:
Litho in U.S.A.
©
Part No. 23461930 A First Printing 2016 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Introduction 3
A circle with a slash through it is a 9 : Airbag Readiness Light

{ Danger safety symbol which means “Do
Not,” “Do not do this,” or “Do not let # : Air Conditioning
Danger indicates a hazard with a
high level of risk which will result
this happen.” ! : Antilock Brake System (ABS)
in serious injury or death. % : Audio Steering Wheel Controls
Symbols or OnStar® (if equipped)
The vehicle has components and $ : Brake System Warning Light
labels that use symbols instead of
{ Warning text. Symbols are shown along with " : Charging System
Warning indicates a hazard that
the text describing the operation or I : Cruise Control
information relating to a specific
could result in injury or death. component, control, message, ` : Do Not Puncture
gauge, or indicator. ^ : Do Not Service
M : Shown when the owner B : Engine Coolant Temperature
Caution manual has additional instructions O : Exterior Lamps
or information.
Caution indicates a hazard that
* : Shown when the service g : First Responder
could result in property or vehicle _ : Flame/Fire Prohibited
manual has additional instructions
damage. or information. # : Fog Lamps
0 : Shown when there is more . : Fuel Gauge
information on another page —
“see page.” + : Fuses
Vehicle Symbol Chart 3 : Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer
Here are some additional symbols
that may be found on the vehicle j : LATCH System Child Restraints
and what they mean. For more * : Malfunction Indicator Lamp
information on the symbol, refer to : : Oil Pressure
the Index.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
4 Introduction
Q : OnStar
O : Power
9 : Ready
/ : Remote Vehicle Start
> : Safety Belt Reminders
7 : Tire Pressure Monitor
d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak®
a : Under Pressure
M : Windshield Washer Fluid
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 6/1/16
In Brief 5
In Brief Vehicle Features

Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . 19
High Voltage Safety
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Radio(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Regenerative Braking
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 (Hybrid Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Instrument Panel Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Portable Audio Devices . . . . . . . . 20
Instrument Panel Overview . . . . . . 6
Bluetooth® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Initial Drive Information Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . 21
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Performance and Maintenance
Initial Drive Information . . . . . . . . . . 8 Traction Control/Electronic
Stop/Start System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Driver Information
Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Tire Pressure Monitor . . . . . . . . . . 28
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Fuel (1.5L and 1.8L
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Engines) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Forward Automatic
Braking (FAB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Fuel (2.0L Engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Trunk Release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 E85 or FlexFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . . 29
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Driving for Better Fuel
Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . . 23
Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . . 24 Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Second Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Roadside Assistance
Heated and Ventilated Seats . . . 12 Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . 24
Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Head Restraint Adjustment . . . . 13
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Passenger Sensing System . . . 13 Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Automatic Parking
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . 14 Assist (APA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Universal Remote System . . . . . 25
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . . 16 Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Hybrid Features
Hybrid Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 6/1/16
6 In Brief
Instrument Panel
Instrument Panel Overview
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 6/1/16
In Brief 7
1. Air Vents 0 211. Assistance Systems for Lane Keep Assist (LKA) 0 266
2. Turn Signal Lever. See Turn Parking or Backing 0 253 (If Equipped).
and Lane-Change (If Equipped). 19. Hood Release. See
Signals 0 167. 11. Shift Lever. See Automatic Hood 0 281.
3. Instrument Cluster (Base Transmission 0 233. 20. Data Link Connector (Out of
Level) 0 112 or Instrument 12. Electric Parking Brake 0 238. View). See Malfunction
Cluster (Uplevel) 0 114. 13. USB Port 0 184. Indicator Lamp (Check Engine
Driver Information Center (DIC) Light) 0 122.
14. ENGINE START/STOP Button.
(Base Level) 0 131 or Driver See Ignition Positions 0 225. 21. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 163.
Information Center (DIC) 22. Instrument Panel Illumination
(Uplevel) 0 134. 15. Steering Wheel Controls 0 104.
Control 0 167.
4. Windshield Wiper/ Driver Information Center
Washer 0 105. Buttons. See Driver Information
Center (DIC) (Base Level)
5. Light Sensor. See Automatic 0 131 or Driver Information
Headlamp System 0 166. Center (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 134.
6. Infotainment 0 171. 16. Horn 0 105.
7. Climate Control 17. Steering Wheel
Systems 0 205. Adjustment 0 104.
Dual Automatic Climate Control 18. Cruise Control 0 243.
System 0 208 (If Equipped).
Adaptive Cruise Control 0 245
8. Hazard Warning (If Equipped).
Flashers 0 166.
Heated Steering Wheel 0 105
9. Power Outlets 0 108. (If Equipped).
10. Traction Control/Electronic Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
Stability Control 0 241. System 0 258 (If Equipped).
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 6/1/16
8 In Brief
Initial Drive Remote Keyless Entry 7 : Press and release one time to
(RKE) System initiate vehicle locator. Press and
Information hold for at least three seconds to
This section provides a brief The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) sound the panic alarm. Press again
overview about some of the transmitter may work up to 60 m to cancel the panic alarm.
important features that may or may (197 ft) away from the vehicle.
See Keys 0 31 and Remote Keyless
not be on your specific vehicle. Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 32.
For more detailed information, refer
to each of the features which can be Remote Vehicle Start
found later in this owner manual. If equipped, the engine can be
started from outside of the vehicle.
Stop/Start System
Starting the Vehicle
The vehicle may have a fuel saving
stop/start system to shut off the 1. Press and release Q on the
engine and help conserve fuel. RKE transmitter.
When the brakes are applied and 2. Immediately, press and hold /
the vehicle is at a complete stop, for at least four seconds or until
the engine may turn off. When the With Remote Start Shown
the turn signal lamps flash.
brake pedal is released or the K : Press to unlock the driver door
accelerator pedal is pressed, the or all doors, depending on the 3. Start the vehicle normally after
engine will restart. See Starting the vehicle personalization setting. entering.
Engine 0 227. When the vehicle starts, the parking
Q : Press to lock all doors.
lamps will turn on.
Lock and unlock feedback can be
personalized. For the hybrid vehicle, the engine
will only start if needed for warming
X : Press twice quickly to open the functions or high voltage battery
trunk. charging.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 6/1/16
In Brief 9
Remote start can be extended. To lock or unlock the doors from the Trunk Release
inside:
Canceling a Remote Start To open the trunk:
To cancel a remote start, do one of . Press and hold X on the RKE
the following: transmitter.
. Press and hold / until the . Press the touch pad on the rear
parking lamps turn off. of the trunk after unlocking all
. Turn on the hazard warning doors.
flashers. If equipped with Keyless Access,
. Turn the vehicle on and then off. the RKE transmitter must be within
1 m (3 ft) of the trunk. Press the
See Remote Vehicle Start 0 38. touch pad on the rear of the trunk
and lift to open. See Remote
Door Locks Keyless Entry (RKE) System
To lock or unlock the doors from the . Press Q or K on the power door Operation 0 32.
outside: lock switch. See Trunk 0 44.
. Press Q or K on the Remote . Pull the door handle once to
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter. unlock the door. Pulling the
See Remote Keyless Entry handle again unlatches the door.
(RKE) System Operation 0 32. See Power Door Locks 0 42.
. Use the key in the driver door.
The key lock cylinder has a
cover. See Door Locks 0 40.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 6/1/16
10 In Brief
Windows Seat Adjustment Manual Seat Height Adjuster
Manual Front Seats
Press the switch down to open the Move the lever on the outboard side
window. Pull the front of the switch of the seat up or down to manually
up to close it. The power windows To adjust a manual seat: raise or lower the seat.
only operate with the ignition in 1. Pull the handle at the front of See Seat Adjustment 0 56.
ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN, the seat.
or when Retained Accessory
2. Slide the seat to the desired
Power (RAP) is active. See
position and release the
Retained Accessory Power
handle.
(RAP) 0 230.
3. Try to move the seat back and
forth to be sure it is locked in
place.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 6/1/16
In Brief 11
Power Seats Lumbar Adjustment Reclining Seatbacks

Manual Reclining Seatbacks
To adjust a power seat, if equipped: If equipped, press and hold the front
. Move the seat forward or or rear of the control to increase or
decrease lumbar support. To recline a manual seatback:
rearward by sliding the control
forward or rearward. See Lumbar Adjustment 0 57. 1. Lift the lever.
. Raise or lower the entire seat by 2. Move the seatback to the
moving the entire control up desired position, and then
or down. release the lever to lock the
seatback in place.
. Raise or lower the front part of
the seat cushion by moving the 3. Push and pull on the seatback
front of the control up or down. to make sure it is locked.
See Power Seat Adjustment 0 57.

10122664) - 2017 - crc - 6/1/16
12 In Brief
To return the seatback to the upright See Reclining Seatbacks 0 57. See Memory Seats 0 59 and
position: Vehicle Personalization 0 147.
1. Lift the lever fully without Memory Features
applying pressure to the Second Row Seats
seatback, and the seatback will The rear seatbacks can be folded
return to the upright position. down to increase cargo space.
2. Push and pull on the seatback See Rear Seats 0 62.
to make sure it is locked.
Power Reclining Seatbacks Heated and Ventilated
Seats
If equipped, the 1, 2, SET, and B

(Exit) buttons on the driver door are
used to manually store and recall
memory settings for the driver seat
and outside mirrors.
Automatic Memory Recall and/or
easy exit recall features may be
To adjust a power seatback,
enabled in the personalization
if available: If available, the buttons are on the
menus to automatically recall
. Tilt the top of the control climate control panel. To operate,
positions stored to the 1, 2, and B the engine must be running.
rearward to recline. buttons.
. Tilt the top of the control forward
to raise.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 6/1/16
In Brief 13
To heat the driver or passenger seat while keeping the seat and the head . Lower Anchors and Tethers for
cushion and seatback, press L or restraint height in the proper Children (LATCH System) 0 90.
M. Indicator lights on the button position.
show the current setting. See Head Restraints 0 55 and Seat Passenger Sensing
To ventilate the driver or passenger Adjustment 0 56. System
seat, press { or C. Indicator lights
on the button show the current
Safety Belts
setting.
Press the heated or ventilated
button once for the highest setting.
With each press of the button, the
heated or ventilated seat will United States and Canada
change to the next lower setting,
and then to the off setting. The
lights indicate three for the highest
setting and one for the lowest.
See Heated and Ventilated Front
Seats 0 60.
Mexico
Head Restraint Refer to the following sections for The passenger sensing system
Adjustment important information on how to use turns off the front outboard
safety belts properly: passenger frontal airbag and knee
Do not drive until the head restraints
for all occupants are installed and . Safety Belts 0 64. airbag under certain conditions. No
adjusted properly. . other airbag is affected by the
How to Wear Safety Belts
passenger sensing system. See
To achieve a comfortable seating Properly 0 65.
Passenger Sensing System 0 77.
position, change the seatback . Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 66.
recline angle as little as necessary
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 6/1/16
14 In Brief
The passenger airbag status Exterior Mirrors Steering Wheel

indicator will light on the overhead
console when the vehicle is started.
Adjustment
See Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator 0 121.
Mirror Adjustment
Interior Mirror
Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear
view of the area behind your
vehicle.
Manual Rearview Mirror
If equipped, push the tab forward for To adjust a mirror:
daytime use and pull it rearward for
nighttime use to avoid glare of the 1. Press } or | to choose the To adjust the steering wheel:
headlamps from behind. driver or passenger mirror. 1. Pull the lever down.
Automatic Dimming Rearview 2. Press the arrows on the control 2. Move the steering wheel up
Mirror pad to move each mirror in the or down.
If equipped, the mirror will desired direction.
3. Pull or push the steering wheel
automatically reduce the glare of the See Power Mirrors 0 48. closer or away from you.
headlamps from behind. The
dimming feature comes on when the 4. Pull the lever up to lock the
vehicle is started. steering wheel in place.
See Automatic Dimming Rearview Do not adjust the steering wheel
Mirror 0 49. while driving.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 6/1/16
In Brief 15
Interior Lighting and the indicator light will turn off.

The dome lamps will come on when
Dome Lamps doors are opened.
Reading Lamps
There may be front and rear reading
lamps.
If equipped, the rear reading lamps

are in the headliner.
Press the button near each lamp to
turn reading lamps on or off.
The dome lamp controls are in the
overhead console. For more information on interior
lighting, see Instrument Panel
To operate, press the following
Illumination Control 0 167.
buttons:
If equipped, the front reading lamps
+ ON/OFF : Press to turn the dome are in the overhead console.
lamps on manually.
Press the lamp lenses to turn the
j OFF : Press to turn off the reading lamps on or off.
dome lamps when a door is open.
An indicator light on the button will
turn on when the dome lamp
override is activated. Press j
OFF again to deactivate this feature
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 6/1/16
16 In Brief
Exterior Lighting See:

. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 163
. Daytime Running Lamps
(DRL) 0 165
Windshield Wiper/Washer
INT : Move the lever up to INT for

intermittent wipes, then adjust the
The exterior lamp control is on the band to control the frequency of
instrument panel to the left of the wipes.
steering column.
OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.
O : Turns the exterior lamps on
and off. 1X : For a single wipe, briefly move
the lever down. For several wipes,
AUTO : Turns the exterior lamps on With the ignition in ACC/
hold the lever down.
and off automatically depending on ACCESSORY or ON/RUN, move
outside lighting. the lever to select the wiper speed. f : Pull the lever toward you to
spray windshield washer fluid and
; : Turns on the parking lamps HI : Use for fast wipes.
activate the wipers.
including all lamps, except the LO : Use for slow wipes.
headlamps. See Windshield Wiper/
Washer 0 105.
5 : Turns on the headlamps
together with the parking lamps and
instrument panel lights.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 6/1/16
In Brief 17
Climate Controls
If equipped with one of these systems, it controls the heating, cooling, and
ventilation.
Climate Control System
1. Fan Control 5. Driver and Passenger Heated

2. MAX Defrost Seats (If Equipped)
3. A/C (Air Conditioning) or Max/ 6. Recirculation

Eco Air Conditioning (Stop/ 7. Air Delivery Mode Controls
Start Only) 8. Rear Window Defogger
4. TEMP (Temperature Control)
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 6/1/16
18 In Brief
Transmission
Electronic Range Select
(ERS) Mode
ERS mode allows you to choose the
top-gear limit of the transmission
and the vehicle's speed while
driving downhill or towing a trailer.
The vehicle has an electronic shift
position indicator within the
instrument cluster. When using the
ERS mode a number will display
Dual Automatic Climate Control System next to the L, indicating the current
gear that has been selected.
1. Driver and Passenger 7. Driver and Passenger Heated To use this feature:
Ventilated Seats (If Equipped) Seats (If Equipped)
1. Move the shift lever to L (Low).
2. Driver and Passenger 8. SYNC
Temperature Controls 2. Press + (Plus) or ✓ (Minus) on
9. Recirculation the shift lever to increase or
3. MAX Defrost 10. Power decrease the gear range
4. Fan Controls available.
11. Air Delivery Mode Controls
5. AUTO (Automatic Operation) See Manual Mode 0 235.
12. Rear Window Defogger
6. A/C (Air Conditioning) or Max/ See Climate Control Systems 0 205 Hybrid Low Mode
Eco Air Conditioning (Stop/ or Dual Automatic Climate Control
Start Only) When descending steep grades or
System 0 208 (If Equipped). in stop-and-go traffic, L (Low)
provides the ability to slow the
vehicle with regenerative braking
when lifting off the accelerator
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 6/1/16
In Brief 19
pedal. L2 (Low 2) provides moderate

braking and L1 (Low 1) provides
Vehicle Features functions may gray out when they
are unavailable. Many infotainment
maximum braking below 80 km/h features are also available through
(50 mph). When the battery reaches Infotainment System the instrument cluster and steering
full charge the engine may run to Base radio information is included in wheel controls.
maintain braking. this manual. See the infotainment Before driving:
To use this feature: manual for information on other
available infotainment systems. . Become familiar with the
1. Move the shift lever to L (Low). operation, faceplate buttons, and
The transmission will enter Read the following pages to screen buttons.
L2 (Low 2). become familiar with these features.
. Set up the audio by presetting
2. Press + (Plus) or ✓ (Minus) on
the shift lever to shift between { Warning favorite stations, setting the
tone, and adjusting the
L2 (Low 2) and L1 (Low 1). Taking your eyes off the road for speakers.
See Manual Mode 0 235. too long or too often while using . Set up phone numbers in
any infotainment feature can advance so they can be called
cause a crash. You or others easily by pressing a single
could be injured or killed. Do not button or by using a single voice
give extended attention to command if equipped with
infotainment tasks while driving. Bluetooth phone capability.
Limit your glances at the vehicle See Defensive Driving 0 216.
displays and focus your attention
To play the infotainment system with
on driving. Use voice commands the ignition off, see Retained
whenever possible. Accessory Power (RAP) 0 230.
The infotainment system has built-in

features intended to help avoid
distraction by disabling some
functions when driving. These
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 6/1/16
20 In Brief
Radio(s) d : Press and release to go to the coast, and in digital-quality sound.

next station, channel, or track. A fee is required to receive the
Radio without Touchscreen Press and hold to fast seek the next SiriusXM service.
O : Press and hold to turn the track or strongest station or Refer to:
system on and off. Turn to increase channel.
. www.siriusxm.com or call
or decrease the volume. Source : Touch to choose between 1-888-601-6296 (U.S.).
RADIO : Press to choose between available sources.
. www.siriusxm.ca or call
AM or FM. Menu : Touch to choose between 1-877-438-9677 (Canada).
MENU : Turn to select radio available menus.
See Satellite Radio 0 181.
stations. Press to select a menu. S or T : Touch to view saved
7 or 6 : Press to seek the favorite stations or channels. Portable Audio Devices
previous or next station or file. See Overview 0 173. This vehicle has a USB port in the
See Overview 0 173. center stack below the climate
Satellite Radio controls. External devices such as
Radio with Touchscreen
Vehicles with a SiriusXM® satellite iPods®, MP3 players, and USB
O : Press to turn the system on. radio tuner and a valid SiriusXM storage devices may be connected.
Press and hold to turn the system satellite radio subscription can
off. Turn to increase or decrease the See USB Port 0 184.
receive SiriusXM programming.
volume.
SiriusXM Satellite Radio Bluetooth®
g : Press and release to go to the
previous station, channel, or track. Service The Bluetooth® system allows users
Press and hold to fast seek the next SiriusXM is a satellite radio service with a Bluetooth-enabled mobile
track or strongest previous station based in the 48 contiguous United phone to make and receive
or channel. States and 10 Canadian provinces. hands-free calls using the vehicle
SiriusXM satellite radio has a wide audio system and controls.
variety of programming and
commercial-free music, coast to
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 6/1/16
In Brief 21
The Bluetooth-enabled mobile g : If equipped with OnStar® or a

phone must be paired with the Bluetooth® system, press to interact
in-vehicle Bluetooth system before it with those systems. See OnStar
can be used in the vehicle. Not all Overview 0 397, Bluetooth
phones will support all functions. (Overview) 0 190 or Bluetooth
See Bluetooth (Overview) 0 190 or (Infotainment Controls Radio with
Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls Touchscreen) 0 195 or Bluetooth
Radio with Touchscreen) 0 195 or (Infotainment Controls Radio without
Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls Touchscreen) 0 191, or “Bluetooth
Radio without Touchscreen) 0 191. (Overview)” in the infotainment
manual.
Steering Wheel Controls c : Press to reject an incoming
call or end a current call. Press to The favorite and volume switches
mute or unmute the infotainment are on the back of the steering
system when not on a call. wheel.
1. Favorite: When on a radio
source, press to select the next
or previous favorite. When on a
media source, press to select
the next or previous track.
2. Volume: Press to increase or
decrease the volume.
See Steering Wheel Controls 0 104.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 6/1/16
22 In Brief
Cruise Control ✓SET : Press briefly to set the w or x : Press to move up or

speed and activate cruise control. down in a list, or on the main view
If cruise control is already active, press to cycle through the different
use to decrease vehicle speed. Info app pages.
See Cruise Control 0 243 or o or p : Press o to open
Adaptive Cruise Control 0 245 (If application menus on the left.
Equipped). Press p to open interaction menus
on the right. Or on the base cluster,
Driver Information press to move between the DIC
Center (DIC) menus.
The DIC display is in the instrument V : Press to select a menu item.
cluster. It shows the status of many Press and hold to reset values on
vehicle systems. certain screens, or on the main view
reset info pages to the original
5 : Press to turn the cruise control setting.
system on and off. A white indicator See Instrument Cluster (Base Level)
comes on in the instrument cluster 0 112 or Instrument Cluster
when cruise is turned on. (Uplevel) 0 114 and Driver
* : Press to disengage cruise Information Center (DIC) (Base
control without erasing the set Level) 0 131 or Driver Information
speed from memory. Center (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 134.
+RES : If there is a set speed in
memory, press to resume that
speed or press and hold to
accelerate. If cruise control is
already active, use to increase
vehicle speed.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 6/1/16
In Brief 23
Forward Collision Alert vehicle. This can help avoid or Lane Keep Assist (LKA)
lessen the severity of crashes when
(FCA) System driving in a forward gear. If equipped, LKA may help avoid
If equipped, FCA may help avoid or crashes due to unintentional lane
See Forward Automatic Braking departures. It may assist by gently
reduce the harm caused by (FAB) 0 260.
front-end crashes. FCA provides a turning the steering wheel if the
vehicle approaches a detected lane
green indicator, V, when a vehicle Front Pedestrian Braking marking without using a turn signal
is detected ahead. This indicator
displays amber if you follow a
(FPB) System in that direction. It may also provide
a Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
vehicle much too closely. When If equipped, the FPB system may alert as the lane marking is crossed.
approaching a vehicle ahead too help avoid or reduce the harm The system will not assist or alert if
quickly, FCA provides a red flashing caused by front-end crashes with it detects that you are actively
alert on the windshield and rapidly nearby pedestrians when driving in steering. Override LKA by turning
beeps. a forward gear. FPB displays a the steering wheel. LKA uses a
See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) pedestrian ahead indicator when a camera to detect lane markings
System 0 258. nearby pedestrian is detected between 60 km/h (37 mph) and
directly ahead. When approaching a 180 km/h (112 mph).
detected pedestrian too quickly,
Forward Automatic FPB provides a red flashing alert on See Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
Braking (FAB) the windshield and rapidly beeps. 0 266 and Lane Keep Assist
FPB can provide a boost to braking (LKA) 0 266.
If the vehicle has Forward Collision
Alert (FCA), it also has FAB, which or automatically brake the vehicle.
includes Intelligent Brake See Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB)
Assist (IBA). When the system System 0 261.
detects a vehicle ahead in your path
that is traveling in the same
direction that you may be about to
crash into, it can provide a boost to
braking or automatically brake the
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 6/1/16
24 In Brief
Lane Change Alert (LCA) Rear Cross Traffic Alert Automatic Parking
If equipped, the LCA system is a (RCTA) System Assist (APA)
lane-changing aid that assists If equipped, the RCTA system uses If equipped, the APA system helps
drivers with avoiding lane change a triangle with an arrow displayed to search for and maneuver the
crashes that occur with moving on the RVC screen to warn of traffic vehicle into parallel or perpendicular
vehicles in the side blind zone (or behind your vehicle that may cross parking spots using automatic
spot) areas or with vehicles rapidly your vehicle's path while in steering, DIC displays, and beeps.
approaching these areas from R (Reverse). In addition, beeps will When the vehicle speed is below
behind. The LCA warning display sound. 30 km/h (18 mph), press O to
will light up in the corresponding
outside side mirror and will flash if See Assistance Systems for Parking enable the system.
the turn signal is on. The Side Blind or Backing 0 253. See “Automatic Parking Assist
Zone Alert (SBZA) system is (APA)” under Assistance Systems
included as part of the LCA system. Parking Assist for Parking or Backing 0 253.
See Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) If equipped, Front and Rear Parking
0 263 and Lane Change Alert Assist (FRPA) uses sensors on the Power Outlets
(LCA) 0 264. front and rear bumpers to assist The accessory power outlets can be
with parking and avoiding objects used to plug in electrical equipment,
Rear Vision during low-speed parking such as a cell phone or MP3 player.
maneuvers. It operates at speeds
Camera (RVC) less than 8 km/h (5 mph). The There are two accessory power
If equipped, RVC displays a view of system may display a warning outlets:
the area behind the vehicle on the triangle on the RVC screen and a . One on the center stack below
infotainment display when the graphic on the instrument cluster to the climate control system.
vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse) to provide the object distance. In
. One on the rear of the center
aid with parking and low-speed addition, multiple beeps may occur
backing maneuvers. if very close to an object. floor console.
See Assistance Systems for Parking See Assistance Systems for Parking Open the protective cover to use the
or Backing 0 253. or Backing 0 253. accessory power outlet.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 6/1/16
In Brief 25
See Power Outlets 0 108. See Universal Remote Sunroof Express Operation
System 0 159.
Press and release ~ (1) to vent.
Universal Remote System Press and release again to
Sunroof express-open. Press the switch at
If equipped, the ignition must be on any time to stop movement.
or in ACC/ACCESSORY, or in Press g (1) to express-close.
Retained Accessory Power (RAP) to
operate the sunroof. See Ignition Sunroof Manual Operation
Positions 0 225 and Retained The sunroof can change to manual
Accessory Power (RAP) 0 230.
mode by holding ~ (1) while
opening. The sunroof will now open
as long as the switch is held. Press
and release again to change back to
express operation.
Power Sunshade
If equipped, this system provides a
way to replace up to three remote Press C (2) to express-open the
control transmitters used to activate power sunshade. Press Q (2) to
devices such as garage door express-close the power sunshade.
openers, security systems, and Press again at any time to stop
home automation devices. movement.
Read the instructions completely The sunroof cannot be opened or
before attempting to program the 1. Sunroof Switch closed if the vehicle has an
Universal Remote system. Because 2. Sunshade Switch electrical failure.
of the steps involved, it may be
See Sunroof 0 52.
helpful to have another person
available to assist with programming
the Universal Remote system.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 6/1/16
26 In Brief
Hybrid Features High Voltage Safety not start. The SERVICE VEHICLE
SOON message in the Driver
Information Information Center (DIC) will be
Hybrid Vehicle Operation
displayed. Before the vehicle can be
The hybrid vehicle combines
gasoline and electric propulsion to
{ Warning operated again, it must be serviced
at your dealer.
drive the vehicle. The gas engine Exposure to high voltage can
will automatically start to provide
power. It will shut off to save fuel.
cause shock, burns, and even
death. The high voltage
{ Warning
The engine may remain components in the vehicle can Damage to the high voltage
running when: only be serviced by technicians battery or high voltage system
. There is aggressive acceleration with special training. can create a risk of electric shock,
or climbing hills. High voltage components are overheating, or fire.
. Vehicle speed is greater than identified by labels. Do not If the vehicle is damaged from a
88 km/h (55 mph). remove, open, take apart, moderate to severe crash, flood,
. The high voltage battery is or modify these components. fire, or other event, the vehicle
charging. High voltage cable or wiring has should be inspected as soon as
orange covering or labels. Do not possible. Until the vehicle has
. The heater is being used.
probe, tamper with, cut, or modify been inspected, store it outside at
The engine and transmission work high voltage cable or wiring. least 15 m (50 ft) from any
together to provide the required structure or anything that can
power at the highest efficiency. This burn. Ventilate the vehicle by
may result in higher engine speeds. This vehicle has a high voltage
battery and a standard 12-volt opening a window or a door.
See Driving for Better Fuel
Economy 0 29. battery. Contact Customer Assistance as
If the vehicle is in a crash, the soon as possible to determine
sensing system may shut down the whether an inspection is needed.
high voltage system. When this See Customer Assistance
occurs, the high voltage battery is Offices 0 385.
disconnected and the vehicle will
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 6/1/16
In Brief 27
See Battery - North America 0 301

for important safety information.
Battery Performance and
If an airbag has inflated, see What This vehicle has a standard 12-volt Maintenance
Will You See after an Airbag battery and a high voltage hybrid
battery. When a new standard
Inflates? 0 75.
12-volt battery is needed, see your
Traction Control/
Only a trained service technician dealer for one that has the Electronic Stability
with the proper knowledge and tools replacement number shown on the Control
should inspect, test, or replace the original battery's label. Only a
high voltage battery. See your trained service technician with the The traction control system limits
dealer if the high voltage battery proper knowledge and tools should wheel spin. The system turns on
needs service. inspect, test, or replace the hybrid automatically every time the vehicle
battery. See your dealer if the high is started and begins to move.
Regenerative Braking voltage hybrid battery needs The StabiliTrak system assists with
(Hybrid Only) service. See Battery - North directional control of the vehicle in
America 0 301. difficult driving conditions. The
Regenerative braking takes some of system turns on automatically every
the energy from the moving vehicle
and turns it back into electrical
Service time the vehicle is started and
begins to move.
energy. This energy is then stored in Never try to do your own service on
the high voltage battery system, hybrid components. You can be . To turn off traction control, press
contributing to increased energy injured and the vehicle can be and release g on the center
efficiency. See Regenerative damaged if you try to do your own console. i illuminates in the
Braking (Hybrid Only) 0 240. service work. Service and repair of instrument cluster.
these hybrid components should
only be performed by a trained . Press and release g again to
service technician with the proper turn on traction control.
knowledge and tools. See Doing
Your Own Service Work 0 280.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 6/1/16
28 In Brief
. To turn off both traction control Loading Information label. See Regular Fuel
and StabiliTrak, press and Vehicle Load Limits 0 222. The Use only unleaded gasoline rated
hold g on the center console, warning light will remain on until the 87 octane or higher in your vehicle.
tire pressure is corrected.
until i and g illuminate in the Do not use gasoline with an octane
instrument cluster. The low tire pressure warning light rating lower as it may result in
may come on in cool weather when vehicle damage and lower fuel
. Press and release g again to the vehicle is first started, and then economy. See Fuel 0 268.
turn on both systems. turn off as the vehicle is driven. This
See Traction Control/Electronic may be an early indicator that the Fuel (2.0L Engine)
Stability Control 0 241. tire pressures are getting low and
the tires need to be inflated to the
proper pressure.
Tire Pressure Monitor
The TPMS does not replace normal
This vehicle may have a Tire
monthly tire maintenance. Maintain
Pressure Monitor System (TPMS).
the correct tire pressures.
See Tire Pressure Monitor
System 0 327. Premium Recommended Fuel
Use premium 93 octane unleaded
Fuel (1.5L and 1.8L gasoline in your vehicle. Unleaded
gasoline with an octane rating as
Engines) low as 87 may be used, but it will
reduce performance and fuel
The low tire pressure warning light
economy. See Fuel 0 268.
alerts to a significant loss in
pressure of one of the vehicle's
tires. If the warning light comes on,
stop as soon as possible and inflate
the tires to the recommended
pressure shown on the Tire and
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 6/1/16
In Brief 29
E85 or FlexFuel Resetting the Oil Life System The system is reset when the
1. Using the DIC controls on the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
right side of the steering wheel, message is off and the REMAINING
display REMAINING OIL LIFE OIL LIFE 100% message is
on the DIC. See Driver displayed.
Information Center (DIC) (Base See Engine Oil Life System 0 291.
Level) 0 131 or Driver
Information Center (DIC) Driving for Better Fuel
No E85 or FlexFuel (Uplevel) 0 134. When
remaining oil life is low, the
Economy
Gasoline-ethanol fuel blends greater Driving habits can affect fuel
CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
than E15 (15% ethanol by volume),
message will appear on the mileage. Here are some driving tips
such as E85, cannot be used in this
display. See Engine Oil to get the best fuel economy
vehicle.
Messages 0 141. possible.
Engine Oil Life System 2. Press V on the DIC controls . Avoid fast starts and accelerate
and hold down for a few smoothly.
The engine oil life system calculates
engine oil life based on vehicle use seconds to clear the CHANGE . Brake gradually and avoid
and displays the CHANGE ENGINE ENGINE OIL SOON message abrupt stops.
OIL SOON message when it is time and reset the oil life at 100%. . Avoid idling the engine for long
to change the engine oil and filter. Be careful not to reset the oil periods of time.
The oil life system should be reset life display accidentally at any . When road and weather
to 100% only following an oil time other than after the oil is
conditions are appropriate, use
change. changed. It cannot be reset
cruise control.
accurately until the next oil
change. . Always follow posted speed
limits or drive more slowly when
conditions require.
. Keep vehicle tires properly
inflated.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 6/1/16
30 In Brief
. Combine several trips into a
single trip.
. Replace the vehicle's tires with
the same TPC Spec number
molded into the tire's sidewall
near the size.
. Follow recommended scheduled
maintenance.
Roadside Assistance
Program
U.S.: 1-800-243-8872
TTY Users (U.S. Only):
1-888-889-2438
Canada: 1-800-268-6800
New Chevrolet owners are
automatically enrolled in the
Roadside Assistance Program.
See Roadside Assistance
Program 0 387.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Keys, Doors, and Windows 31
Keys, Doors, and Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Keys and Locks
Windows Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Keys
Interior Mirrors
Keys and Locks
Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . 49
Manual Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . 49
{ Warning
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Automatic Dimming Rearview
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Leaving children in a vehicle with
Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 a Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Windows transmitter is dangerous and
System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 children or others could be
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . 38 Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 seriously injured or killed. They
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 could operate the power windows
Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 or other controls or make the
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Roof vehicle move. The windows will
Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . . . 43 Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 function with the RKE transmitter
Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 in the vehicle, and children or
Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 others could be caught in the path
Doors of a closing window. Do not leave
Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 children in a vehicle with an RKE
transmitter.
Vehicle Security
Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . . . 46
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Immobilizer Operation . . . . . . . . . 47
Exterior Mirrors
Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
32 Keys, Doors, and Windows
To remove the key, press the button . Check the transmitter's battery.
near the bottom of the transmitter, See “Battery Replacement” later
and pull the key out. Never pull the in this section.
key out without pressing the button. . If the transmitter is still not
See your dealer if a new key is working correctly, see your
needed. dealer or a qualified technician
If locked out of the vehicle, see for service.
Roadside Assistance
Program 0 387. Remote Keyless Entry
With an active OnStar subscription, (RKE) System Operation
an OnStar Advisor may remotely The Keyless Access system allows
The key that is part of the Remote unlock the vehicle. See OnStar for vehicle entry when the
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter can Overview 0 397. transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft). See
be used for all locks. “Keyless Access Operation”
Remote Keyless Entry following.
(RKE) System The transmitter functions may work
See Radio Frequency up to 60 m (197 ft) away from the
Statement 0 393. vehicle.
If there is a decrease in the Remote Other conditions, such as those

Keyless Entry (RKE) operating previously stated, can impact the
range: performance of the transmitter.
. Check the distance. The
transmitter may be too far from
the vehicle.
. Check the location. Other
vehicles or objects may be
blocking the signal.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Pressing Q may also arm the alarm turn signals flash for about
system. See Vehicle Alarm 30 seconds until 7 is pressed again
System 0 46. or the vehicle is started.
K : Press to unlock the driver door. / : For vehicles with this feature,
Press again within five seconds to press Q and release and then press
unlock all doors. The RKE
transmitter can be programmed to and hold / for at least
unlock all doors on the first button four seconds to start the engine
press. See Vehicle from outside the vehicle using the
Personalization 0 147. RKE transmitter. See Remote
Vehicle Start 0 38.
The turn signal indicators may flash
With Remote Start Shown to indicate unlocking. See Vehicle Keyless Access Operation
Personalization 0 147. The Keyless Access system lets
Q : Press to lock all doors.
The turn signal indicators may flash Pressing K will disarm the alarm you lock and unlock the doors and
system. See Vehicle Alarm access the trunk without removing
and/or the horn may sound on the the RKE transmitter from your
second press to indicate locking. System 0 46.
pocket, purse, briefcase, etc. The
See Vehicle Personalization 0 147. X : Press twice quickly to release RKE transmitter should be within
the trunk. 1 m (3 ft) of the door or trunk/hatch
If the driver door is open when Q is
pressed, all doors will lock and then 7 : Press and release one time to being opened. If equipped, there will
the driver door will immediately initiate vehicle locator. The exterior be buttons on the outside door
unlock, if enabled through vehicle lamps flash and the horn chirps handles.
personalization. See Vehicle three times. The Keyless Access can be
Personalization 0 147. Press and hold 7 for at least programmed to unlock all doors on
If the passenger door is open when the first unlock/lock button press
three seconds to sound the panic
Q is pressed, all doors lock. from the driver door. See Vehicle
alarm. The horn sounds and the
Personalization 0 147.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Keyless Unlocking/Locking from Pressing the lock/unlock button will Passive Locking
the Driver Door cause all doors to lock if any of the This feature will lock the vehicle
When the doors are locked and the following occur: several seconds after all doors are
RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) . It has been more than closed, if the vehicle is off and at
of the driver door handle, pressing five seconds since the first lock/ least one RKE transmitter has been
the lock/unlock button on the driver unlock button press. removed from the interior or none
door handle will unlock the driver . Two lock/unlock button presses remain in the interior.
door. If the lock/unlock button is were used to unlock all doors. If other electronic devices interfere
pressed again within five seconds, with the RKE transmitter signal, the
all passenger doors will unlock. Pull . Any vehicle door has opened
and all doors are now closed. vehicle may not detect the RKE
the door handle to unlatch the door. transmitter inside the vehicle.
Keyless Unlocking/Locking from If passive locking is enabled, the
Passenger Doors doors may lock with the RKE
When the doors are locked and the transmitter inside the vehicle. Do
RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) not leave the RKE transmitter in an
of the door handle, pressing the unattended vehicle.
lock/unlock button on that door To customize the doors to
handle will unlock all doors. automatically lock when exiting the
Pressing the lock/unlock button will vehicle, see Vehicle
cause all doors to lock if any of the Personalization 0 147.
following occur: Temporary Disable of the Passive
. The lock/unlock button was used Locking Feature
Driver Side Shown, Passenger to unlock all doors. Temporarily disable passive locking
Front and Both Rear Similar . Any vehicle door has opened by pressing and holding K on the
and all doors are now closed. interior door switch with a door open
for at least four seconds, or until
three chimes are heard. Passive
locking will then remain disabled
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
until Q on the interior door is Keyed Access 1. Place the two recognized
pressed, or until the vehicle is transmitter(s) in the transmitter
To access a vehicle with a dead
turned on. pocket with the buttons facing
transmitter battery, see Door
the rear of the vehicle. The
Remote Left In Vehicle Alert Locks 0 40.
transmitter pocket is inside the
When the vehicle is turned off and a Programming Transmitters to center console storage area.
remote is left in the vehicle, the horn the Vehicle 2. Remove the key lock cylinder
will chirp three times after all doors Only RKE transmitters programmed cap on the driver door handle.
are closed. To turn on or off see to the vehicle will work. If a See Door Locks 0 40. Insert
Vehicle Personalization 0 147. transmitter is lost or stolen, a the vehicle key of the new
Remote No Longer In Vehicle Alert replacement can be purchased and transmitter into the key lock
programmed through your dealer. cylinder on the outside of the
If the vehicle is on, with a door The vehicle can be reprogrammed driver door and turn the key
open, and then all doors are closed, so that lost or stolen transmitters no counterclockwise five times
the vehicle will check for an RKE longer work. Any remaining within 10 seconds.
transmitter(s) inside. If an RKE
transmitters will need to be The Driver Information Center
transmitter is not detected, the DIC reprogrammed. Each vehicle can
will display NO REMOTE (DIC) displays READY FOR
have up to eight transmitters REMOTE #2, 3, 4 or 5.
DETECTED and the horn will chirp
matched to it.
three times.
This occurs only once each time the Programming with Recognized
vehicle is driven. See Vehicle Transmitters
Personalization 0 147 A new transmitter can be
programmed to the vehicle when
Keyless Trunk Opening there are two recognized
Press the touch pad on the rear of transmitters. To program, the vehicle
the trunk to open it if the RKE must be off and all of the
transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) of the transmitters, both currently
trunk. recognized and new, must be
with you.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
When all additional transmitters The Driver Information Center

are programmed, press and (DIC) displays REMOTE
hold ENGINE START/STOP for LEARN PENDING,
12 seconds to exit PLEASE WAIT.
programming mode. 2. Wait for 10 minutes until the
6. Put the key back into the DIC displays PRESS ENGINE
transmitter. START BUTTON TO LEARN
and then press ENGINE
Programming without Recognized START/STOP.
Transmitters
The DIC displays will again
If two currently recognized show REMOTE LEARN
transmitters are not available, follow
PENDING, PLEASE WAIT.
3. Place the new transmitter into this procedure to program up to
the transmitter pocket with the eight transmitters. This feature is 3. Repeat Step 2 two additional
buttons facing the rear of the not available in Canada. This times. After the third time, all
vehicle. procedure will take approximately previously known transmitters
30 minutes to complete. The vehicle will no longer work with the
4. Press ENGINE START/STOP. must be off and all of the vehicle. Remaining transmitters
When the transmitter is transmitters to be programmed must can be relearned during the
learned, the DIC will show that be with you. next steps.
it is ready to program the next
transmitter. 1. Remove the key lock cylinder The DIC display should now
cap on the driver door handle. show READY FOR REMOTE
5. Remove the transmitter from See Door Locks 0 40. Insert # 1.
the transmitter pocket and the vehicle key of the
press K or Q. transmitter into the key lock
To program additional cylinder on the outside of the
transmitters, repeat Steps 3–5. driver door and turn the key
counterclockwise five times
within 10 seconds.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
When all additional transmitters 2. With the vehicle in P (Park) or

are programmed, press and N (Neutral), press the brake
hold ENGINE START/STOP for pedal and press ENGINE
12 seconds to exit START/STOP. See Starting the
programming mode. Engine 0 227.
7. Return the key back into the Replace the transmitter battery
transmitter. as soon as possible.
Starting the Vehicle with a Low Battery Replacement
Transmitter Battery Replace the battery if the REPLACE
While trying to start the vehicle, BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY
if the transmitter battery is weak or if message displays in the DIC. See
4. Place the new transmitter into there is interference with the signal, Key and Lock Messages 0 141.
the transmitter pocket with the the DIC may display NO REMOTE
buttons facing toward the rear DETECTED or NO REMOTE KEY Caution
of the vehicle. The transmitter WAS DETECTED PLACE KEY IN
pocket is inside the center TRANSMITTER POCKET THEN When replacing the battery, do
console storage area. START YOUR VEHICLE. The not touch any of the circuitry on
5. Press ENGINE START/STOP. REPLACE BATTERY IN REMOTE the transmitter. Static from your
When the transmitter is KEY message may also be body could damage the
learned, the DIC will show that displayed at this time. transmitter.
it is ready to program the next To start the vehicle:
transmitter.
1. Open the center console and
6. Remove the transmitter from place the transmitter in the
the transmitter pocket and transmitter pocket with the
press K or Q. buttons facing the rear of the
vehicle.
To program additional
transmitters, repeat Steps 4–6.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
The battery is not rechargeable. To 3. Remove the battery by pushing

replace the battery: on the battery and sliding it
toward the bottom of the
transmitter.
4. Insert the new battery, positive
side facing the back cover.
Push the battery down until it is
held in place. Replace with a
CR2032 or equivalent battery.
5. Snap the battery cover back on
to the transmitter.
2. Separate the two halves of the Remote Vehicle Start
transmitter using a flat tool
inserted into the area near the If equipped, this feature allows the
1. Press the button on the side of key slot. engine to be started from outside
the transmitter near the bottom the vehicle.
and pull the key out. For the hybrid vehicle, the engine
will only start if needed for warming
functions or high voltage battery
charging.
/ : This button will be on the RKE
transmitter if the vehicle has remote
start.
The climate control system will use
the previous settings during a
remote start. The rear window
defogger may come on during a
remote start based on cold ambient
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
conditions. The rear defog indicator 2. Immediately after completing second 10-minute period is added
light does not come on during a Step 1, press and hold / for at on to the first 10 minutes for a total
remote start. least four seconds or until the of 20 minutes.
If the vehicle has heated seats, they turn signal lamps flash. The The remote start can only be
may come on during a remote start. turn signal lamps flashing extended once.
See Heated and Ventilated Front confirms the request to remote
start the vehicle has been A maximum of two remote starts,
Seats 0 60. or a single start with an extension,
received.
Laws in some local communities is allowed between ignition cycles.
may restrict the use of remote When the engine starts, the parking
lamps will turn on and remain on as The vehicle's ignition must be
starters. For example, some laws turned on and then back off before
require a person using remote start long as the engine is running. The
doors will be locked and the climate the remote start procedure can be
to have the vehicle in view. Check used again.
local regulations for any control system may come on.
requirements. The engine will continue to run for Canceling a Remote Start
Other conditions can affect the 10 minutes. After 30 seconds, To cancel a remote start, do one of
performance of the transmitter. See repeat the steps if a 10-minute the following:
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) extension is desired. Remote start
. Aim the RKE transmitter at the
System 0 32. can be extended only once.
vehicle and press and hold /
Do not use remote start if the Start the vehicle before driving. until the parking lamps turn off.
vehicle is low on fuel. Extending Engine Run Time . Turn on the hazard warning
Starting the Engine Using Remote The engine run time can be flashers.
Start extended by another 10 minutes, . Turn the vehicle on and then off.
To start the engine using the remote if during the first 10 minutes
start feature: Steps 1 and 2 are repeated while
the engine is still running. An
1. Press and release Q. extension can be requested
30 seconds after starting. When the
remote start is extended, the
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Conditions in Which Remote Start Door Locks Warning (Continued)

Will Not Work
The remote vehicle start feature will
not operate if:
{ Warning death from heat stroke.
Always lock the vehicle
. A transmitter is in the vehicle. Unlocked doors can be whenever leaving it.
dangerous. .
. The hood is not closed. Outsiders can easily enter
. Passengers, especially through an unlocked door
. The hazard warning flashers children, can easily open when you slow down or stop
are on. the doors and fall out of a the vehicle. Locking the
. The malfunction indicator lamp moving vehicle. The doors doors can help prevent this
is on. can be unlocked and from happening.
opened while the vehicle is
. The engine coolant temperature moving. The chance of
is too high. being thrown out of the To lock or unlock the doors from the
. vehicle in a crash is outside:
The oil pressure is low.
. Two remote vehicle starts, or a
increased if the doors are . Press Q or K on the Remote
not locked. So, all Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter.
single remote start with an
passengers should wear See Remote Keyless Entry
extension, have already
safety belts properly and the (RKE) System Operation 0 32.
been used.
doors should be locked
. The vehicle is not in P (Park). whenever the vehicle is . Use the key in the driver door.
driven. The key lock cylinder is covered
with a cap.
. Young children who get into
unlocked vehicles may be
unable to get out. A child
can be overcome by
extreme heat and can suffer
permanent injuries or even
(Continued)
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
To lock or unlock the doors from the Key Cylinder Access

inside:
. Press Q or K on the power door
lock switch.
. Pull the door handle once to
unlock the door. Pull the handle
again to unlatch it.
If the vehicle loses power, only the
driver door can be locked using
the key.
Keyless Access
To replace the cap:
The RKE transmitter must be within
1. Pull the door handle to the
1 m (3 ft) of the door or trunk being To access the driver door key lock open position.
opened. Press the button on the cylinder:
door handle to open. See “Keyless 2. Insert the two tabs (6) at the
Access Operation” in Remote 1. Pull the door handle (1) to the back of the cap (7) between
Keyless Entry (RKE) System open position. the seal (4) and the metal
Operation 0 32. 2. Insert the key into the slot (3) base (5).
on the bottom of the cap (2)
and pry outward.
3. Move the cap (2) rearward and
remove.
4. Use the key in the cylinder.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Power Door Locks Delayed Locking

This feature delays the actual
locking of the doors until
five seconds after all doors are
closed.
Delayed locking can only be turned
on when the Unlocked Door Anti
Lockout feature has been turned off.
When Q is pressed on the power
door lock switch with the door open,
a chime will sound three times
indicating that delayed locking is
active.
Q : Press to lock the doors. The doors will then lock
automatically five seconds after all
K : Press to unlock the doors. doors are closed. If a door is
The indicator light in the switch will reopened before five seconds have
illuminate when the door is locked. elapsed, the five-second timer will
reset once all the doors are closed
Locking or unlocking the doors will again.
also lock or unlock the trunk. See
Trunk 0 44. Press Q on the door lock switch
again, or press Q on the RKE
3. Move the cap forward and transmitter, to override this feature
press to snap the cap in place. and lock the doors immediately.
4. Release the door handle. Delayed locking can be
programmed. See Vehicle
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Automatic Door Locks transmitter is detected and the Manual Safety Locks
number of RKE transmitters inside
The doors will lock automatically has not reduced, the driver door will
when all doors are closed, the unlock and the horn will chirp three
ignition is on, and the vehicle is times.
shifted out of P (Park).
Lockout Protection can be manually
To unlock the doors: overridden with the driver door open
. Press K on the power door lock by pressing and holding Q on the
switch. power door lock switch.
. Shift the transmission into Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout
P (Park). If Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout is
Automatic door locking cannot be turned on and the vehicle is off, the
disabled. Automatic door unlocking driver door is open, and locking is
can be programmed. See Vehicle requested, all the doors will lock and If equipped, the safety lock is on the
Personalization 0 147. only the driver door will unlock. The inside edge of the rear doors. To
Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout feature use the safety lock:
Lockout Protection can be turned on or off using the 1. Move the lever forward to the
vehicle personalization menus. See lock position.
If the vehicle is in ACC/ Vehicle Personalization 0 147.
ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/START 2. Close the door.
and the power door lock switch is
pressed with the driver door open,
Safety Locks 3. Do the same for the other
all the doors will lock and only the The rear door safety locks prevent rear door.
driver door will unlock. passengers from opening the rear
doors from inside the vehicle.
If the vehicle is off and locking is
requested while a door is open,
when all doors are closed the
vehicle will check for RKE
transmitters inside. If an RKE
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
To open a rear door when the safety

lock is on:
Doors Warning (Continued)
1. Unlock the door by activating Trunk highest setting. See
the inside handle, by pressing “Climate Control Systems”
the power door lock switch,
or by using the Remote { Warning in the Index.
. If the vehicle is equipped
Keyless Entry (RKE) Exhaust gases can enter the
transmitter. with a power liftgate, disable
vehicle if it is driven with the the power liftgate function.
2. Open the door from the liftgate, hatch/trunk open, or with
outside. For more information about
any objects that pass through the
carbon monoxide, see Engine
When the safety lock is enabled, seal between the body and the
Exhaust 0 232.
adults and older children will not be hatch/trunk or liftgate. Engine
able to open the rear door from the exhaust contains carbon
inside. Cancel the safety locks to monoxide (CO) which cannot be Trunk Release
enable the doors to open from the seen or smelled. It can cause To open the trunk the vehicle must
inside. unconsciousness and even death. be off or the shift lever must be in
To cancel the safety lock: If the vehicle must be driven with P (Park).
1. Unlock the door and open it the liftgate or hatch/trunk open: . Press X twice quickly on the
from the outside. . Close all of the windows. RKE transmitter.
2. Move the lever rearward to . Fully open the air outlets on
unlock. Do the same for the or under the instrument
other door. panel.
. Adjust the climate control
system to a setting that
brings in only outside air
and set the fan speed to the
(Continued)
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Emergency Trunk Release

Handle
. Press the touch pad on the rear After pulling the emergency trunk
of the trunk after unlocking all release handle, push the handle
doors. back into the bezel.
If equipped with Keyless Access, Caution
the trunk may be opened while the
vehicle is locked by pressing the Do not use the emergency trunk
touch pad on the rear of the trunk release handle as a tie-down or
while the RKE transmitter is within anchor point when securing items
1 m (3 ft) of the rear of the vehicle. in the trunk as it could damage
See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) the handle.
System Operation 0 32.
There is a glow-in-the-dark
emergency trunk release handle on
the trunk lid. This handle glows
following exposure to light. Pull the
release handle to open the trunk
from the inside.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Vehicle Security On Solid : Vehicle is secured

during the delay to arm the system.
bypass the 30-second delay
and immediately arm the alarm
This vehicle has theft-deterrent system.
Fast Flash : Vehicle is unsecured.
features; however, they do not make
A door, the hood, or the trunk The vehicle alarm system will not
the vehicle impossible to steal.
is open. arm if the doors are locked with
the key.
Vehicle Alarm System Slow Flash : Alarm system is
armed. If the driver door is opened without
This vehicle has an anti-theft alarm first unlocking with the RKE
system. Arming the Alarm System transmitter, the horn will chirp and
1. Close the trunk and the hood. the lights will flash to indicate
Turn off the vehicle. pre-alarm. If the vehicle is not
started, or the door is not unlocked
2. Lock the vehicle in one of
three ways: by pressing K on the RKE
transmitter during the 10-second
. Use the RKE transmitter. pre-alarm, the alarm will be
. Use the Keyless Access activated.
system, if equipped. If a door, the hood, or the trunk is
. With a door open, press the opened without first disarming the
inside Q. system, the turn signals will flash
and the horn will sound for about
3. After 30 seconds the alarm 30 seconds. The alarm system will
system will arm, and the then re-arm to monitor for the next
The indicator light, on the indicator light will begin to unauthorized event.
instrument panel near the slowly flash indicating the
windshield, indicates the status of alarm system is operating.
the system: Pressing Q on the RKE
Off : Alarm system is disarmed. transmitter a second time will
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Disarming the Alarm System How to Detect a Tamper

Do one of the following to disarm Condition
the alarm system or turn off the If K is pressed on the RKE
alarm if it has been activated: transmitter and the horn chirps and
. Press K on the RKE transmitter. the lights flash three times, an alarm
occurred previously while the alarm The security light on the instrument
. Unlock the vehicle using the system was armed.
Keyless Access system, cluster comes on when there is a
if equipped. If the alarm has been activated, a problem with arming or disarming
message will appear on the DIC. the theft-deterrent system.
. Start the vehicle. See Security Messages 0 145. The system has one or more
To avoid setting off the alarm by transmitters matched to an
accident: Immobilizer immobilizer control unit in the
. Lock the vehicle after all See Radio Frequency vehicle. Only a correctly matched
occupants have left the vehicle Statement 0 393. transmitter will start the vehicle.
and all doors are closed. If the transmitter is ever damaged,
Immobilizer Operation you may not be able to start your
. Always unlock a door with the
vehicle.
RKE transmitter or use the This vehicle has a passive
Keyless Access system, When trying to start the vehicle, the
theft-deterrent system.
if equipped. security light comes on briefly when
The system does not have to be the ignition is turned on.
Unlocking the driver door with the manually armed or disarmed.
key will not disarm the system or If the vehicle does not start and the
turn off the alarm. The vehicle is automatically security light stays on, there is a
immobilized when the transmitter problem with the system. Turn the
leaves the vehicle. vehicle off and try again.
The immobilization system is If the RKE transmitter appears to be
disarmed when the ignition button is undamaged, try another transmitter,
pushed in and a valid transmitter is or place the transmitter in the
in the vehicle. transmitter pocket. See “Starting the
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Vehicle with a Low Transmitter

Battery” under Remote Keyless
Exterior Mirrors Power Mirrors
Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 32.
Convex Mirrors
If the vehicle does not start with the
other transmitter or when the
transmitter is in the transmitter { Warning
pocket, the vehicle needs service. A convex mirror can make things,
See your dealer who can service like other vehicles, look farther
the theft-deterrent system and have
away than they really are. If you
a new transmitter programmed to
cut too sharply into the right lane,
the vehicle.
you could hit a vehicle on the
Do not leave the transmitter or right. Check the inside mirror or
device that disarms or deactivates glance over your shoulder before
the theft-deterrent system in the changing lanes.
vehicle. To adjust a mirror:
The passenger side mirror is convex 1. Press } or | to choose the
shaped. A convex mirror's surface is driver or passenger mirror.
curved so more can be seen from 2. Press the arrows on the control
the driver seat. pad to move each mirror in the
desired direction.
Memory Mirrors
The vehicle may have memory
mirrors. See Memory Seats 0 59.
Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA)
The vehicle may have SBZA. See
Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) 0 263.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Lane Change Alert (LCA) Reverse Tilt Mirrors Interior Mirrors

The vehicle may have LCA. See If equipped with memory seats, the
Lane Change Alert (LCA) 0 264. passenger and/or driver mirror tilts Interior Rearview Mirrors
Turn Signal Indicator to a preselected position when the Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear
vehicle is in R (Reverse). This view of the area behind the vehicle.
The vehicle may have a turn signal allows the curb to be seen when
indicator on the mirror housings. parallel parking. Do not spray glass cleaner directly
The indicator will flash when a turn on the mirror. Use a soft towel
signal or the hazard warning The mirror(s) return to the original dampened with water.
flashers are used. position when:
. The vehicle is shifted out of Manual Rearview Mirror
Folding Mirrors R (Reverse), or remains in
R (Reverse) for about If equipped, push the tab forward for
Manual Folding Mirrors 30 seconds. daytime use and pull it rearward for
nighttime use to avoid glare of the
The mirrors can be folded inward . The ignition is turned off. headlamps from behind.
toward the vehicle to prevent
damage when going through an . The vehicle is driven in
automatic car wash. Push the mirror R (Reverse) above a set speed. Automatic Dimming
outward to return it to the original To turn this feature on or off, see Rearview Mirror
position. Vehicle Personalization 0 147. If equipped, automatic dimming
reduces the glare of headlamps
Heated Mirrors from behind. The dimming feature
If equipped with heated mirrors: comes on when the vehicle is
started.
K : The rear window defogger also
heats the outside mirrors.
See Dual Automatic Climate Control
System 0 208.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Windows pulsing sound when either rear

window is down and the front
windows are up. To reduce the
{ Warning sound, open either a front window
or the sunroof, if equipped.
Never leave a child, a helpless
adult, or a pet alone in a vehicle,
especially with the windows
Power Windows
closed in warm or hot weather.
They can be overcome by the { Warning
extreme heat and suffer
Children could be seriously
permanent injuries or even death
injured or killed if caught in the
from heat stroke.
path of a closing window. Never The windows work when the vehicle
leave keys in a vehicle with is in ON/RUN or ACC/
children. When there are children ACCESSORY, or when Retained
in the rear seat, use the window Accessory Power (RAP) is active.
lockout button to prevent See Retained Accessory Power
operation of the windows. See (RAP) 0 230.
Keys 0 31. Press or pull the switch to open or
close the window.
The windows will be temporarily
disabled if the window switches are
used repeatedly within a short time.
The vehicle aerodynamics are

designed to improve fuel economy
performance. This may result in a
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Window Lockout engage. Briefly press or pull the The window can be closed by
same switch to stop window holding the window switch in the up
movement. position if conditions prevent it from
express closing.
Express Window Obstacle
Detection Programming the Power
The express-up feature will reverse Windows
window movement if it comes in Programming may be necessary if
contact with an object. Extreme cold the vehicle's battery has been
or ice could cause the window to disconnected or discharged. If the
auto-reverse. The window will window is unable to express-up,
operate as normal after the object or program the window:
condition is removed. 1. Close all doors.
Obstacle Detection Override 2. Place the ignition in ACC/
This feature stops the rear door ACCESSORY or ON/RUN.
passenger window switches from
working.
{ Warning 3. Partially open the window to be
programmed, then close it and
Press 2 to engage the rear If obstacle detection override is
continue to pull the switch
window lockout feature. The activated, the window will not
briefly after the window has
indicator light is on when engaged. reverse automatically. You or fully closed.
others could be injured and the
Press 2 again to disengage. window could be damaged. 4. Press the power window switch
Before you use obstacle detection until the window is fully open
Window Express Movement override, make sure that all and briefly hold.
If equipped, express-down/up allows people and obstructions are clear
the windows to be opened or closed of the window path.
without holding the window switch.
Press the window switch fully down
or pull it up, and quickly release it to
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Sun Visors Roof Sunroof Express Operation

Press and release ~ (1) to vent.
Sunroof Press and release again to
If equipped, the ignition must be on express-open. Press the switch at
or in ACC/ACCESSORY, or in any time to stop movement.
Retained Accessory Power (RAP) to Press g (1) to express-close.
operate the sunroof. See Ignition Sunroof Manual Operation
Positions 0 225 and Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) 0 230. The sunroof can change to manual
mode by holding ~ (1) while
Pull the sun visor down to block opening. The sunroof will now open
glare. Detach the sun visor from the as long as the switch is held. Press
center mount to pivot to the side and release again to change back to
window, or to extend along the rod, express operation.
if available. Power Sunshade
The vehicle may have mirror lamps.
The lamps turn on and off when the Press C (2) to express-open the
cover is opened and closed. power sunshade. Press Q (2) to
express-close the power sunshade.
Press again at any time to stop
movement.
The sunroof cannot be opened or
1. Sunroof Switch closed if the vehicle has an
2. Sunshade Switch electrical failure.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Automatic Reversal System the water drainage system.

Periodically open the sunroof and
The sunroof/sunshade is equipped
remove any obstacles or loose
with an automatic reversal system
debris. Wipe the sunroof seal and
that is only active when the sunroof/
roof sealing area using a clean
sunshade is being operated in
cloth, mild soap, and water. Do not
express-close mode. If an object is
remove grease from the sunroof.
in the path of the sunroof/sunshade
while it is express closing, the If water is seen dripping into the
reversal system will detect the water drainage system, this is
object and stop. In the event of normal.
closing difficulties like frost or other
conditions, it is possible to override
the reversal system. To override the
reversal system, close in manual
mode. To stop the movement,
release the switch.
Dirt and debris may collect on the

sunroof seal or in the track. This
could cause an issue with sunroof
operation or noise. It could also plug
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
54 Seats and Restraints
Seats and Replacing Safety Belt System

Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Replacing LATCH System Parts
After a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Restraints Airbag System
Securing Child Restraints (With
the Safety Belt in the
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Rear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . 72 Securing Child Restraints (With
Head Restraints When Should an Airbag
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 the Safety Belt in the
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Front Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Front Seats What Makes an Airbag
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Power Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . 57 How Does an Airbag
Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . 57 What Will You See after an
Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Heated and Ventilated Front Passenger Sensing System . . . 77
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Rear Seats Adding Equipment to the
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . . 81
Rear Seat Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . . . 82
Replacing Airbag System Parts
Safety Belts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
How to Wear Safety Belts Child Restraints
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Infants and Young Children . . . . 85
Safety Belt Use During Child Restraint Systems . . . . . . . 87
Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . 89
Safety Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . 69 Children (LATCH System) . . . . 90
Safety Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Seats and Restraints 55
Head Restraints Adjust the head restraint so that the

top of the restraint is at the same
Pull and push on the head restraint
after the button is released to make
height as the top of the occupant's sure that it is locked in place.
{ Warning head. This position reduces the The front seat outboard head
chance of a neck injury in a crash. restraints are not removable.
With head restraints that are not
installed and adjusted properly, Front Seat Rear Seat
there is a greater chance that The vehicle's front seats have
occupants will suffer a neck/ The vehicle's rear seats have
adjustable head restraints in the adjustable head restraints in the
spinal injury in a crash. Do not outboard seating positions.
drive until the head restraints for outboard seating positions.
all occupants are installed and
adjusted properly.
To raise or lower the head restraint, The height of the head restraint can
press the button located on the side be adjusted. Pull the head restraint
of the head restraint and pull up or up to raise it. Try to move the head
push the head restraint down and restraint to make sure that it is
release the button. locked in place.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
To lower the head restraint, press

the button, located on the top of the
Front Seats 2. Slide the seat to the desired
position and release the
seatback, and push the head handle.
restraint down. Try to move the Seat Adjustment
3. Try to move the seat back and
head restraint after the button is
released to make sure that it is { Warning
forth to be sure it is locked in
place.
locked in place.
You can lose control of the Manual Seat Height Adjuster
Rear outboard head restraints are vehicle if you try to adjust a driver
not removable.
seat while the vehicle is moving.
Adjust the driver seat only when
the vehicle is not moving.
Move the lever on the outboard side

of the seat up or down to manually
adjust the seat height.
To adjust a manual seat:

1. Pull the handle at the front of
the seat.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Power Seat Adjustment Lumbar Adjustment Warning (Continued)

The shoulder belt will not be
against your body. Instead, it will
be in front of you. In a crash, you
could go into it, receiving neck or
other injuries.
The lap belt could go up over
your abdomen. The belt forces
would be there, not at your pelvic
bones. This could cause serious
internal injuries.
For proper protection when the
To adjust a power seat, if equipped: If equipped, press and hold the front vehicle is in motion, have the
. Move the seat forward or or rear of the control to increase or seatback upright. Then sit well
rearward by sliding the control decrease lumbar support. back in the seat and wear the
forward or rearward. safety belt properly.
Reclining Seatbacks
. Raise or lower the front part of
the seat cushion by moving the
front of the control up or down. { Warning
. Raise or lower the entire seat by Sitting in a reclined position when
moving the entire control up the vehicle is in motion can be
or down. dangerous. Even when buckled
To adjust the seatback, see up, the safety belts cannot do
Reclining Seatbacks 0 57. their job.
(Continued)
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
2. Push and pull on the seatback

Power Reclining Seatbacks
Do not have a seatback reclined if To recline a manual seatback:

the vehicle is moving. 1. Lift the lever.
Manual Reclining Seatbacks 2. Move the seatback to the
desired position, and then
{ Warning release the lever to lock the To adjust a power seatback,
if available:
seatback in place.
If either seatback is not locked, it . Tilt the top of the control
3. Push and pull on the seatback
could move forward in a sudden rearward to recline.
stop or crash. That could cause
To return the seatback to the upright . Tilt the top of the control forward
injury to the person sitting there.
Always push and pull on the position: to raise.
seatbacks to be sure they are 1. Lift the lever fully without
locked. applying pressure to the
seatback, and the seatback will
return to the upright position.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Memory Seats 3. Press and release SET. A beep position when the ignition is
will sound. changed from OFF to ON/RUN or
4. Immediately press and hold 1 ACC/ACCESSORY.
until two beeps sound. See “Auto Memory Recall” under
5. Repeat Steps 1–4 for a second “Comfort and Convenience” in
driver using 2. Vehicle Personalization 0 147.
To stop recall movement, press one
To store positions to the B (Exit) of the memory, power mirror or
button and easy exit features, power seat controls. Placing the
repeat Steps 1–4 using B to store ignition in LOCK/OFF also stops the
your position for getting out of the recall.
vehicle. RKE transmitters are not labeled
Manually Recalling Memory with a number. If your memory seat
Positions position is stored to 1 or 2, but this
If equipped, the 1, 2, SET, and B position is not automatically
(Exit) buttons on the driver door are Press and hold 1, 2, or B to recalling, then store your positions
used to manually store and recall manually recall the previously to the other button or switch RKE
memory settings for the driver seat stored memory positions. Releasing transmitters with the other driver.
and outside mirrors. 1, 2, or B before the stored In some vehicles the Driver ID may
Storing Memory Positions positions are reached stops the be displayed for the first few ignition
recall. cycles if the vehicle’s driver has
To store positions to the 1 and 2
Automatically Recalling Memory changed.
buttons:
Positions (Auto Memory Recall) Easy Exit Recall
1. Place the ignition in ON/RUN/
START or ACC/ACCESSORY. If programmed on in the vehicle If programmed on in the vehicle
personalization menu, the Auto personalization menu, the easy exit
2. Adjust the driver seat and (Automatic) Memory Recall feature
outside mirrors to the desired feature automatically recalls the
automatically recalls the current previously stored exit position when
position. driver’s previously stored 1 or 2 exiting the vehicle. See “Storing
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Memory Positions” previously in this . If automatically recalling the

section. See also Vehicle position, press and hold the Warning (Continued)
Personalization 0 147. appropriate manual control for
the memory item that is not with such a condition should use
Easy exit recall automatically care when using the seat heater,
activates when one of the following recalling for two seconds. Try
recalling again by opening the especially for long periods of
occurs: time. Do not place anything on
driver door and pressing K on
. The vehicle is turned off and the the seat that insulates against
the RKE transmitter.
driver door is opened within a heat, such as a blanket, cushion,
short time. . If recalling the exit position, cover, or similar item. This may
press and hold the appropriate cause the seat heater to
. The vehicle is turned off with the
manual control for the exit overheat. An overheated seat
driver door open. feature not recalling for heater may cause a burn or may
To stop recall movement, press one two seconds. Then try recalling damage the seat.
of the memory, driver seat or the exit position again.
outside mirror.
If the memory position is still not
Obstructions recalling, see your dealer for
service.
If something has blocked the driver
seat while recalling a memory
position, the recall may stop. Heated and Ventilated
Remove the obstruction. Then do Front Seats
one of the following:
. If automatically or manually { Warning
recalling the stored memory
position, press and hold the If you cannot feel temperature
appropriate manual control for change or pain to the skin, the
two seconds. Try recalling again seat heater may cause burns. To
by pressing the appropriate reduce the risk of burns, people
memory button. (Continued)
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
If available, the buttons are on the Auto Heated Seats the button to use the heated or
climate control panel. To operate, When the vehicle is on, this feature ventilated seats after the vehicle is
the engine must be running. will automatically activate the started.
Press L or M to heat the driver or heated seats at the level required by The heated or ventilated seat
passenger seat cushion and the vehicle’s interior temperature. indicator lights on the button do not
seatback. Indicator lights on the The active high, medium, low, or off turn on during a remote start.
button show the current setting. heated seat level will be indicated The heated seat temperature
Press the button once for the by the manual heated seat buttons performance of an unoccupied seat
highest setting. With each press of on the center stack. Use the manual may be reduced. This is normal.
the button, the heated seat will heated seat buttons on the center The heated or ventilated seats will
change to the next lower setting, stack to turn auto heated seats off. not turn on during a remote start
and then to the off setting. The If the passenger seat is unoccupied, unless they are enabled in the
lights indicate three for the highest the auto heated seats feature will vehicle personalization menu. See
setting and one for the lowest. not activate that seat. The auto Remote Vehicle Start 0 38 and
heated seats feature can be Vehicle Personalization 0 147.
The passenger seat may take programmed to always be enabled
longer to heat up. when the vehicle is on.
Press { or C to ventilate the driver See Vehicle Personalization 0 147.
or passenger seat. Indicator lights
Remote Start Auto Heated and
on the button show the current
Ventilated Seats
setting.
During a remote start, the heated or
Press the button once for the
ventilated seats, if equipped, can be
highest setting. With each press of
turned on automatically. When it is
the button, the ventilated seat will
cold outside, the heated seats turn
change to the next lower setting,
on, and when it is hot outside the
and then to the off setting. The
ventilated seats turn on. The heated
lights indicate three for the highest
or ventilated seats are canceled
setting and one for the lowest.
when the ignition is turned on. Press
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Rear Seats seat; for example, if a child entered

the vehicle through the rear door
The release levers for folding the
rear seatbacks are located in the
Rear Seat Reminder and left the vehicle without the trunk. To fold the seatback down:
vehicle being shut off. 1. Lower the rear seat head
Look in Rear Seat Reminder
Feature The feature can be turned on or off restraints completely. See
through Vehicle Head Restraints 0 55.
If equipped, this message displays Personalization 0 147.
under certain conditions indicating 2. Lift the rear seat armrest and
there may be an item or passenger Folding the Seatback place it in the folded position,
in the rear seat. Check before if necessary. See Rear Seat
Either side of the seatback can be Armrest 0 64.
exiting the vehicle.
folded down for more cargo space.
This feature will activate when a Fold a seatback only when the
second row door is opened while vehicle is not moving.
the vehicle is on or up to 10 minutes
before the vehicle is turned on, Caution
including if the vehicle was started
remotely. There will be an alert Folding a rear seat with the safety
when the vehicle is turned off. The belts still fastened may cause
alert does not directly detect objects damage to the seat or the safety
in the rear seat; instead, under belts. Always unbuckle the safety
certain conditions, it detects when a belts and return them to their
rear door is opened and closed, normal stowed position before
indicating that there may be
folding a rear seat.
something in the rear seat.
The feature is active only once each 3. Disconnect the rear safety belt
time the vehicle is turned on and off, mini-latch, using a key in the
and will require reactivation by slot on the mini-buckle.
opening and closing the second row
doors. There may be an alert even
when there is nothing in the rear
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
{ Warning
A safety belt that is improperly
routed, not properly attached,
or twisted will not provide the
protection needed in a crash. The
person wearing the belt could be
seriously injured. After raising the
rear seatback, always check to be
sure that the safety belts are
properly routed and attached, and
are not twisted.
Let the belt retract. 5. Fold the seatback forward.
Repeat the steps for the other
To raise a seatback:
seatback, if desired.
1. Lift the seatback up and push it
Raising the Seatback rearward to lock it in place.
Make sure the safety belt is not
{ Warning twisted or caught in the
seatback.
If either seatback is not locked, it
could move forward in a sudden The center rear safety belt may
lock when you raise the
stop or crash. That could cause
seatback. If this happens, let
injury to the person sitting there.
the belt go back all the way
Always push and pull on the and start again.
seatbacks to be sure they are
4. Open the trunk and pull the locked. 2. Push and pull the top of the
seatback release lever to fold seatback to be sure it is locked
the rear seat. into position.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Rear Seat Armrest Safety Belts

This section of the manual
describes how to use safety belts
properly. It also describes some
things not to do with safety belts.
{ Warning
Do not let anyone ride where a
safety belt cannot be worn
properly. In a crash, if you or your
3. Reconnect the rear safety belt passenger(s) are not wearing
mini-latch to the mini-buckle. safety belts, injuries can be much
Do not let it twist. worse than if you are wearing
The rear seat has an armrest in the safety belts. You can be seriously
4. Pull on the safety belt to be center of the seatback. Lower the
sure the mini-latch is secure. injured or killed by hitting things
armrest to access the two
inside the vehicle harder or by
5. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for the cupholders.
being ejected from the vehicle. In
other seatback, if necessary. To fold, lift the armrest up and push addition, anyone who is not
When the seat is not in use, it it rearward until it is flush with the buckled up can strike other
should be kept in the upright, locked seatback. passengers in the vehicle.
position.
It is extremely dangerous to ride
in a cargo area, inside or outside
of a vehicle. In a collision,
passengers riding in these areas
are more likely to be seriously
injured or killed. Do not allow
(Continued)
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
When riding in a vehicle, you travel Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why

Warning (Continued) as fast as the vehicle does. If the should I have to wear safety
vehicle stops suddenly, you keep belts?
passengers to ride in any area of going until something stops you.
the vehicle that is not equipped A: Airbags are supplemental
It could be the windshield, the systems only; so they work with
with seats and safety belts. instrument panel, or the safety belts! safety belts — not instead of
Always wear a safety belt, and When you wear a safety belt, you them. Whether or not an airbag
check that all passenger(s) are and the vehicle slow down together. is provided, all occupants still
restrained properly too. There is more time to stop because have to buckle up to get the
you stop over a longer distance and, most protection.
This vehicle has indicators as a when worn properly, your strongest Also, in nearly all states and in
reminder to buckle the safety belts. bones take the forces from the all Canadian provinces, the law
See Safety Belt Reminders 0 120. safety belts. That is why wearing requires wearing safety belts.
safety belts makes such good
Why Safety Belts Work sense. How to Wear Safety Belts
Questions and Answers About Properly
Safety Belts
This section is only for people of
Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle adult size.
after a crash if I am wearing a
There are special things to know
safety belt?
about safety belts and children, and
A: You could be — whether you are there are different rules for smaller
wearing a safety belt or not. children and infants. If a child will be
Your chance of being conscious riding in the vehicle, see Older
during and after a crash, so you Children 0 83 or Infants and Young
can unbuckle and get out, is Children 0 85. Follow those rules for
much greater if you are belted. everyone's protection.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
It is very important for all occupants pelvic bones and you would be Lap-Shoulder Belt
to buckle up. Statistics show that less likely to slide under the lap
unbelted people are hurt more often belt. If you slid under it, the belt All seating positions in the vehicle
in crashes than those who are would apply force on your have a lap-shoulder belt.
wearing safety belts. abdomen. This could cause If you are using a rear seating
There are important things to know serious or even fatal injuries. position with a detachable safety
about wearing a safety belt properly. . Wear the shoulder belt over the belt and the safety belt is not
shoulder and across the chest. attached, see Rear Seats 0 62 for
These parts of the body are best instructions on reconnecting the
able to take belt restraining safety belt to the mini-buckle.
forces. The shoulder belt locks if The following instructions explain
there is a sudden stop or crash. how to wear a lap-shoulder belt
properly.
{ Warning 1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is
adjustable, so you can sit up
You can be seriously injured,
straight. To see how, see
or even killed, by not wearing “Seats” in the Index.
your safety belt properly.
. Never allow the lap or
shoulder belt to become
. Sit up straight and always keep loose or twisted.
your feet on the floor in front
of you. . Never wear the shoulder
belt under both arms or
. Always use the correct buckle behind your back.
for your seating position.
. Never route the lap or
. Wear the lap part of the belt low shoulder belt over an
and snug on the hips, just armrest.
touching the thighs. In a crash,
this applies force to the strong
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Engaging the child restraint Position the release button on

locking feature in the front the buckle so that the safety
outboard seating position may belt could be quickly unbuckled
affect the passenger sensing if necessary.
system. See Passenger
Sensing System 0 77.
2. Pick up the latch plate and pull

the belt across you. Do not let
it get twisted.
The lap-shoulder belt may lock
if you pull the belt across you
very quickly. If this happens, let 4. To make the lap part tight, pull
the belt go back slightly to up on the shoulder belt.
unlock it. Then pull the belt 3. Push the latch plate into the
across you more slowly. buckle until it clicks.
If the shoulder portion of a If the latch plate will not go fully

passenger belt is pulled out all into the buckle, check if the
the way, the child restraint correct buckle is being used.
locking feature may be Pull up on the latch plate to
engaged. If this happens, let make sure it is secure. If the
the belt go back all the way belt is not long enough, see
and start again. Safety Belt Extender 0 69.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Before a door is closed, be sure the Do not sit on the outboard safety
safety belt is out of the way. If a belt while entering or exiting the
door is slammed against a safety vehicle or at any time while sitting in
belt, damage can occur to both the the seat. Sitting on the safety belt
safety belt and the vehicle. can damage the webbing and
hardware.
Safety Belt Pretensioners
This vehicle has safety belt
Rear Safety Belt Comfort
pretensioners for front outboard Guides
occupants. Although the safety belt Rear safety belt comfort guides may
pretensioners cannot be seen, they provide added safety belt comfort
are part of the safety belt assembly. for older children who have
They can help tighten the safety outgrown booster seats and for
To unlatch the belt, push the button
belts during the early stages of a some adults. When installed on a
on the buckle. The belt should
moderate to severe frontal, near shoulder belt, the comfort guide
return to its stowed position.
frontal, or rear crash if the threshold positions the belt away from the
Always stow the safety belt slowly. conditions for pretensioner neck and head.
If the safety belt webbing returns activation are met. Safety belt
quickly to the stowed position, the Comfort guides are available
pretensioners can also help tighten
retractor may lock and cannot be through your dealer for the rear
the safety belts in a side crash or a
pulled out. If this happens, pull the outboard seating positions.
rollover event.
safety belt straight out firmly to Instructions are included with the
Pretensioners work only once. If the guide.
unlock the webbing, and then
pretensioners activate in a crash,
release it. If the webbing is still
the pretensioners and probably
locked in the retractor, see your
other parts of the vehicle's safety
dealer.
belt system will need to be replaced.
See Replacing Safety Belt System
Parts after a Crash 0 70.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Safety Belt Use During The best way to protect the fetus is Safety System Check
to protect the mother. When a safety
Pregnancy belt is worn properly, it is more likely Check that the safety belt reminder,
Safety belts work for everyone, that the fetus will not be hurt in a safety belts, buckles, latch plates,
including pregnant women. Like all crash. For pregnant women, as for and retractors, are all working
occupants, they are more likely to anyone, the key to making safety properly. Look for any other loose or
be seriously injured if they do not belts effective is wearing them damaged safety belt system parts
wear safety belts. properly. that might keep a safety belt system
from performing properly. See your
Safety Belt Extender dealer to have it repaired. Torn or
frayed safety belts may not protect
If the vehicle's safety belt will fasten you in a crash. They can rip apart
around you, you should use it. under impact forces. If a belt is torn
But if a safety belt is not long or frayed, have it replaced
enough, your dealer will order you immediately.
an extender. When you go in to Make sure the safety belt reminder
order it, take the heaviest coat you light is working. See Safety Belt
will wear, so the extender will be Reminders 0 120.
long enough for you. To help avoid
Keep safety belts clean and dry.
personal injury, do not let someone
See Safety Belt Care 0 69.
else use it, and use it only for the
seat it is made to fit. The extender
A pregnant woman should wear a has been designed for adults. Never Safety Belt Care
lap-shoulder belt, and the lap use it for securing child restraints.
portion should be worn as low as Keep belts clean and dry.
To wear it, attach it to the regular
possible, below the rounding, safety belt. For more information,
throughout the pregnancy. see the instruction sheet that comes
with the extender.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Replacing Safety Belt New parts and repairs may be

{ Warning System Parts after a necessary even if the safety belt
system was not being used at the
Do not bleach or dye safety belt Crash time of the crash.
webbing. It may severely weaken
Have the safety belt pretensioners
the webbing. In a crash, they
might not be able to provide
{ Warning checked if the vehicle has been in a
adequate protection. Clean and crash, or if the airbag readiness light
A crash can damage the safety stays on after you start the vehicle
rinse safety belt webbing only belt system in the vehicle. or while you are driving. See Airbag
with mild soap and lukewarm A damaged safety belt system Readiness Light 0 120.
water. Allow the webbing to dry. may not properly protect the
person using it, resulting in
Safety belts should be properly serious injury or even death in a
cared for and maintained. crash. To help make sure the
safety belt systems are working
Safety belt hardware should be kept
dry and free of dust or debris. As properly after a crash, have them
necessary exterior hard surfaces inspected and any necessary
and safety belt webbing may be replacements made as soon as
lightly cleaned with mild soap and possible.
water. Ensure there is not excessive
dust or debris in the mechanism. After a minor crash, replacement of
If dust or debris exists in the system safety belts may not be necessary.
please see the dealer. Parts may But the safety belt assemblies that
need to be replaced to ensure were used during any crash may
proper functionality of the system. have been stressed or damaged.
See your dealer to have the safety
belt assemblies inspected or
replaced.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Airbag System All vehicle airbags have the word

AIRBAG on the trim or on a label { Warning
The vehicle has the following near the deployment opening.
airbags: You can be severely injured or
For frontal airbags, the word killed in a crash if you are not
. A frontal airbag for the driver. AIRBAG is on the center of the wearing your safety belt, even
. A frontal airbag for the front steering wheel for the driver and on with airbags. Airbags are
outboard passenger. the instrument panel for the front designed to work with safety
outboard passenger. belts, not replace them. Also,
. A knee airbag for the driver.
For knee airbags, the word AIRBAG airbags are not designed to inflate
. A knee airbag for the front is on the lower part of the in every crash. In some crashes
outboard passenger. instrument panel. safety belts are the only restraint.
. A seat-mounted side impact For seat-mounted side impact See When Should an Airbag
airbag for the driver. airbags, the word AIRBAG is on the Inflate? 0 74.
. A seat-mounted side impact side of the seatback closest to Wearing your safety belt during a
airbag for the front outboard the door. crash helps reduce your chance
passenger. For roof-rail airbags, the word of hitting things inside the vehicle
. Seat-mounted side impact AIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim. or being ejected from it. Airbags
airbags for the second row Airbags are designed to supplement are “supplemental restraints” to
outboard passengers. the protection provided by safety the safety belts. Everyone in the
. belts. Even though today's airbags vehicle should wear a safety belt
A roof-rail airbag for the driver
and the passenger seated are also designed to help reduce properly, whether or not there is
directly behind the driver. the risk of injury from the force of an an airbag for that person.
inflating bag, all airbags must inflate
. A roof-rail airbag for the front very quickly to do their job.
outboard passenger and the
passenger seated directly Here are the most important things
behind the front outboard to know about the airbag system:
passenger.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Where Are the Airbags?

{ Warning { Warning
Because airbags inflate with great Children who are up against,
force and faster than the blink of or very close to, any airbag when
an eye, anyone who is up it inflates can be seriously injured
against, or very close to any or killed. Always secure children
airbag when it inflates can be properly in the vehicle. To read
seriously injured or killed. Do not how, see Older Children 0 83 or
sit unnecessarily close to any Infants and Young Children 0 85.
airbag, as you would be if sitting
on the edge of the seat or leaning
forward. Safety belts help keep
you in position before and during
a crash. Always wear a safety
belt, even with airbags. The driver The driver frontal airbag is in the
should sit as far back as possible center of the steering wheel.
while still maintaining control of The front outboard passenger
the vehicle. The safety belts and There is an airbag readiness light frontal airbag is in the passenger
the front outboard passenger on the instrument cluster, which side instrument panel.
airbags are most effective when shows the airbag symbol. The
you are sitting well back and system checks the airbag electrical
upright in the seat with both feet system for malfunctions. The light
on the floor. tells you if there is an electrical
problem. See Airbag Readiness
Occupants should not lean on or Light 0 120 for more information.
sleep against the door or side
windows in seating positions with
seat-mounted side impact airbags
and/or roof-rail airbags.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
The driver knee airbag is below the Driver Side Shown, Passenger Rear Seat Driver Side Shown,
steering column. The front outboard Side Similar Passenger Side Similar
passenger knee airbag is below the The seat-mounted side impact On vehicles with second row
glove box. airbags for the driver and front seat-mounted side impact airbags,
outboard passenger are in the side they are in the sides of the rear
of the seatbacks closest to the door. seatback closest to the door.
The roof-rail airbags for the driver,
front outboard passenger, and { Warning
second row outboard passengers
are in the ceiling above the side If something is between an
windows. occupant and an airbag, the
airbag might not inflate properly
or it might force the object into
that person causing severe injury
or even death. The path of an
inflating airbag must be kept
(Continued)
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
predict how severe a crash is likely Frontal airbags are not intended to
Warning (Continued) to be in time for the airbags to inflate during vehicle rollovers, rear
inflate and help restrain the impacts, or in many side impacts.
clear. Do not put anything occupants. The vehicle has
between an occupant and an In addition, the vehicle has
electronic sensors that help the advanced technology frontal
airbag, and do not attach or put airbag system determine the
anything on the steering wheel airbags. Advanced technology
severity of the impact. Deployment frontal airbags adjust the restraint
hub or on or near any other thresholds can vary with specific
airbag covering. according to crash severity.
vehicle design.
Knee airbags are designed to inflate
Do not use seat accessories that Frontal airbags are designed to in moderate to severe frontal or
block the inflation path of a inflate in moderate to severe frontal near frontal impacts. Knee airbags
seat-mounted side impact airbag. or near frontal crashes to help are not designed to inflate during
reduce the potential for severe vehicle rollovers, in rear impacts,
Never secure anything to the roof
injuries, mainly to the driver's or or in many side impacts.
of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags
front outboard passenger's head
by routing a rope or tie⇣down and chest. Seat-mounted side impact airbags
through any door or window are designed to inflate in moderate
opening. If you do, the path of an Whether the frontal airbags will or to severe side crashes depending
inflating roof-rail airbag will be should inflate is not based primarily on the location of the impact.
blocked. on how fast the vehicle is traveling. Seat-mounted side impact airbags
It depends on what is hit, the are not designed to inflate in frontal
direction of the impact, and how impacts, near frontal impacts,
When Should an Airbag quickly the vehicle slows down. rollovers, or rear impacts.
Inflate? Frontal airbags may inflate at A seat-mounted side impact airbag
different crash speeds depending on is designed to inflate on the side of
This vehicle is equipped with
whether the vehicle hits an object the vehicle that is struck.
airbags. See Airbag System 0 71.
straight on or at an angle, and Roof-rail airbags are designed to
Airbags are designed to inflate if the
whether the object is fixed or inflate in moderate to severe side
impact exceeds the specific airbag
moving, rigid or deformable, narrow crashes depending on the location
system's deployment threshold.
or wide. of the impact. In addition, these
Deployment thresholds are used to
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
roof-rail airbags are designed to How Does an Airbag But airbags would not help in many
inflate during a rollover or in a types of collisions, primarily
severe frontal impact. Roof-rail
Restrain? because the occupant's motion is
airbags are not designed to inflate in In moderate to severe frontal or not toward those airbags. See When
rear impacts. Both roof-rail airbags near frontal collisions, even belted Should an Airbag Inflate? 0 74.
will inflate when either side of the occupants can contact the steering Airbags should never be regarded
vehicle is struck or if the sensing wheel or the instrument panel. In as anything more than a supplement
system predicts that the vehicle is moderate to severe side collisions, to safety belts.
about to roll over on its side, or in a even belted occupants can contact
severe frontal impact. the inside of the vehicle.
What Will You See after
In any particular crash, no one can Airbags supplement the protection
say whether an airbag should have provided by safety belts by
an Airbag Inflates?
inflated simply because of the distributing the force of the impact After the frontal, knee, and
vehicle damage or repair costs. more evenly over the seat-mounted side impact airbags
occupant's body. inflate, they quickly deflate, so
What Makes an Airbag Rollover capable roof-rail airbags
quickly that some people may not
even realize an airbag inflated.
Inflate? are designed to help contain the
Roof-rail airbags may still be at least
head and chest of occupants in the
In a deployment event, the sensing partially inflated for some time after
outboard seating positions in the
system sends an electrical signal they inflate. Some components of
first and second rows. The rollover
triggering a release of gas from the the airbag module may be hot for
capable roof-rail airbags are
inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the several minutes. For location of the
designed to help reduce the risk of
airbag causing the bag to break out airbags, see Where Are the
full or partial ejection in rollover
of the cover. The inflator, the airbag, Airbags? 0 72.
events, although no system can
and related hardware are all part of The parts of the airbag that come
prevent all such ejections.
the airbag module. into contact with you may be warm,
For airbag locations, see Where Are but not too hot to touch. There may
the Airbags? 0 72. be some smoke and dust coming
from the vents in the deflated
airbags. Airbag inflation does not
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
prevent the driver from seeing out of The feature may also activate, vehicle has been in a crash, the
the windshield or being able to steer without airbag inflation, after an vehicle's sensing system may shut
the vehicle, nor does it prevent event that exceeds a predetermined down the high voltage system.
people from leaving the vehicle. threshold. You can lock the doors, When this occurs, the high voltage
and turn off the interior lamps, and battery is disconnected and the
{ Warning turn off the hazard warning flashers
by using the controls for those
vehicle is not charging the 12-volt
battery or the electrical system. The
When an airbag inflates, there features. vehicle may start but it shuts down
may be dust in the air. This dust once the 12-volt battery is depleted.
could cause breathing problems { Warning The airbag readiness light and/or
the 12-volt battery warning light are
for people with a history of
asthma or other breathing trouble. A crash severe enough to inflate displayed. Before the vehicle can be
To avoid this, everyone in the the airbags may have also operated again, it must be serviced
vehicle should get out as soon as damaged important functions in at your dealer.
it is safe to do so. If you have the vehicle, such as the fuel In many crashes severe enough to
breathing problems but cannot system, brake and steering inflate the airbag, windshields are
get out of the vehicle after an systems, etc. Even if the vehicle broken by vehicle deformation.
airbag inflates, then get fresh air appears to be drivable after a Additional windshield breakage may
by opening a window or a door. moderate crash, there may be also occur from the front outboard
If you experience breathing concealed damage that could passenger airbag.
problems following an airbag make it difficult to safely operate . Airbags are designed to inflate
deployment, you should seek the vehicle. only once. After an airbag
medical attention. Use caution if you should attempt inflates, you will need some new
to restart the engine after a crash parts for the airbag system.
has occurred. If you do not get them, the
The vehicle has a feature that may
airbag system will not be there
automatically unlock the doors, turn
to help protect you in another
on the interior lamps and hazard Hybrid vehicles have a high voltage crash. A new system will include
warning flashers, and shut off the battery and a standard 12-volt airbag modules and possibly
fuel system after the airbags inflate. battery. If an airbag inflates or the
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
other parts. The service manual The passenger sensing system

for the vehicle covers the need works with sensors that are part of
to replace other parts. the front outboard passenger seat
. The vehicle has a crash sensing and safety belt. The sensors are
and diagnostic module which designed to detect the presence of
records information after a a properly seated occupant and
crash. See Vehicle Data United States and Canada determine if the front outboard
Recording and Privacy 0 394 passenger frontal airbag and knee
and Event Data airbag should be allowed to inflate
Recorders 0 395. or not.
. Let only qualified technicians According to accident statistics,
work on the airbag systems. children are safer when properly
Improper service can mean that secured in a rear seat in the correct
an airbag system will not work child restraint for their weight
Mexico and size.
properly. See your dealer for
service. The words ON and OFF, or the Whenever possible, children age
symbol for on and off, will be visible 12 and under should be secured in
Passenger Sensing during the system check. When the a rear seating position.
system check is complete, either the
System word ON or OFF, or the symbol for Never put a rear-facing child seat in
the front. This is because the risk to
The vehicle has a passenger on or off, will be visible. See
Passenger Airbag Status the rear-facing child is so great,
sensing system for the front
Indicator 0 121. if the airbag inflates.
outboard passenger position. The
passenger airbag status indicator The passenger sensing system
will light on the overhead console turns off the front outboard
when the vehicle is started. passenger frontal airbag and knee
airbag under certain conditions. No
other airbag is affected by the
passenger sensing system.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
When the passenger sensing

{ Warning Warning (Continued) system has turned off the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag
A child in a rear-facing child the front outboard passenger and knee airbag, the off indicator
restraint can be seriously injured seat, always move the seat as far will light and stay lit as a reminder
or killed if the passenger frontal back as it will go. It is better to that the airbags are off. See
airbag inflates. This is because secure child restraints in the rear Passenger Airbag Status
the back of the rear-facing child seat. Consider using another Indicator 0 121.
restraint would be very close to vehicle to transport the child
The passenger sensing system is
the inflating airbag. A child in a when a rear seat is not available.
designed to turn on the front
forward-facing child restraint can
be seriously injured or killed if the The passenger sensing system is and knee airbag anytime the system
passenger frontal airbag inflates designed to turn off the front senses that a person of adult size is
and the passenger seat is in a outboard passenger frontal airbag sitting properly in the front outboard
forward position. and knee airbag if: passenger seat. When the
Even if the passenger sensing . The front outboard passenger passenger sensing system has
system has turned off the front seat is unoccupied. allowed the airbag(s) to be enabled,
outboard passenger airbag(s), no the on indicator will light and stay lit
. The system determines that an as a reminder that the airbag(s) are
system is fail-safe. No one can
infant is present in a child active.
guarantee that an airbag will not restraint.
deploy under some unusual For some children, including
circumstance, even though the . A front outboard passenger children in child restraints and for
airbag(s) are off. takes his/her weight off of the very small adults, the passenger
seat for a period of time. sensing system may or may not turn
Never put a rear-facing child off the front outboard passenger
. There is a critical problem with
restraint in the front seat, even if frontal airbag and knee airbag,
the airbag system or the
the airbag is off. If securing a depending upon the person's
passenger sensing system.
forward-facing child restraint in seating posture and body build.
(Continued) Everyone in the vehicle who has
outgrown child restraints should
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
wear a safety belt properly — 2. Remove the child restraint from lit, turn the vehicle off. Then
whether or not there is an airbag for the vehicle. slightly recline the vehicle
that person. 3. Remove any additional items seatback and adjust the seat
from the seat such as blankets, cushion, if adjustable, to make
{ Warning cushions, seat covers, seat sure that the vehicle seatback
is not pushing the child
heaters, or seat massagers.
If the airbag readiness light ever restraint into the seat cushion.
comes on and stays on, it means 4. Reinstall the child restraint
following the directions Also make sure the child
that something may be wrong restraint is not trapped under
with the airbag system. To help provided by the child restraint
manufacturer and refer to the vehicle head restraint.
avoid injury to yourself or others, If this happens, adjust the head
Securing Child Restraints (With
have the vehicle serviced right restraint. See Head
the Safety Belt in the Front
away. See Airbag Readiness
Seat) 0 98 or Securing Child Restraints 0 55.
Light 0 120 for more information, Restraints (With the Safety Belt 6. Restart the vehicle.
including important safety in the Rear Seat) 0 96.
information. The passenger sensing system may
Make sure the safety belt or may not turn off the airbags for a
retractor is locked by pulling child in a child restraint depending
If the On Indicator Is Lit for a the shoulder belt all the way upon the child’s size. It is better to
Child Restraint out of the retractor when secure the child restraint in a rear
The passenger sensing system is installing the child restraint, seat. Never put a rear-facing child
designed to turn off the front even if the child restraint is restraint in the front seat, even if the
outboard passenger frontal airbag equipped with a safety belt on indicator is not lit.
and knee airbag if the system lock-off. When the retractor
determines that an infant is present lock is set, the belt can be
in a child restraint. If a child restraint tightened but not pulled out of
has been installed and the on the retractor.
indicator is lit: 5. If, after reinstalling the child
1. Turn the vehicle off. restraint and restarting the
vehicle, the on indicator is still
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
If the Off Indicator Is Lit for an 2. Remove any additional material

Adult-Sized Occupant from the seat, such as { Warning
blankets, cushions, seat
covers, seat heaters, or seat If the front outboard passenger
massagers. airbag is turned off for an
adult-sized occupant, the airbag
3. Place the seatback in the fully will not be able to inflate and help
upright position. protect that person in a crash,
4. Have the person sit upright in resulting in an increased risk of
the seat, centered on the seat serious injury or even death. An
cushion, with legs comfortably adult-sized occupant should not
extended. ride in the front outboard
5. If the shoulder portion of the passenger seat, if the passenger
belt is pulled out all the way, airbag off indicator is lit.
the child restraint locking
feature will be engaged. This Additional Factors Affecting
If a person of adult size is sitting in
may unintentionally cause the
the front outboard passenger seat, System Operation
passenger sensing system to
but the off indicator is lit, it could be Safety belts help keep the
turn the airbag off for some
because that person is not sitting passenger in position on the seat
adult-sized occupants. If this
properly in the seat or that the child during vehicle maneuvers and
happens, unbuckle the belt, let
restraint locking feature is engaged. braking, which helps the passenger
the belt go back all the way,
Use the following steps to allow the sensing system maintain the
and then buckle the belt again
system to detect that person and passenger airbag status. See
without pulling the belt out all
enable the front outboard passenger “Safety Belts” and “Child Restraints”
the way.
frontal airbag and knee airbag: in the Index for additional
6. Restart the vehicle and have
1. Turn the vehicle off. information about the importance of
the person remain in this
proper restraint use.
position for two to
three minutes after the on
indicator is lit.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
A thick layer of additional material,

such as a blanket or cushion, Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)
or aftermarket equipment such as
seat covers, seat heaters, and seat seatback may interfere with the are close to an airbag when it
massagers can affect how well the proper operation of the passenger inflates. Avoid yellow connectors.
passenger sensing system sensing system. They are probably part of the
operates. We recommend that you airbag system. Be sure to follow
not use seat covers or other proper service procedures, and
aftermarket equipment except when
Servicing the make sure the person performing
approved by GM for your specific Airbag-Equipped Vehicle work for you is qualified to do so.
vehicle. See Adding Equipment to Airbags affect how the vehicle
the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 81 should be serviced. There are parts
for more information about Adding Equipment to the
of the airbag system in several
modifications that can affect how places around the vehicle. Your Airbag-Equipped Vehicle
the system operates. dealer and the service manual have Adding accessories that change the
The on indicator may be lit if an information about servicing the vehicle's frame, bumper system,
object, such as a briefcase, vehicle and the airbag system. To height, front end, or side sheet
handbag, grocery bag, laptop, purchase a service manual, see metal, may keep the airbag system
or other electronic device is put on Service Publications Ordering from working properly. The
an unoccupied seat. If this is not Information 0 392. operation of the airbag system can
desired remove the object from also be affected by changing any
the seat. { Warning parts of the front seats, safety belts,
the airbag sensing and diagnostic
{ Warning For up to 10 seconds after the
vehicle is turned off and the
module, steering wheel, instrument
panel, any of the airbag modules,
Stowing of articles under the battery is disconnected, an airbag ceiling or pillar garnish trim, front
passenger seat or between the can still inflate during improper sensors, side impact sensors,
passenger seat cushion and service. You can be injured if you or airbag wiring.
(Continued) (Continued)
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Your dealer and the service manual If the vehicle has rollover roof-rail
have information about the location airbags, see Different Size Tires Caution (Continued)
of the airbag sensors, sensing and and Wheels 0 334 for additional
diagnostic module, and airbag important information. open or break the airbag
wiring. coverings. If there are any
If you have to modify your vehicle opened or broken airbag
In addition, the vehicle has a because you have a disability and coverings, have the airbag
passenger sensing system for the you have questions about whether covering and/or airbag module
front outboard passenger position, the modifications will affect the replaced. For the location of the
which includes sensors that are part vehicle's airbag system, or if you
airbags, see Where Are the
of the passenger seat. The have questions about whether the
Airbags? 0 72. See your dealer
passenger sensing system may not airbag system will be affected if the
operate properly if the original seat vehicle is modified for any other for service.
trim is replaced with non-GM reason, call Customer Assistance.
covers, upholstery, or trim; or with See Customer Assistance Replacing Airbag System
GM covers, upholstery, or trim Offices 0 385.
designed for a different vehicle. Any Parts after a Crash
object, such as an aftermarket seat Airbag System Check
heater or a comfort-enhancing pad
The airbag system does not need
{ Warning
or device, installed under or on top
of the seat fabric, could also regularly scheduled maintenance or A crash can damage the airbag
interfere with the operation of the replacement. Make sure the airbag systems in the vehicle.
passenger sensing system. This readiness light is working. See A damaged airbag system may
could either prevent proper Airbag Readiness Light 0 120. not properly protect you and your
deployment of the passenger passenger(s) in a crash, resulting
airbag(s) or prevent the passenger Caution in serious injury or even death. To
sensing system from properly help make sure the airbag
turning off the passenger airbag(s). If an airbag covering is damaged, systems are working properly
See Passenger Sensing opened, or broken, the airbag after a crash, have them
System 0 77. may not work properly. Do not
(Continued)
(Continued)
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Warning (Continued) Child Restraints The manufacturer instructions that

come with the booster seat state the
weight and height limitations for that
inspected and any necessary Older Children booster. Use a booster seat with a
replacements made as soon as lap-shoulder belt until the child
possible. passes the fit test below:
. Sit all the way back on the seat.
If an airbag inflates, you will need to Do the knees bend at the seat
replace airbag system parts. See edge? If yes, continue. If no,
your dealer for service. return to the booster seat.
If the airbag readiness light stays on . Buckle the lap-shoulder belt.
after the vehicle is started or comes Does the shoulder belt rest on
on when you are driving, the airbag the shoulder? If yes, continue.
system may not work properly. Have If no, try using the rear safety
the vehicle serviced right away. See belt comfort guide, if available.
Airbag Readiness Light 0 120. See “Rear Safety Belt Comfort
Guides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt
Older children who have outgrown
0 66. If a comfort guide is not
booster seats should wear the
available, or if the shoulder belt
vehicle’s safety belts.
still does not rest on the
shoulder, then return to the
booster seat.
. Does the lap belt fit low and
snug on the hips, touching the
thighs? If yes, continue. If no,
return to the booster seat.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16

. Can proper safety belt fit be In a crash, children who are not
maintained for the length of the buckled up can strike other people
trip? If yes, continue. If no, who are buckled up, or can be
return to the booster seat. thrown out of the vehicle. Older
Q: What is the proper way to children need to use safety belts
wear safety belts? properly.
A: An older child should wear a

lap-shoulder belt and get the
{ Warning
additional restraint a shoulder Never allow more than one child
belt can provide. The shoulder to wear the same safety belt. The
belt should not cross the face or safety belt cannot properly spread
neck. The lap belt should fit the impact forces. In a crash, they
snugly below the hips, just
touching the top of the thighs.
can be crushed together and { Warning
seriously injured. A safety belt
This applies belt force to the Never allow a child to wear the
must be used by only one person
child's pelvic bones in a crash. safety belt with the shoulder belt
It should never be worn over the at a time.
behind their back. A child can be
abdomen, which could cause seriously injured by not wearing
severe or even fatal internal the lap-shoulder belt properly. In a
injuries in a crash. crash, the child would not be
Also see “Rear Safety Belt Comfort restrained by the shoulder belt.
Guides” under Lap-Shoulder The child could move too far
Belt 0 66. forward increasing the chance of
According to accident statistics, head and neck injury. The child
children are safer when properly might also slide under the lap
restrained in a rear seating position. belt. The belt force would then be
applied right on the abdomen.
(Continued)
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
restraints. In fact, the law in every Every time infants and young
Warning (Continued) state in the United States and in children ride in vehicles, they should
every Canadian province says have the protection provided by
That could cause serious or fatal children up to some age must be appropriate child restraints. Neither
injuries. The shoulder belt should restrained while in a vehicle. the vehicle's safety belt system nor
go over the shoulder and across its airbag system is designed
the chest.
{ Warning for them.
Children who are not restrained
Children can be seriously injured properly can strike other people,
or strangled if a shoulder belt is or can be thrown out of the vehicle.
wrapped around their neck. The
shoulder belt can tighten but
cannot be loosened if it is locked.
{ Warning
The shoulder belt locks when it is Never hold an infant or a child
pulled all the way out of the while riding in a vehicle. Due to
retractor. It unlocks when the crash forces, an infant or a child
shoulder belt is allowed to go all will become so heavy it is not
the way back into the retractor, possible to hold it during a crash.
but it cannot do this if it is For example, in a crash at only
wrapped around a child’s neck. 40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb)
If the shoulder belt is locked and infant will suddenly become a
Infants and Young tightened around a child’s neck, 110 kg (240 lb) force on a person's
Children the only way to loosen the belt is arms. An infant or child should be
to cut it. secured in an appropriate
Everyone in a vehicle needs restraint.
protection! This includes infants and Never leave children unattended
all other children. Neither the in a vehicle and never allow
distance traveled nor the age and children to play with the safety
size of the traveler changes the belts.
need, for everyone, to use safety
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
For each type of child restraint,

there are many different models
available. When purchasing a child
restraint, be sure it is designed to be
used in a motor vehicle. If it is, the
restraint will have a label saying that
it meets federal motor vehicle safety
standards. The restraint
manufacturer's instructions that
come with the restraint state the
weight and height limitations for a
particular child restraint. In addition,
there are many kinds of restraints
{ Warning Child restraints are devices used to
restrain, seat, or position children in
available for children with special
needs.
Children who are up against, the vehicle and are sometimes
or very close to, any airbag when
it inflates can be seriously injured
called child seats or car seats.
{ Warning
There are three basic types of
or killed. Never put a rear-facing child restraints: To reduce the risk of neck and
child restraint in the front . Forward-facing child restraints head injury in a crash, infants and
outboard seat. Secure a toddlers should be secured in a
rear-facing child restraint in a rear . Rearward-facing child restraints rear-facing child restraint until age
seat. It is also better to secure a . Belt-positioning booster seats two, or until they reach the
forward-facing child restraint in a maximum height and weight limits
The proper child restraint for your
rear seat. If you must secure a of their child restraint.
child depends on their size, weight,
forward-facing child restraint in and age, and also on whether the
the front outboard seat, always child restraint is compatible with the
move the front passenger seat as vehicle in which it will be used.
far back as it will go.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Child Restraint Systems

{ Warning
A young child's hip bones are still
so small that the vehicle's regular
safety belt may not remain low on
the hip bones, as it should.
Instead, it may settle up around
the child's abdomen. In a crash,
the belt would apply force on a
body area that is unprotected by
any bony structure. This alone
could cause serious or fatal Forward-Facing Child Seat
injuries. To reduce the risk of
serious or fatal injuries during a Rear-Facing Infant Seat A forward-facing child restraint
crash, young children should provides restraint for the child's
A rear-facing child restraint provides body with the harness.
always be secured in appropriate restraint with the seating surface
child restraints. against the back of the infant.
The harness system holds the infant
in place and, in a crash, acts to
keep the infant positioned in the
restraint.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Securing an Add-On Child When securing an add-on child

Restraint in the Vehicle restraint, refer to the instructions
that come with the restraint which
{ Warning may be on the restraint itself or in a
booklet, or both, and to this manual.
A child can be seriously injured or The child restraint instructions are
killed in a crash if the child important, so if they are not
restraint is not properly secured in available, obtain a replacement
copy from the manufacturer.
the vehicle. Secure the child
restraint properly in the vehicle Keep in mind that an unsecured
using the vehicle’s safety belt or child restraint can move around in a
LATCH system, following the collision or sudden stop and injure
Booster Seats instructions that came with that people in the vehicle. Be sure to
A belt-positioning booster seat is child restraint and the instructions properly secure any child restraint in
used for children who have in this manual. the vehicle — even when no child is
outgrown their forward-facing child in it.
restraint. Boosters are designed to To help reduce the chance of injury, In some areas of the United States
improve the fit of the vehicle's safety the child restraint must be secured and Canada, Certified Child
belt system until the child is large in the vehicle. Child restraint Passenger Safety Technicians
enough for the vehicle safety belts systems must be secured in vehicle (CPSTs) are available to inspect
to fit properly without a booster seat. seats by lap belts or the lap belt and demonstrate how to correctly
See the safety belt fit test in Older portion of a lap-shoulder belt, or by use and install child restraints. In
Children 0 83. the LATCH system. See Lower the U.S., refer to the National
Anchors and Tethers for Children Highway Traffic Safety
(LATCH System) 0 90 for more Administration (NHTSA) website to
information. Children can be locate the nearest child safety seat
endangered in a crash if the child inspection station. For CPST
restraint is not properly secured in availability in Canada, check with
the vehicle. Transport Canada or the Provincial
Ministry of Transportation office.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Securing the Child Within the

Child Restraint { Warning Warning (Continued)
A child in a rear-facing child the front seat, always move the
{ Warning restraint can be seriously injured front passenger seat as far back
or killed if the front passenger as it will go. It is better to secure
A child can be seriously injured or
airbag inflates. This is because the child restraint in a rear seat.
killed in a crash if the child is not
the back of the rear-facing child See Passenger Sensing System
properly secured in the child
restraint would be very close to 0 77 for additional information.
restraint. Secure the child
the inflating airbag. A child in a
properly following the instructions
forward-facing child restraint can
that came with that child restraint. When securing a child restraint in a
be seriously injured or killed if the
front passenger airbag inflates rear seating position, study the
instructions that came with the child
Where to Put the and the passenger seat is in a
restraint to make sure it is
forward position.
Restraint compatible with this vehicle.
Even if the passenger sensing
According to accident statistics, Child restraints and booster seats
children and infants are safer when system has turned off the front
vary considerably in size, and some
properly restrained in an appropriate passenger frontal airbag, no
may fit in certain seating positions
child restraint secured in a rear system is fail-safe. No one can better than others.
seating position. guarantee that an airbag will not
deploy under some unusual Depending on where you place the
Whenever possible, children aged circumstance, even though it is child restraint and the size of the
12 and under should be secured in turned off. child restraint, you may not be able
a rear seating position. to access adjacent safety belts or
Secure rear-facing child restraints LATCH anchors for additional
Never put a rear-facing child
in a rear seat, even if the airbag passengers or child restraints.
restraint in the front. This is because
the risk to the rear-facing child is so is off. If you secure a Adjacent seating positions should
great if the airbag deploys. forward-facing child restraint in not be used if the child restraint
(Continued) prevents access to or interferes with
the routing of the safety belt.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Wherever a child restraint is rear-facing and forward-facing child The LATCH anchorage system can
installed, be sure to follow the seats can be properly installed be used until the combined weight
instructions that came with the child using either the LATCH anchors or of the child plus the child restraint is
restraint system and secure the the vehicle’s safety belts. Do not 29.5 kg (65 lbs). Use the safety belt
child restraint system properly. use both the safety belts and the alone instead of the LATCH
Keep in mind that an unsecured LATCH anchorage system to secure anchorage system once the
child restraint can move around in a a rear-facing or forward-facing combined weight is more than
collision or sudden stop and injure child seat. 29.5 kg (65 lbs).
people in the vehicle. Be sure to Booster seats use the vehicle’s See Securing Child Restraints (With
properly secure any child restraint in safety belts to secure the child in the Safety Belt in the Front Seat)
the vehicle — even when no child is the booster seat. If the manufacturer 0 98 or Securing Child Restraints
in it. recommends that the booster seat (With the Safety Belt in the Rear
be secured with the LATCH system, Seat) 0 96.
Lower Anchors and this can be done as long as the Child restraints built after March
booster seat can be positioned
Tethers for Children properly and there is no interference
2014 will be labeled with the
(LATCH System) specific child weight up to which the
with the proper positioning of the LATCH system can be used to
The LATCH system secures a child lap-shoulder belt on the child. install the restraint.
restraint during driving or in a crash. Make sure to follow the instructions
LATCH attachments on the child The following explains how to attach
that came with the child restraint, a child restraint with these
restraint are used to attach the child and also the instructions in this
restraint to the anchors in the attachments in the vehicle.
manual.
vehicle. The LATCH system is Not all vehicle seating positions or
designed to make installation of a When installing a child restraint with child restraints have lower anchors
child restraint easier. a top tether, you must also use and attachments or top tether
either the lower anchors or the anchors and attachments. In this
In order to use the LATCH system in safety belts to properly secure the
your vehicle, you need a child case, the safety belt must be used
child restraint. A child restraint must (with top tether where available) to
restraint that has LATCH never be attached using only the top
attachments. LATCH-compatible tether.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
secure the child restraint. See Top Tether Anchor Some child restraints that have a
Securing Child Restraints (With the top tether are designed for use with
Safety Belt in the Front Seat) 0 98 or without the top tether being
or Securing Child Restraints (With attached. Others require the top
the Safety Belt in the Rear tether always to be attached. In
Seat) 0 96. Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have
Lower Anchors a top tether, and that the tether be
attached. Be sure to read and follow
the instructions for the child
restraint.
Lower Anchor and Top Tether
Anchor Locations
A top tether (3, 4) anchors the top of
the child restraint to the vehicle.
A top tether anchor is built into the
vehicle. The top tether
attachment (2) on the child restraint
connects to the top tether anchor in
the vehicle in order to reduce the
Lower anchors (1) are metal bars forward movement and rotation of
built into the vehicle. There are two the child restraint during driving or in
lower anchors for each LATCH a crash.
seating position that will
accommodate a child restraint with The child restraint may have a
lower attachments (2). single tether (3) or a dual tether (4). Rear Seat
Either will have a single
attachment (2) to secure the top I : Seating positions with top
tether to the anchor. tether anchors.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
H : Seating positions with two The top tether anchors are under
lower anchors. the covers, behind the rear seat, on
the filler panel. Be sure to use an
anchor on the same side of the
vehicle as the seating position
where the child restraint will be
placed.
Do not secure a child restraint in a
position without a top tether anchor
To assist in locating the lower if a national or local law requires
anchors, each seating position with that the top tether be attached, or if
lower anchors has two labels, near the instructions that come with the
the crease between the seatback The outboard lower anchors are child restraint say that the top tether
and the seat cushion. behind the vertical openings in the must be attached.
seat trim. According to accident statistics,
children and infants are safer when
properly restrained in a child
restraint system or infant restraint
system secured in a rear seating
position. See Where to Put the
Restraint 0 89 for additional
To assist in locating the top tether information.
anchors, the top tether anchor
symbol is on the cover.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Securing a Child Restraint

Designed for the LATCH Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)
System Attaching more than one child tightened around a child’s neck,
restraint to a single anchor could the only way to loosen the belt is
{ Warning cause the anchor or attachment to cut it.
to come loose or even break Buckle any unused safety belts
If a LATCH-type child restraint is during a crash. A child or others
not attached to anchors, the child behind the child restraint so
could be injured. children cannot reach them. Pull
restraint will not be able to protect
the child correctly. In a crash, the the shoulder belt all the way out
child could be seriously injured or of the retractor to set the lock,
killed. Install a LATCH-type child { Warning and tighten the belt behind the
child restraint after the child
restraint properly using the
anchors, or use the vehicle's Children can be seriously injured restraint has been installed.
safety belts to secure the or strangled if a shoulder belt is
restraint, following the instructions wrapped around their neck. The
that came with the child restraint shoulder belt can tighten but
cannot be loosened if it is locked. Caution
and the instructions in this
manual. The shoulder belt locks when it is Do not let the LATCH
pulled all the way out of the attachments rub against the
retractor. It unlocks when the vehicle’s safety belts. This may
shoulder belt is allowed to go all
{ Warning the way back into the retractor,
damage these parts. If necessary,
move buckled safety belts to
but it cannot do this if it is avoid rubbing the LATCH
To reduce the risk of serious or wrapped around a child’s neck.
fatal injuries during a crash, do attachments.
If the shoulder belt is locked and
not attach more than one child (Continued)
restraint to a single anchor. (Continued)
(Continued)
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
seating position does not have 2.2. Route, attach, and tighten
Caution (Continued) lower anchors, secure the child the top tether according
restraint with the top tether and to the child restraint
Do not fold the rear seatback the safety belts. Refer to the instructions and the
when the seat is occupied. Do not child restraint manufacturer following instructions:
fold the empty rear seat with a instructions and the
safety belt buckled. This could instructions in this manual.
damage the safety belt or the
seat. Unbuckle and return the 1.1. Find the lower anchors
for the desired seating
safety belt to its stowed position,
position.
before folding the seat.
1.2. Put the child restraint on
the seat.
If you need to secure more than one
child restraint in the rear seat, see 1.3. Attach and tighten the
Where to Put the Restraint 0 89. lower attachments on the
child restraint to the lower If the position you are
This system is designed to make anchors. using does not have a
installation of child restraints easier. headrest or head restraint
When using lower anchors, do not 2. If the child restraint
and you are using a
use the vehicle's safety belts. manufacturer recommends that
single tether, route the
Instead use the vehicle's anchors the top tether be attached,
tether over the seatback.
and child restraint attachments to attach and tighten the top
secure the restraints. Some tether to the top tether anchor,
restraints also use another vehicle if equipped. Refer to the child
anchor to secure a top tether. restraint instructions and the
following steps:
1. Attach and tighten the lower
attachments to the lower 2.1. Find the top tether
anchors. If the child restraint anchor.
does not have lower Open the cover to expose
attachments or the desired the anchor.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
tether under the headrest be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in)

or head restraint and in of movement for proper
between the headrest or installation.
head restraint posts.
Replacing LATCH System
Parts After a Crash
{ Warning
If the position you are
A crash can damage the LATCH
using does not have a
system in the vehicle. A damaged
headrest or head restraint
and you are using a dual LATCH system may not properly
tether, route the tether secure the child restraint,
over the seatback. If the position you are resulting in serious injury or even
using has an adjustable death in a crash. To help make
headrest or head restraint sure the LATCH system is
and you are using a dual working properly after a crash,
tether route the tether see your dealer to have the
around the headrest or system inspected and any
head restraint. necessary replacements made as
soon as possible.
3. Before placing a child in the
child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To If the vehicle has the LATCH system
check, grasp the child restraint and it was being used during a
If the position you are at the LATCH path and attempt crash, new LATCH system parts
using has an adjustable to move it side to side and may be needed.
headrest or head restraint back and forth. There should
and you are using a
single tether, route the
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
New parts and repairs may be the instructions that come with the
necessary even if the LATCH child restraint say that the top strap
system was not being used at the must be anchored.
time of the crash. If the child restraint or vehicle seat
position does not have the LATCH
Securing Child Restraints system, you will be using the safety
(With the Safety Belt in belt to secure the child restraint. Be
the Rear Seat) sure to follow the instructions that
came with the child restraint.
When securing a child restraint in a
rear seating position, study the If more than one child restraint
instructions that came with the child needs to be installed in the rear
restraint to make sure it is seat, be sure to read Where to Put
the Restraint 0 89. 3. Push the latch plate into the
compatible with this vehicle. buckle until it clicks. If the latch
If the child restraint has the LATCH 1. Put the child restraint on plate will not go fully into the
system, see Lower Anchors and the seat. buckle, check if the correct
Tethers for Children (LATCH 2. Pick up the latch plate, and run buckle is being used.
System) 0 90 for how and where to the lap and shoulder portions Position the release button on
install the child restraint using of the vehicle's safety belt the buckle, away from the child
LATCH. If a child restraint is through or around the restraint. restraint system, so that the
secured in the vehicle using a The child restraint instructions safety belt could be quickly
safety belt and it uses a top tether, will show you how. unbuckled if necessary.
see Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) 0 90 for
top tether anchor locations.
Do not secure a child seat in a
if a national or local law requires
that the top tether be anchored, or if
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
6. If the child restraint has a top

tether, follow the child restraint
manufacturer's instructions
regarding the use of the top
tether. See Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) 0 90.
securely held in place. To
check, grasp the child restraint
at the safety belt path and
4. Pull the shoulder belt all the 5. To tighten the belt, push down attempt to move it side to side
way out of the retractor to set on the child restraint, pull the and back and forth. When the
the lock. When the retractor shoulder portion of the belt to child restraint is properly
lock is set, the belt can be tighten the lap portion of the installed, there should be no
tightened but not pulled out of belt, and feed the shoulder belt more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
the retractor. back into the retractor. When movement.
installing a forward-facing child To remove the child restraint,
restraint, it may be helpful to unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and
use your knee to push down on let it return to the stowed position.
the child restraint as you If the top tether is attached to a top
tighten the belt. tether anchor, disconnect it.
Try to pull the belt out of the
retractor to make sure the
retractor is locked. If the
retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 4 and 5.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Securing Child Restraints

(With the Safety Belt in
{ Warning Warning (Continued)
the Front Seat) A child in a rear-facing child forward-facing child restraint in

restraint can be seriously injured the front outboard passenger
This vehicle has airbags. A rear or killed if the front outboard seat, always move the seat as far
seat is a safer place to secure a passenger frontal airbag inflates. back as it will go. It is better to
forward-facing child restraint. See This is because the back of the secure the child restraint in a
Where to Put the Restraint 0 89.
rear-facing child restraint would rear seat.
In addition, the vehicle has a be very close to the inflating See Passenger Sensing System
passenger sensing system which is airbag. A child in a forward-facing
designed to turn off the front 0 77 for additional information.
child restraint can be seriously
outboard passenger frontal airbag injured or killed if the front
and knee airbag under certain outboard passenger frontal airbag If the child restraint uses a top
conditions. See Passenger Sensing inflates and the passenger seat is tether, see Lower Anchors and
System 0 77 and Passenger Airbag in a forward position. Tethers for Children (LATCH
Status Indicator 0 121 for more System) 0 90 for top tether anchor
information, including important Even if the passenger sensing locations.
safety information. system has turned off the front
Do not secure a child seat in a
Never put a rear-facing child seat in outboard passenger airbag(s), no
the front. This is because the risk to system is fail-safe. No one can
if a national or local law requires
the rear-facing child is so great if the guarantee that an airbag will not that the top tether be anchored, or if
airbag deploys. deploy under some unusual the instructions that come with the
circumstance, even though the child restraint say that the top strap
airbag(s) are off. must be anchored.
Secure rear-facing child restraints In Canada, the law requires that
in a rear seat, even if the forward-facing child restraints have
airbag(s) are off. If you secure a a top tether, and that the tether be
(Continued) attached.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
When using the lap-shoulder belt to through or around the restraint.

secure the child restraint in this The child restraint instructions
position, follow the instructions that will show you how.
came with the child restraint and the
following instructions:
1. Move the seat as far back as it
will go before securing the
forward-facing child restraint.
Move the seat upward or the
seatback to an upright position,
if needed, to get a tight
installation of the child
restraint. 5. Pull the shoulder belt all the
When the passenger sensing way out of the retractor to set
system has turned off the front the lock. When the retractor
outboard passenger frontal lock is set, the belt can be
airbag and knee airbag, the off 4. Push the latch plate into the tightened but not pulled out of
indicator on the passenger buckle until it clicks. the retractor.
airbag status indicator should Position the release button on
light and stay lit when you start the buckle, away from the child
the vehicle. See Passenger restraint system, so that the
Airbag Status Indicator 0 121. safety belt could be quickly
2. Put the child restraint on unbuckled if necessary.
the seat.
3. Pick up the latch plate, and run
the lap and shoulder portions
of the vehicle's safety belt
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16

securely held in place. To
check, grasp the child restraint
at the safety belt path and
attempt to move it side to side
and back and forth. When the
child restraint is properly
installed, there should be no
more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
movement.
If the airbags are off, the off
6. To tighten the belt, push down indicator in the passenger airbag
on the child restraint, pull the status indicator will come on and
shoulder portion of the belt to stay on when the vehicle is started.
tighten the lap portion of the If a child restraint has been installed
belt, and feed the shoulder belt and the on indicator is lit, see “If the
back into the retractor. When On Indicator Is Lit for a Child
installing a forward-facing child Restraint” under Passenger Sensing
restraint, it may be helpful to System 0 77.
use your knee to push down on
the child restraint as you To remove the child restraint,
tighten the belt. unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and
let it return to the stowed position.
Try to pull the belt out of the
retractor to make sure the
retractor is locked. If the
retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 5 and 6.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Storage 101
Storage Storage Cupholders

Compartments Rear Seat
Storage Compartments
Storage Compartments . . . . . . . 101 { Warning
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Do not store heavy or sharp
Center Console Storage . . . . . . 102 objects in storage compartments.
Umbrella Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 In a crash, these objects may
cause the cover to open and
Additional Storage Features could result in injury.
Cargo Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Glove Box
Pull the handle up to open.
Lower the armrest to access the

cupholders.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
102 Storage
Center Console Storage Umbrella Storage Additional Storage

Features
Cargo Tie-Downs
There are cargo tie⇣downs in the
trunk. The cargo tie⇣downs can be
used to secure small loads or the
convenience net. See Convenience
Net 0 102.
Convenience Net
For vehicles with a convenience net,
it is in the trunk and used to store
The center console has storage Slide an umbrella into the opening small loads. The net should not be
under the armrest. Pull up the latch on the driver or passenger door. used to store heavy loads. Attach
and lift to open. the loops on each side of the net to
the cargo tie-downs in the trunk.
See Cargo Tie-Downs 0 102.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Instruments and Controls 103
Instruments and Engine Coolant Temperature

Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vehicle Ready Light
129
Controls Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . 120

Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . . 120
(Hybrid) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . .
129
129
Passenger Airbag Status Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 130
Controls Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . . 130
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . 104 Charging System Light . . . . . . . 122 Door Ajar Light (Uplevel) . . . . . 130
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . 104 Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(Check Engine Light) . . . . . . . . 122 Information Displays
Heated Steering Wheel . . . . . . . 105 Power Flows (Hybrid) . . . . . . . . . 131
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Brake System Warning
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Energy Information
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . 105 (Hybrid) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Electric Parking Brake
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Driver Information Center (DIC)
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 (Base Level) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Service Electric Parking Brake
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Driver Information Center (DIC)
Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 (Uplevel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Antilock Brake System (ABS)
Warning Lights, Gauges, and Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Vehicle Messages
Indicators Lane Keep Assist (LKA) Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Warning Lights, Gauges, and Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Battery Voltage and Charging
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . 126 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Instrument Cluster (Base Pedestrian Ahead Indicator . . . 126 Brake System Messages . . . . . 138
Level) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Traction Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Compass Messages . . . . . . . . . . 139
Instrument Cluster StabiliTrak® OFF Light . . . . . . . . 127 Cruise Control Messages . . . . . 139
(Uplevel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Traction Control System (TCS)/ Door Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . . 140
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 StabiliTrak® Light . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Engine Cooling System
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 128 Engine Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . 141
Tachometer (Non-Hybrid) . . . . . 117 Low Fuel Warning Light Engine Power Messages . . . . . 141
Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 (Uplevel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 Fuel System Messages . . . . . . . 141
Power Indicator Gauge Low Fuel Warning Light (Base Key and Lock Messages . . . . . 141
(Hybrid) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Level) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
104 Instruments and Controls
Lamp Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Object Detection System
142 Controls Steering Wheel Controls
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Propulsion Power Steering Wheel
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Adjustment
Ride Control System
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Airbag System Messages . . . . 145
Security Messages . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Service Vehicle Messages . . . . 145
Steering System
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Starting the Vehicle
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Tire Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Transmission Messages . . . . . . 146
Vehicle Reminder g : If equipped
®
with OnStar® or a
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Bluetooth system, press to interact
Window Messages . . . . . . . . . . . 147 with those systems. See OnStar
To adjust the steering wheel: Overview 0 397, Bluetooth
Vehicle Personalization (Overview) 0 190 or Bluetooth
Vehicle Personalization . . . . . . . 147 1. Pull the lever down.
(Infotainment Controls Radio with
2. Move the steering wheel up Touchscreen) 0 195 or Bluetooth
Universal Remote System or down. (Infotainment Controls Radio without
Universal Remote System . . . . 159
3. Pull or push the steering wheel Touchscreen) 0 191, or “Bluetooth
Universal Remote System
closer or away from you. (Overview)” in the infotainment
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
manual.
Universal Remote System 4. Pull the lever up to lock the
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 steering wheel in place.
Do not adjust the steering wheel
while driving.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
c : Press to reject an incoming Heated Steering Wheel Windshield Wiper/Washer

call or end a current call. Press to
mute or unmute the infotainment
system when not on a call.
The windshield wiper/washer lever

is on the side of the steering
column. With the ignition in ACC/
ACCESSORY or ON/RUN, move
( : If equipped with a heated the windshield wiper lever to select
steering wheel, press to turn on or the wiper speed.
The favorite and volume switches off. A light on the button displays HI : Use for fast wipes.
are on the back of the steering when the feature is turned on.
LO : Use for slow wipes.
wheel. The steering wheel takes about
1. Favorite: When on a radio three minutes to start heating.
source, press to select the next
or previous favorite. When on a Horn
media source, press to select
the next or previous track. Press a on the steering wheel pad
to sound the horn.
2. Volume: Press to increase or
decrease the volume.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
INT : Move the lever up to INT for If the windshield wiper lever is then
intermittent wipes, then turn the moved to OFF before the driver { Warning
band up for more frequent wipes or door is opened or within 10 minutes,
down for less frequent wipes. the wipers will restart and move to In freezing weather, do not use
the base of the windshield. the washer until the windshield is
OFF : Use to turn the wipers off. warmed. Otherwise the washer
1X : For a single wipe, briefly move If the ignition is placed in LOCK/ fluid can form ice on the
the lever down. For several wipes, OFF while the wipers are performing windshield, blocking your vision.
hold the lever down. wipes due to windshield washing,
the wipers continue to run until they
Clear snow and ice from the wiper reach the base of the windshield. Compass
blades and windshield before using
them. If frozen to the windshield, f : Pull the windshield wiper The vehicle may have a compass
carefully loosen or thaw them. lever toward you to spray windshield display on the Driver Information
Damaged blades should be washer fluid and activate the wipers. Center (DIC). The compass receives
replaced. See Wiper Blade The wipers will continue until the its heading and other information
Replacement 0 304. lever is released or the maximum from the Global Positioning
wash time is reached. When the System (GPS) antenna,
Heavy snow or ice can overload the lever is released, additional wipes StabiliTrak®, and vehicle speed
wiper motor. If the wiper motor may occur depending on how long information.
overheats, the windshield wipers will the windshield washer had been
stop until the motor cools and the activated. See Washer Fluid 0 299 The compass system is designed to
wiper control is turned off. See for information on filling the operate for a certain number of
Electrical System Overload 0 310. windshield washer fluid reservoir. miles or degrees of turn before
needing a signal from the GPS
Wiper Parking satellites. When the compass
If the ignition is placed in LOCK/ display shows CAL, drive the
OFF while the wipers are on LO, HI, vehicle for a short distance in an
or INT, they will immediately stop. open area where it can receive a
GPS signal. The compass system
will automatically determine when a
GPS signal is restored and provide
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
a heading again. See Compass 7. To exit without saving, press Radio with Touchscreen
Messages 0 139 for the messages BACK at any time; or to save
The infotainment system controls
that may be displayed for the and return to the Time and
are used to access the time and
compass. Date menu, press MENU
date settings through the menu
multiple times.
system. See Operation 0 176 on
Clock Auto Set how to use the menu system.
Radio without Touchscreen When Auto Set is enabled, the time Setting the Time and Date
The infotainment system controls cannot be manually set.
When Auto Set is enabled the time
are used to access the time and From the Set Time or Set cannot be manually set.
date settings through the menu Date menu:
system. See Operation 0 176 on 1. Press {, then touch Settings.
how to use the menu system. 1. Press the preset button under
Auto Set. 2. Touch Time and Date, then Set
Setting the Time and Date Time or Set Date.
2. Turn MENU to select Off
1. Press MENU, then select (Manual) or On-Cell Network, 3. Touch + or ✓ to adjust the
Settings. then press MENU to select it value.
and return to the Time and
2. Select Time and Date. 4. Touch R or Q to adjust AM or
Date menu.
3. Select Set Time or Set Date. PM for 12 hour format.
3. To exit without saving, press
4. Turn MENU to change the BACK at any time. 5. Touch 0 to return to the
value. Time and Date menu.
Setting the 12/24 Hour Format
5. Press MENU to select the next Auto Set
value. From the Set Time menu:
6. Turn MENU to change the 1. Press the preset button under 1. Press {, then touch Settings.
value. 12-24 HR to change between 2. Touch Time and Date, then
12 hour and 24 hour modes. Auto Set.
2. To return to the Time and Date 3. Select from the available
menu, press BACK at any time. selections.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
4. Touch 0 to return to the Power Outlets When adding electrical equipment,

Time and Date menu. be sure to follow the installation
Power Outlet 12 Volt Direct instructions included with the
Setting the 12/24 Hour Format Current equipment. See Add-On Electrical
Equipment 0 277.
1. Press {, then touch Settings. The accessory power outlets can be
used to plug in electrical equipment,
2. Touch Time and Date, then such as a cell phone or MP3 player. Caution
select 12h or 24h format.
There are two accessory power Hanging heavy equipment from
3. Touch 0 to return to the outlets: the power outlet can cause
Time and Date menu. . One on the center stack below damage not covered by the
Setting the Month and Day the climate control system. vehicle warranty. The power
Format . One on the rear of the center outlets are designed for
floor console. accessory power plugs only, such
1. Press {, then touch Settings. as cell phone charge cords.
The outlet is powered when the
2. Touch Time and Date, then Set ignition is in ON/RUN or ACC/
Date Format. ACCESSORY, or until the driver Always unplug electrical equipment
3. Select DD/MM/YYYY (day/ door is opened within 10 minutes of when not in use and do not plug in
month/year), MM/DD/YYYY turning off the vehicle. See Retained equipment that exceeds the
(month/day/year), or YYYY/ Accessory Power (RAP) 0 230. maximum 20 amps rating.
MM/DD (year/month/day) Open the protective cover to use the Power Outlet 110/120 Volt
format. accessory power outlet. Alternating Current
4. Touch 0 to return to the Certain electrical accessories may If equipped with this power outlet it
Time and Date menu. not be compatible with the can be used to plug in electrical
accessory power outlets and could equipment that uses a maximum
overload vehicle or adapter fuses. limit of 150 watts.
If there is a problem, see your
dealer.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
operate briefly then turn off. Wireless Charging

A protection circuit shuts off the
power supply and the indicator light The vehicle may have a wireless
turns off. To reset the circuit, unplug charging pocket outside the armrest
the item and plug it back in or turn of the center console. The system
the Retained Accessory Power wirelessly charges one PMA or Qi
(RAP) off and then back on. See compatible mobile device.
Retained Accessory Power (RAP) To check for phone or other device
0 230. The power restarts when compatibility:
equipment using 150 watts or less is
. In the U.S., see
plugged into the outlet and a system
fault is not detected. my.chevrolet.com/learn.
. In Canada, see
The power outlet is on the rear of The power outlet is not designed for
the following, and may not work gmtotalconnect.ca.
the center console.
properly if they are plugged in: . Or, see your dealer for details.
An indicator light on the outlet turns
. Equipment with high initial peak
on to show it is in use. The light
comes on when the ignition is in wattage, such as { Warning
ON/RUN and equipment requiring compressor-driven refrigerators
and electric power tools. Wireless charging can affect the
less than 150 watts is plugged into
the outlet, and no system fault is operation of an implanted
. Other equipment requiring an pacemaker or other medical
detected. extremely stable power supply, devices. If you have one, it is
The indicator light does not come on such as
recommended to consult with
if the ignition is in LOCK/OFF, no microcomputer-controlled
your doctor before using the
equipment is plugged into the outlet, electric blankets and touch
sensor lamps. wireless charging system.
or if the equipment is plugged, but
not fully seated in the outlet. . Medical equipment.
The vehicle must be in ON/RUN,
If equipment is connected using See High Voltage Devices and ACC/ACCESSORY, or Retained
more than 150 watts or a system Wiring 0 309. Accessory Power (RAP). The
fault is detected, the equipment may
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
wireless charging feature may not 2. With the mobile device screen
correctly indicate charging when the facing the rear of the vehicle,
vehicle is in RAP. See Retained slowly insert the device into the
Accessory Power (RAP) 0 230. charging pocket until ~
The operating temperature is ✓20 °C displays on the V on the
(✓4 °F) to 60 °C (140 °F) for the infotainment screen. This
charging system and 0 °C (32 °F) to indicates that the mobile device
35 °C (95 °F) for the mobile device. is properly positioned and
charging. If a phone is inserted
{ Warning into the pocket and ~ does
not display, remove the phone
Remove all metal objects from the from the pocket, turn
charging pocket before charging To charge a mobile device: 180 degrees and wait
your mobile device. Metal objects, 1. Remove all objects from the three seconds before inserting
such as coins, keys, rings, charging pocket. The system the phone into the pocket
or paper clips, between the phone may not charge if there are any again.
and the charger will become very objects in the charging pocket.
hot. On the rare occasion that the
charging system does not detect
a metal object, and the object
gets wedged between the phone
and the charger, remove the
phone and allow the metallic
object to cool before removing it
from the charging pocket, to
prevent burns.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Warning Lights,
Gauges, and
Indicators
Warning lights and gauges can
signal that something is wrong
before it becomes serious enough
to cause an expensive repair or
replacement. Paying attention to the
warning lights and gauges could
prevent injury.
Some warning lights come on briefly
when the engine is started to
indicate they are working. When
one of the warning lights comes on
and stays on while driving, or when
one of the gauges shows there may
be a problem, check the section that
explains what to do. Waiting to do
repairs can be costly and even
dangerous.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Instrument Cluster (Base Level)
English Shown, Metric Similar

10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
English Hybrid Shown, Metric Similar

10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Instrument Cluster (Uplevel)
English Shown, Metric Similar

10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
English Hybrid Shown, Metric Similar

10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Cluster Menu displays. See Driver Information calls, scroll through contacts,
Center (DIC) (Base Level) 0 131 or select from the favorites. If there
There is an interactive display area
or Driver Information Center is an active call, mute or unmute the
in the center of the instrument
(DIC) (Uplevel) 0 134. phone or switch to handset or
cluster.
. Audio handsfree operation.
. Phone Navigation
. Navigation Press V to select the Navigation
. Options app, then press p to enter the
Navigation menu. If there is no
Audio active route, you can resume the
In the main view of the Audio app, last route and turn the voice
press w or x to scroll through prompts on/off. If there is an active
radio stations or move to the next/ route, press V to cancel route
previous track of a CD/USB/ guidance or turn the voice prompts
Bluetooth device that is connected on/off.
to the vehicle. Press V to select the Options
Use the right steering wheel control Audio app, then press p to enter
to open and scroll through the Press V to select the Options app.
the Audio menu. In the Audio menu
different items and displays. browse for music, select from the Use w or x to scroll through the
Press o to access the cluster favorites, or change the audio items in the Options menu.
source.
applications. Use w or x to scroll Units : Press p while Units is
through the list of available Phone displayed to enter the Units menu.
applications. Not all applications will Choose U.S. or metric units by
be available on all vehicles. Press V to select the Phone app,
pressing V while the desired item is
. Info app. This is where you can then press p to enter the Phone highlighted.
view the selected Driver menu. In the Phone menu, if there is
Information Center (DIC) no active phone call, view recent
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Info Pages : Press p while Info Odometer engine could auto start at any time.
Pages is displayed to enter the Info When the indicator points to OFF,
The odometer shows how far the the vehicle is off.
Pages menu and select the items to vehicle has been driven, in either
be displayed in the Info app. See kilometers or miles. When the engine is on, the
Driver Information Center (DIC) tachometer will indicate the engine’s
(Base Level) 0 131 or Driver revolutions per minute (rpm). The
Information Center (DIC) Trip Odometer tachometer may vary by several
(Uplevel) 0 134. The trip odometer shows how far hundred rpm’s, during Auto Stop
Speed Warning : The Speed the vehicle has been driven since mode, when the engine is shutting
Warning display allows the driver to the trip odometer was last reset. off and restarting.
set a speed that they do not want to The trip odometer is accessed and A slight bump may be felt when the
exceed. To set the Speed Warning, reset through the Driver Information transmission is determining the
press p when Speed Warning is Center (DIC). See Driver most fuel efficient operating range.
Information Center (DIC) (Base
displayed. Press w or x to adjust
Level) 0 131 or Driver Information Caution
the value. Press V to set the speed. Center (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 134.
Once the speed is set, this feature If the engine is operated with the
can be turned off by pressing V Tachometer (Non-Hybrid) rpm’s in the warning area at the
while viewing this page. If the high end of the tachometer, the
The tachometer displays the engine
selected speed limit is exceeded, a vehicle could be damaged, and
speed in revolutions per
pop-up warning is displayed with a the damage would not be covered
minute (rpm).
chime. by the vehicle warranty. Do not
For vehicles with the Stop/Start operate the engine with the rpm’s
Speedometer system, when the ignition is in ON/ in the warning area.
RUN, the tachometer indicates the
The speedometer shows the vehicle status. When pointing to
vehicle's speed in either kilometers AUTO STOP, the engine is off but
per hour (km/h) or miles per the vehicle is on and can move. The
hour (mph).
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Fuel Gauge Here are four things that some

owners ask about. None of these
show a problem with the fuel gauge:
. At the service station, the fuel
pump shuts off before the gauge
reads full.
. It takes a little more or less fuel
to fill up than the gauge
indicated. For example, the
gauge indicated the tank was
half full, but it actually took a
little more or less than half the
English Uplevel Shown
tank's capacity to fill the tank.
Metric Uplevel Shown When the ignition is on, the fuel . The gauge moves a little while
gauge indicates about how much
turning a corner or speeding up.
fuel is left in the tank.
. The gauge takes a few seconds
An arrow on the fuel gauge
to stabilize after the ignition is
indicates the side of the vehicle the
turned on, and goes back to
fuel door is on.
empty when the ignition is
When the indicator nears empty, the turned off.
low fuel light comes on. There is a
small amount of fuel left, but the fuel
tank should be filled soon.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Power Indicator Gauge Engine Coolant

(Hybrid) Temperature Gauge
English Uplevel Shown

This gauge shows the engine
coolant temperature.
Metric Uplevel Shown
The power gauge indicates the If the pointer moves toward the
vehicle's power usage in propelling warning area at the high end of the
or slowing the vehicle. The green gauge, the engine is too hot.
area indicates regenerative braking. This reading indicates the same
The white area indicates power thing as the warning light. It means
provided by the engine and/or that the engine coolant has
battery. The yellow area shows high overheated. If the vehicle has been
power usage. Operating the vehicle operating under normal driving
closer to the zero power position conditions, pull off the road, stop the
both during acceleration and braking vehicle, and turn off the engine as
will result in higher efficiency. soon as possible. See Engine
Overheating 0 297.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Safety Belt Reminders Passenger Safety Belt grocery bag, laptop, or other
Reminder Light electronic device. To turn off the
Driver Safety Belt Reminder reminder light and/or chime, remove
Light There is a passenger safety belt the object from the seat or buckle
reminder light near the passenger the safety belt.
There is a driver safety belt airbag status indicator. See
reminder light on the instrument Passenger Sensing System 0 77.
cluster. Airbag Readiness Light
This light shows if there is an
electrical problem with the airbag
system. The system check includes
the airbag sensor(s), passenger
sensing system, the pretensioners,
the airbag modules, the wiring, and
When the vehicle is started, this the crash sensing and diagnostic
When the vehicle is started, this light flashes and a chime may come module. For more information on the
light flashes and a chime may come on to remind passengers to fasten airbag system, see Airbag
on to remind the driver to fasten their safety belt. Then the light stays System 0 71.
their safety belt. Then the light stays on solid until the belt is buckled.
on solid until the belt is buckled. This cycle continues several times if
This cycle may continue several the passenger remains or becomes
times if the driver remains or unbuckled while the vehicle is
becomes unbuckled while the moving.
vehicle is moving.
If the passenger safety belt is
If the driver safety belt is buckled, buckled, neither the chime nor the
neither the light nor the chime light comes on. The airbag readiness light comes on
comes on. for several seconds when the
The front passenger safety belt vehicle is started. If the light does
reminder light and chime may turn not come on then, have it fixed
on if an object is put on the seat immediately.
such as a briefcase, handbag,
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16

{ Warning and knee airbag are allowed to
inflate.
If the airbag readiness light stays
on after the vehicle is started or If the word OFF or the off symbol is
comes on while driving, it means lit on the airbag status indicator, it
the airbag system might not be means that the passenger sensing
working properly. The airbags in United States and Canada system has turned off the front
the vehicle might not inflate in a outboard passenger frontal airbag
and knee airbag.
crash, or they could even inflate
without a crash. To help avoid If, after several seconds, both status
injury, have the vehicle serviced indicator lights remain on, or if there
right away. are no lights at all, there may be a
problem with the lights or the
Mexico passenger sensing system. See
Passenger Airbag Status your dealer for service.
Indicator When the vehicle is started, the
The vehicle has a passenger

passenger airbag status indicator
will light ON and OFF, or the symbol
{ Warning
sensing system. See Passenger for on and off, for several seconds If the airbag readiness light ever
Sensing System 0 77 for important as a system check. Then, after comes on and stays on, it means
safety information. The overhead several more seconds, the status that something may be wrong
console has a passenger airbag indicator will light either ON or OFF, with the airbag system. To help
status indicator. or either the on or off symbol, to let avoid injury to yourself or others,
you know the status of the front
have the vehicle serviced right
away. See Airbag Readiness
and knee airbag.
Light 0 120 for more information,
If the word ON or the on symbol is including important safety
lit on the passenger airbag status information.
indicator, it means that the front
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Charging System Light If a short distance must be driven Malfunctions are often indicated by
with the light on, be sure to turn off the system before any problem is
all accessories, such as the radio noticeable. Being aware of the light
and air conditioner. and seeking service promptly when
it comes on may prevent damage.
Malfunction Indicator
Lamp (Check Engine Caution
Light) If the vehicle is driven continually
The charging system light comes on
This light is part of the vehicle’s with this light on, the emission
briefly when the ignition is turned
emission control on-board control system may not work as
on, but the engine is not running, as
a check to show the light is working. diagnostic system. If this light is on well, the fuel economy may be
It should go out when the engine is while the engine is running, a lower, and the vehicle may not
started. malfunction has been detected and run smoothly. This could lead to
the vehicle may require service. The costly repairs that might not be
If the light stays on, or comes on light should come on to show that it covered by the vehicle warranty.
while driving, there may be a is working when the ignition is in
problem with the electrical charging Service Only Mode. See Ignition
system. Have it checked by your Positions 0 225.
dealer. Driving while this light is on Caution
could drain the battery.
Modifications to the engine,
When this light comes on, or is
flashing, the Driver Information transmission, exhaust, intake,
Center (DIC) also displays a or fuel system, or the use of
message. replacement tires that do not
meet the original tire
See Battery Voltage and Charging specifications, can cause this light
Messages 0 138. to come on. This could lead to
(Continued)
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
previous guidelines and see your least one full tank of the proper
Caution (Continued) dealer for service as soon as fuel to turn the light off. See
possible. Fuel 0 268.
costly repairs not covered by the
vehicle warranty. This could also If the light is on steady : A If the light remains on, see your
affect the vehicle’s ability to pass malfunction has been detected. dealer.
an Emissions Inspection/ Diagnosis and service may be
required. Emissions Inspection and
Maintenance test. See Maintenance Programs
Accessories and Check the following:
Modifications 0 280. If the vehicle requires an Emissions
. If fuel has been added to the Inspection/Maintenance test, the
vehicle using the capless funnel test equipment will likely connect to
If the light is flashing : A adapter, make sure that it has the vehicle's Data Link
malfunction has been detected that been removed. See “Filling the Connector (DLC).
could damage the emission control Tank with a Portable Gas Can”
system and increase vehicle under Filling the Tank 0 269.
emissions. Diagnosis and service The diagnostic system can
may be required. detect if the adapter has been
left installed in the vehicle,
To help prevent damage, reduce allowing fuel to evaporate into
vehicle speed and avoid hard the atmosphere. A few driving
accelerations and uphill grades. trips with the adapter removed
If towing a trailer, reduce the may turn off the light. The DLC is under the instrument
amount of cargo being hauled as panel to the left of the steering
soon as possible. . Poor fuel quality can cause
inefficient engine operation and wheel. Connecting devices that are
If the light continues to flash, find a poor driveability, which may go not used to perform an Emissions
safe place to park. Turn the vehicle away once the engine is warmed Inspection/Maintenance test or to
off and wait at least 10 seconds up. If this occurs, change the service the vehicle may affect
before restarting the engine. If the fuel brand. It may require at vehicle operation. See Add-On
light is still flashing, follow the Electrical Equipment 0 277. See
your dealer if assistance is needed.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
The vehicle may not pass circuit can still work to stop the
inspection if: vehicle. For normal braking Warning (Continued)
. The light is on when the engine performance, both circuits need to
be working. Driving with the brake system
is running. warning light on can lead to a
. The light does not come on If the warning light comes on, there crash. If the light is still on after
when the ignition is in Service is a brake problem. Have the brake the vehicle has been pulled off
Only Mode. system inspected right away. the road and carefully stopped,
. Critical emission control systems have the vehicle towed for
have not been completely service.
diagnosed. If this happens, the
vehicle would not be ready for Electric Parking Brake
inspection and might require
several days of routine driving Metric English
Light
before the system is ready for
inspection. This can happen if This light should come on briefly
the 12-volt battery has recently when the engine is started. If it does
been replaced or run down, or if not come on then, have it fixed so it
the vehicle has been recently will be ready to warn you if there is
serviced. a problem.
Metric English
See your dealer if the vehicle will If the light comes on and stays on,
not pass or cannot be made ready there is a brake problem. This light comes on when the
for the test. parking brake is applied. If the light
Brake System Warning

{ Warning continues flashing after the parking
brake is released, or while driving,
Light The brake system might not be there is a problem with the Electric
working properly if the brake Parking Brake system or another
The vehicle brake system consists system warning light is on. system. A message may also
of two hydraulic circuits. If one
circuit is not working, the remaining (Continued)
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
display in the Driver Information soon as possible. See Electric driving, the vehicle needs service.
Center (DIC). See Brake System Parking Brake 0 238. If a message If the regular brake system warning
Messages 0 138. displays in the Driver Information light is not on, the vehicle still has
If the light does not come on, Center (DIC), see Brake System brakes, but not antilock brakes.
or remains flashing, see your dealer. Messages 0 138. If the regular brake system warning
light is also on, the vehicle does not
Service Electric Parking Antilock Brake System have antilock brakes and there is a
problem with the regular brakes.
Brake Light (ABS) Warning Light See Brake System Warning
Light 0 124.
For vehicles with a Driver
Information Center (DIC), see Brake
System Messages 0 138 for all
brake-related DIC messages.
For vehicles with the Antilock Brake Lane Keep Assist (LKA)
For vehicles with the Electric
Parking Brake (EPB), the service System (ABS), this light comes on Light
electric parking brake light should briefly when the engine is started.
come on briefly when the vehicle is If it does not, have the vehicle
in ON/RUN. If it does not come on, serviced by your dealer. If the
have the vehicle serviced by your system is working normally, the
dealer. indicator light then goes off.
If this light stays on, there is a If the ABS light stays on, turn the
problem with a system on the ignition off. If the light comes on
vehicle that is causing the parking while driving, stop as soon as it is If available, this light comes on
brake system to work at a reduced safely possible and turn the ignition briefly while starting the vehicle.
level. The vehicle can still be driven, off. Then start the engine again to If it does not come on, have the
but should be taken to a dealer as reset the system. If the ABS light vehicle serviced.
stays on, or comes on again while
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
This light is green if LKA is available See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) Traction Off Light
to assist. System 0 258.
LKA may assist by gently turning
the steering wheel if the vehicle Pedestrian Ahead
approaches a detected lane marking Indicator
without using the turn signal in that
direction. The LKA light will turn
amber.
This light is amber and flashes as a This light comes on briefly while
Lane Departure Warning (LDW) starting the engine. If it does not,
alert, to indicate that the lane have the vehicle serviced by your
marking has been crossed. dealer. If the system is working
normally, the indicator light then
See Lane Keep Assist (LKA) 0 266. turns off.
Vehicle Ahead Indicator The traction off light comes on when
the Traction Control System (TCS)
has been turned off by pressing and
releasing the TCS/StabiliTrak
button.
If equipped, one of these indicators
will display when a nearby This light and the StabiliTrak OFF
pedestrian is detected directly in light come on when StabiliTrak is
front of the vehicle. turned off.
If equipped, this indicator will See Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB) If the TCS is off, wheel spin is not
display green when a vehicle is System 0 261. limited. Adjust driving accordingly.
detected ahead and amber when
See Traction Control/Electronic
you are following a vehicle ahead
Stability Control 0 241.
much too closely.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
StabiliTrak® OFF Light Traction Control System See Traction Control/Electronic

Stability Control 0 241.
(TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light
Tire Pressure Light
This light comes on briefly while

starting the engine. If it does not, This light comes on briefly when the
have the vehicle serviced by your engine is started.
dealer. For vehicles with the Tire Pressure
If the light does not come on, have Monitor System (TPMS), this light
This light comes on when the the vehicle serviced by your dealer. comes on briefly when the engine is
StabiliTrak system is turned off. If the system is working normally, started. It provides information
If StabiliTrak is off, the Traction the indicator light turns off. about tire pressures and the TPMS.
Control System (TCS) is also off.
If the light is on and not flashing, the When the Light Is On Steady
If StabiliTrak and TCS are off, the TCS and potentially the StabiliTrak
system does not assist in controlling system have been disabled. This indicates that one or more of
the vehicle. Turn on the TCS and A Driver Information Center (DIC) the tires are significantly
the StabiliTrak systems, and the message may display. Check the underinflated.
warning light turns off. DIC messages to determine which A Driver Information Center (DIC)
See Traction Control/Electronic feature(s) is no longer functioning tire pressure message may also
Stability Control 0 241. and whether the vehicle requires display. See Tire Messages 0 146.
service. See Ride Control System Stop as soon as possible, and
Messages 0 145. inflate the tires to the pressure value
If the light is on and flashing, the shown on the Tire and Loading
TCS and/or the StabiliTrak system Information label. See Tire
is actively working. Pressure 0 325.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
When the Light Flashes First and Low Fuel Warning Light
Then Is On Steady
(Uplevel)
If the light flashes for about a minute
and then stays on, there may be a
problem with the TPMS. If the
problem is not corrected, the light
will come on at every ignition cycle. This light should come on briefly as
See Tire Pressure Monitor the engine is started. If it does not
Operation 0 328. come on, have the vehicle serviced
by your dealer.
This light is near the fuel gauge and
Engine Oil Pressure Light If the light comes on and stays on, it comes on briefly when the ignition is
means that oil is not flowing through turned on as a check to show it is
Caution the engine properly. The vehicle working.
could be low on oil and might have
Lack of proper engine oil some other system problem. See It also comes on when the fuel tank
maintenance can damage the your dealer. is low on fuel. The light turns off
engine. Driving with the engine oil when fuel is added. If it does not,
have the vehicle serviced.
low can also damage the engine.
The repairs would not be covered
by the vehicle warranty. Check
the oil level as soon as possible.
Add oil if required, but if the oil
level is within the operating range
and the oil pressure is still low,
have the vehicle serviced. Always
follow the maintenance schedule
for changing engine oil.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Low Fuel Warning Light Security Light Vehicle Ready Light

(Base Level) (Hybrid)
The security light should come on

briefly as the engine is started. If it The vehicle ready light comes on
does not come on, have the vehicle whenever the vehicle is ready to be
serviced by your dealer. If the driven.
system is working normally, the
indicator light turns off.
High-Beam On Light
Metric Shown If the light stays on and the engine
does not start, there could be a
This light comes on for a few problem with the theft-deterrent
seconds when the ignition is turned system. See Immobilizer
on as a check to indicate it is Operation 0 47.
working. If it does not come on,
have it fixed.
The low fuel warning light comes on This light comes on when the
and a chime sounds when the high-beam headlamps are in use.
vehicle is low on fuel. The light turns
off when fuel is added to the See Headlamp High/Low-Beam
fuel tank. Changer 0 165.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
IntelliBeam® Light Cruise Control Light Door Ajar Light (Uplevel)
This light comes on when the The cruise control light is white This light comes on when a door is
IntelliBeam system, if equipped, is when the cruise control is on and open or not securely latched. Before
enabled. ready, and turns green when the driving, check that all doors are
See Exterior Lamp Controls 0 163. cruise control is set and active. properly closed.
See Cruise Control 0 243.
Lamps On Reminder
Adaptive Cruise Control Light
This light comes on when the

exterior lamps are in use. See This light comes on when the
Exterior Lamp Controls 0 163. Adaptive Cruise Control (if
equipped) is active. See Adaptive
Cruise Control 0 245.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Information Displays Energy Information Driver Information Center

(Hybrid) (DIC) (Base Level)
Power Flows (Hybrid) To view the Consumption History The DIC displays are shown in the
To view the Power Flow screens in screen on the infotainment display, center of the instrument cluster. See
the infotainment display, touch [ touch [ on the Home screen or Instrument Cluster (Base Level)
on the Home screen or on the on the Application Tray on the top of 0 112 or Instrument Cluster
Application Tray on the top of the the infotainment system touch (Uplevel) 0 114. The displays show
infotainment display. Then touch screen. Then touch INFO at the the status of many vehicle systems.
FLOW at the bottom of the touch bottom of the touch screen.
screen.
Consumption History
The Power Flow screens indicate The consumption history graph

the current operating condition. The shows the average fuel economy
screens show energy flow between over the last 50 km or 50 mi. The w or x : Press to move up or
the engine, generator, and high Present bar provides the average down in a list.
voltage battery. These components fuel economy for the present 5 km o or p : Press to move between
will be highlighted when they are or mi. the DIC menus.
active.
Touch Reset to clear the
history data.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
V : Press to open a menu or select number of L/100 km (mpg) recorded Timer : To start the timer, press V
a menu item. Press and hold to since the last time this menu item while Timer is displayed. The
reset values on certain screens. was reset. This number reflects only display will show the amount of time
the approximate average fuel that has passed since the timer was
Trip/Fuel Menu (TRIP) Items economy that the vehicle has right last reset, not including time the
now, and will change as driving ignition is off. Time will continue to
Use w x to scroll through the
conditions change. Reset the be counted as long as the ignition is
menu items. Not all items are
available on every vehicle. The average consumption by pressing V on, even if another display is being
following is a list of all possible when it is displayed. shown on the DIC. The timer will
menu items: Fuel Range : Displays the record up to 99 hours, 59 minutes,
approximate distance the vehicle and 59 seconds (99:59:59) after
Digital Speed : Displays how fast which the display will return to zero.
the vehicle is moving in either can be driven without refueling. The
fuel range estimate is based on an To stop the timer, press V briefly
kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles
per hour (mph). The speedometer average of the vehicle's fuel while Timer is displayed. To reset
cannot be reset. economy over recent driving history the timer to zero, press and hold V.
and the amount of fuel remaining in
Trip 1 or Trip 2, Average Fuel the fuel tank. Fuel range cannot be Navigation : Used for the OnStar
Economy : Displays the current reset. Turn-by-Turn guidance. See OnStar
distance traveled, in either Overview 0 397.
kilometers (km) or miles (mi), from Average Vehicle Speed : Displays
the average vehicle speed of the Vehicle Information Menu
the last reset for the trip odometer.
The trip odometer can be reset to vehicle in kilometers per hour (km/h) (VEHICLE) Items
or miles per hour (mph). This
zero by pressing and holding V
average is based on the various Use w x to scroll through the
while the trip odometer display is vehicle speeds recorded since the menu items. Not all items are
showing. last reset. Reset the average speed available on every vehicle. The
Also displays the approximate following is a list of all possible
by pressing V when it is displayed. menu items:
average liters per 100 kilometers
(L/100 km) or miles per gallon
(mpg). This number is based on the
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Remaining Oil Life : Displays an Oil pressure can vary with engine the DIC will display a message. See
estimate of the oil's remaining useful speed, outside temperature, and oil Battery Voltage and Charging
life. If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% is viscosity. On some models, the oil Messages 0 138.
displayed, that means 99% of the pump will vary engine oil pressure Coolant Temperature : Shows the
current oil life remains. according to engine needs. Oil engine coolant temperature in either
When the remaining oil life is low, pressure may change quickly as the degrees Celsius (°C) or degrees
the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON engine speed or load varies. This is Fahrenheit (°F).
message will appear on the display. normal. If the oil pressure warning
light or Driver Information Center Speed Warning : This display is
See Engine Oil Messages 0 141. used to set the vehicle speed at
The oil should be changed as soon (DIC) message indicates oil
pressure outside the normal which the speed warning chime
as possible. See Engine Oil 0 288. sounds and the alert is displayed.
In addition to the engine oil life operating range, check the vehicle's
oil as soon as possible. See Engine The speed can be set by pressing
system monitoring the oil life, V while the speed warning display
additional maintenance is Oil Messages 0 141.
is showing.
recommended in the Maintenance Tire Pressure : Displays a vehicle
Schedule. See Maintenance with the approximate pressures of Units : Move w x to change
Schedule 0 369. all four tires. Tire pressure is between Metric or US when the Unit
The Oil Life display must be reset displayed in either kilopascal (kPa) display is active. Press V to confirm
after each oil change. Do not reset or in pounds per square inch (psi).
the setting. This will change the
the Oil Life display accidentally at See Tire Pressure Monitor System
displays on the DIC to the type of
any time other than when the oil has 0 327 and Tire Pressure Monitor
measurements you select.
just been changed. It cannot be Operation 0 328.
reset accurately until the next oil Battery Voltage : Displays the ECO Drive Assist Menu (ECO)
change. To reset the engine oil life current battery voltage, if equipped. Items
system, see Engine Oil Life Battery voltage changes are normal
Use w x to scroll through the
System 0 291. while driving. See Charging System
menu items. Not all items are
Oil Pressure : Oil pressure is Light 0 122. If there is a problem
available on every vehicle. The
displayed in either kilopascal (kPa) with the battery charging system,
following is a list of all possible
or in pounds per square inch (psi). menu items:
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Best Average Fuel Economy : The Efficiency Gauge (Hybrid) : This

bottom displays the best average gauge is a guide to driving in an
fuel economy (AFE) that is achieved efficient manner by keeping the
for a selected distance. The top indicator in the center of the gauge.
displays a running average of fuel . Accel: If the indicator moves to
economy for the most recently the right of the gauge,
traveled selected distance. The acceleration is too aggressive to
center bar graph displays the optimize efficiency.
instantaneous fuel economy.
. Brake: If the indicator moves to
Quickly press V to change the
the left side of the gauge,
settings for the distance options.
braking is too aggressive to
When viewing best AFE, a several optimize efficiency.
second press and hold of V will w or x : Press to move up or
reset the best value. The best value Driver Information Center down in a list, or on the main view
will show “- - -“ until the selected (DIC) (Uplevel) press to cycle through the different
distance has been traveled. Info app pages.
The DIC displays are shown in the
The display provides feedback on center of the instrument cluster in o or p : Press o to open
how current driving behavior in the the Info app. See Instrument Cluster application menus on the left.
bar graph affects the running (Base Level) 0 112 or Instrument Press p to open interaction menus
average in the top display and how Cluster (Uplevel) 0 114. The
well recent driving compares to the on the right.
displays show the status of many
best that has been achieved. vehicle systems. V : Press to select a menu item.
Drive Cycle Info (Hybrid) : This Press and hold to reset values on
screen displays the distance certain screens, or on the main view
traveled and average fuel economy reset info pages to the original
for the current trip. The screen will setting.
also be shown when the vehicle is
turned off displaying the previous
trip’s information.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
DIC Info Page Options not be turned on by default but can Fuel Range : Shows the
be turned on through the Settings approximate distance the vehicle
The info pages on the DIC can be
app. See “DIC Info Page Options” can be driven without refueling.
turned on or off through the
earlier in this section. LOW will be displayed when the
Settings menu.
Speed : Shows the vehicle speed in vehicle is low on fuel. The fuel
1. Press o to access the cluster either kilometers per hour (km/h) or range estimate is based on an
applications. miles per hour (mph). average of the vehicle's fuel
economy over recent driving history
2. Press w or x to scroll to the Trip A or Trip B : Shows the and the amount of fuel remaining in
Settings application. current distance traveled, in either the fuel tank.
kilometers (km) or miles (mi), since
3. Press V to enter the the trip odometer was last reset. Oil Life : Shows an estimate of the
Settings menu. oil's remaining useful life.
This also shows the approximate If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% is
4. Scroll to Info Pages and average liters per 100 kilometers displayed, that means 99% of the
press p. (L/100 km) or miles per current oil life remains.
gallon (mpg). This number is
5. Press w or x to move calculated based on the number of When the remaining oil life is low,
through the list of possible L/100 km (mpg) recorded since the the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
information displays. last time this menu item was reset. message will appear on the display.
This number reflects only the See Engine Oil Messages 0 141.
6. Press V while an item is The oil should be changed as soon
approximate average fuel economy
highlighted to select or that the vehicle has right now, and as possible. See Engine Oil 0 288.
deselect that item. When an will change as driving conditions In addition to the engine oil life
item is selected, a checkmark change. system monitoring the oil life,
will appear next to it. additional maintenance is
Press and hold V while this display recommended in the Maintenance
DIC Info Pages is active to reset the trip odometer Schedule. See Maintenance
The following is the list of all and the average fuel economy. Trip Schedule 0 369.
possible DIC info page displays. A and Trip B can also be reset by
Some may not be available for your pressing p and choosing reset.
particular vehicle. Some items may
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
The Oil Life display must be reset frequently as driving conditions Best Score.” Press V to reset the
after each oil change. It will not change. This display cannot be best average fuel economy. After
reset itself. Do not to reset the Oil reset. reset, the best value displays “-,-”
Life display at any time other than Average Vehicle Speed : Displays until the selected distance has been
when the oil has just been changed. the average vehicle speed of the traveled.
It cannot be reset accurately until vehicle in kilometers per hour (km/h)
the next oil change. To reset the The display provides information on
or miles per hour (mph). This how current driving behavior affects
engine oil life system, press and average is based on the various the running average and how well
hold V for several seconds while vehicle speeds recorded since the recent driving compares to the best
the Oil Life display is active. See last reset. Reset the average speed that has been achieved for the
Engine Oil Life System 0 291. by pressing V when it is displayed. selected distance.
Tire Pressure : Shows the Fuel Economy : The center Timer : This display can be used as
approximate pressures of all four displays the approximate
tires. Tire pressure is displayed in a timer. To start the timer, press V
instantaneous fuel economy as a while this display is active. The
either kilopascal (kPa) or in pounds number and bar graph. Displayed
per square inch (psi). If the pressure display will show the amount of time
above the bar graph is a running that has passed since the timer was
is low, the value for that tire is average of fuel economy for the
shown in amber. See Tire Pressure last reset. To stop the timer, press V
most recently traveled selected
Monitor System 0 327 and Tire distance. Displayed below the bar briefly while this display is active
Pressure Monitor Operation 0 328. graph is the best average fuel and the timer is running. To reset
Instantaneous Fuel Economy : economy that has been achieved for the timer to zero, press and hold V
Displays the current fuel economy in the selected distance. The selected while this display is active, or
liters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km) distance is displayed at the top of press p and select reset.
or miles per gallon (mpg). This the page as “last xxx mi/km.”
number reflects only the Speed Limit : Shows sign
approximate fuel economy that the Press p to select the distance or information, which comes from a
vehicle has right now and changes reset best value. Use w and x to roadway database in the onboard
navigation, if equipped.
choose the distance and press V.
Press w and x to select “Reset
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Following Distance Indicator : pump will vary engine oil pressure . Brake: If the indicator moves to
When Adaptive Cruise Control according to engine needs. Oil the left side of the gauge,
(ACC) is not engaged, the current pressure may change quickly as the braking is too aggressive to
follow time to the vehicle ahead is engine speed or load varies. This is optimize efficiency.
displayed as a time value on this normal. If the oil pressure warning Total Power Display (Hybrid) :
page. When ACC has been light or Driver Information Center Provides a numeric display of the
engaged, the display switches to the (DIC) message indicates oil total power being used to propel or
gap setting page. This page shows pressure outside the normal stop the vehicle. The display shows
the current gap setting along with operating range, check the vehicle's the power being provided by the
the vehicle ahead indicator. oil as soon as possible. See Engine battery or charging the battery as
Battery Voltage : Displays the Oil Messages 0 141. well as the power provided by the
current battery voltage, if equipped. Drive Cycle Info (Hybrid) : This engine.
Battery voltage changes are normal screen displays the distance EV Operation (Hybrid) : The bar
while driving. See Charging System traveled and average fuel economy moves from left to right as the driver
Light 0 122. If there is a problem for the current trip. The screen will requests more power from the
with the battery charging system, also be shown when the vehicle is propulsion system. While in EV
the DIC will display a message. See turned off displaying the previous mode, maintaining the bar in the
Battery Voltage and Charging trip’s information. green zone will allow the driver to
Messages 0 138. Efficiency Gauge (Hybrid) : This maximize EV operation.
Coolant Temperature : Shows the gauge is a guide to driving in an Blank Page : Shows no
engine coolant temperature in either efficient manner by keeping the information.
degrees Celsius (°C) or degrees indicator in the center of the gauge.
Fahrenheit (°F). . Accel: If the indicator moves to
Oil Pressure : Oil pressure is the right of the gauge,
displayed in either kilopascal (kPa) acceleration is too aggressive to
or in pounds per square inch (psi). optimize efficiency.
Oil pressure can vary with engine
speed, outside temperature, and oil
viscosity. On some models, the oil
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Vehicle Messages Battery Voltage and Brake System Messages

Messages displayed on the DIC Charging Messages BRAKE FLUID LOW
indicate the status of the vehicle or BATTERY SAVER ACTIVE This message is displayed when the
some action that may be needed to (12-Volt Battery) brake fluid level is low. See Brake
correct a condition. Multiple
This message displays when the Fluid 0 300.
messages may appear one after
another. vehicle has detected that the battery SERVICE BRAKE ASSIST
voltage is dropping beyond a
The messages that do not require This message may be displayed
reasonable point. The battery saver
immediate action can be when there is a problem with the
system starts reducing features of
acknowledged and cleared by brake boost assist system. When
the vehicle that may be noticed. At
pressing V. the point that features are disabled, this message is displayed, the brake
this message displays. Turn off boost assist motor might be heard
The messages that require operating and you might notice
immediate action cannot be cleared unnecessary accessories to allow
the battery to recharge. pulsation in the brake pedal. This is
until that action is performed. normal under these conditions. Take
All messages should be taken LOW BATTERY (12-Volt the vehicle to your dealer for
seriously; clearing the message Battery) service.
does not correct the problem.
This message is displayed when the SERVICE PARKING BRAKE
The following are the possible battery voltage is low. See Battery -
messages and some information North America 0 301. This message is displayed when
about them. there is a problem with the Electric
SERVICE BATTERY Parking Brake. See Electric Parking
CHARGING SYSTEM Brake 0 238. Take the vehicle to
your dealer.
This message is displayed when
there is a fault in the battery
charging system. Take the vehicle to
your dealer for service.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
STEP ON BRAKE TO ADAPTIVE CRUISE NO CRUISE BRAKING GAS

RELEASE PARK BRAKE TEMPORARILY UNAVAILABLE PEDAL APPLIED
This message is displayed if you This message displays when This message displays when
attempt to release the Electric attempting to activate Adaptive Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) is
Parking Brake without the brake Cruise Control (ACC) when it is active and the driver is pressing the
pedal applied. See Electric Parking temporarily unavailable. The ACC gas pedal. When this occurs, ACC
Brake 0 238. system does not need service. will not brake. See Adaptive Cruise
This can occur under the following Control 0 245.
Compass Messages conditions: SERVICE ADAPTIVE CRUISE
CAL . Cruise is turned on when the CONTROL
vehicle is stopped. This message displays when the
This message is displayed when the
compass needs to be calibrated. . The radar is not clean. Keep the Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
See Compass 0 106. radar sensors free of mud, dirt, needs service. Take the vehicle to
snow, ice, and slush. Clean the your dealer.
–– entire front and/or rear of the
vehicle. For cleaning SHIFT TO PARK BEFORE
Dashes will be displayed if the
compass needs service. See your instructions, see Exterior EXITING
dealer for service. Care 0 358. This message may display if
. Heavy rain or snow is interfering Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) is
Cruise Control Messages with the radar object detection or engaged holding the vehicle at a
camera performance. stop, and the driver attempts to exit
ADAPTIVE CRUISE SET the vehicle. Put the vehicle in
TO XXX CRUISE SET TO XXX P (Park) before exiting.
This message displays when the This message displays when the
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) cruise control speed is set. See
speed is set. See Adaptive Cruise Cruise Control 0 243.
Control 0 245.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Door Ajar Messages Engine Cooling System ENGINE OVERHEATED —

Messages IDLE ENGINE
DOOR OPEN
This message displays when the
This message will display, along A/C OFF DUE TO HIGH engine coolant temperature is too
with a symbol on the DIC showing ENGINE TEMP hot. Stop and allow the vehicle to
which door, when the vehicle has This message displays when the idle until it cools down.
been shifted out of P (Park) or starts engine coolant becomes hotter than
to move and a door is open. Close ENGINE OVERHEATED —
the normal operating temperature.
the door completely. To avoid added strain on a hot STOP ENGINE
HOOD OPEN engine, the air conditioning This message displays and a
compressor automatically turns off. continuous chime sounds if the
This message will display when the When the coolant temperature engine cooling system reaches
hood is open. Close the hood returns to normal, the air unsafe temperatures for operation.
completely. conditioning compressor turns back Stop and turn off the vehicle as
REAR DOOR UNLOCKED on. You can continue to drive the soon as it is safe to do so to avoid
vehicle. severe damage. This message
This message will display when the clears when the engine has cooled
vehicle is in D (Drive) and a rear If this message continues to appear,
have the system repaired by your to a safe operating temperature.
door handle is pulled.
dealer as soon as possible to avoid
TRUNK OPEN damage to the engine.
This message will display when the COOLANT LEVEL LOW ADD
trunk is open. Close the trunk COOLANT
completely.
This message will display if the
coolant is low. See Engine
Coolant 0 295.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Engine Oil Messages corrected. Check the oil as soon as Fuel System Messages
possible and have the vehicle
CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON serviced by your dealer. FUEL LEVEL LOW
This message displays when the This message displays when the
engine oil needs to be changed. Engine Power Messages vehicle is low on fuel. Refuel as
When the engine oil is changed, be soon as possible.
ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED
sure to reset the Oil Life System.
See Engine Oil Life System 0 291, This message displays when the TIGHTEN GAS CAP
Driver Information Center (DIC) vehicle's engine power is reduced. This message displays when the
(Base Level) 0 131 or Driver Reduced engine power can affect fuel cap is not on tight. Tighten the
Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) the vehicle's ability to accelerate. fuel cap.
0 134, Engine Oil 0 288, and If this message is on, but there is no
Maintenance Schedule 0 369. reduction in performance, proceed Key and Lock Messages
to your destination. The
ENGINE OIL HOT, IDLE performance may be reduced the NO REMOTE KEY WAS
ENGINE next time the vehicle is driven. The DETECTED PLACE KEY IN
This message displays when the vehicle may be driven at a reduced TRANSMITTER POCKET THEN
engine oil temperature is too hot. speed while this message is on, but START YOUR VEHICLE
Stop and allow the vehicle to idle maximum acceleration and speed
may be reduced. Anytime this This message displays when trying
until it cools down.
message stays on, or displays to start the vehicle if an RKE
OIL PRESSURE LOW— STOP repeatedly, the vehicle should be transmitter is not detected. The
ENGINE taken to your dealer for service as transmitter battery may be weak.
soon as possible. See “Starting the Vehicle with a Low
This message displays if low oil Transmitter Battery” under Remote
pressure levels occur. Stop the Keyless Entry (RKE) System
vehicle as soon as safely possible Operation 0 32.
and do not operate it until the cause
of the low oil pressure has been
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
NO REMOTE DETECTED REPLACE BATTERY IN Object Detection System

This message displays when the REMOTE KEY Messages
transmitter battery may be weak. This message displays when the
See “Starting the Vehicle with a Low battery in the RKE transmitter needs 24 GHz RADARS OFF
Transmitter Battery” under Remote to be replaced. This message displays when driving
Keyless Entry (RKE) System in certain areas where there may be
Operation 0 32. Lamp Messages radar interference. Adaptive Cruise
NO REMOTE DETECTED Control (ACC), Forward Collision
AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROL Alert (FCA), and the Forward
PRESS BRAKE TO RESTART ON/OFF Automatic Braking (FAB) may not
This message displays when This message is displayed when the work or may not work as well. The
attempting to turn off the vehicle automatic light control has been vehicle does not need service.
and the RKE transmitter is no longer turned on or off. See Automatic
detected. Restarting is allowed FORWARD COLLISION
Headlamp System 0 166. SYSTEM OFF
without the RKE transmitter for
five minutes. Press the brake pedal CHECK XXX TURN This message displays when
and ENGINE START/STOP to SIGNAL LAMP Forward Automatic Braking (FAB)
restart the vehicle. has been turned off. See Forward
When one of the turn signals is out,
NUMBER OF KEYS this message displays to show Automatic Braking (FAB) 0 260.
PROGRAMMED which bulb needs to be replaced. FORWARD COLLISION
See Bulb Replacement 0 305 and SYSTEM REDUCED
This message displays when Replacement Bulbs 0 309.
programming new keys to the This message displays when the
vehicle. TURN SIGNAL ON Forward Automatic Braking (FAB)
REMOTE LEFT IN VEHICLE This message is displayed if the has been set to the Alert setting.
turn signal has been left on. Turn off This setting disables FAB functions.
This message displays when the turn signal. See Forward Automatic Braking
leaving the vehicle with the RKE (FAB) 0 260.
transmitter still inside.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
FORWARD COLLISION FORWARD COLLISION LANE KEEPING ASSIST

SYSTEM UNAVAILABLE ALERT OFF UNAVAILABLE
This message displays when the This message displays when the This message displays when the
Forward Automatic Braking (FAB) Forward Collision Alert has been Lane Keep Assist (LKA) and Lane
has been unavailable for some time. turned off. Departure Warning (LDW) system is
The FAB System does not need temporarily unavailable. The LKA
service. FRONT CAMERA BLOCKED system does not need service.
CLEAN WINDSHIELD
This can occur under the following This message could be due to the
conditions: This message displays when the camera being blocked. Cleaning the
camera is blocked. Cleaning the outside of the windshield behind the
. The front of the vehicle or outside of the windshield behind the
windshield is not clean. Keep rearview mirror may correct the
rearview mirror may correct the issue.
these areas clean and free of issue. The Front Pedestrian Braking
mud, dirt, snow, ice, and slush. (FPB), Lane Keep Assist (LKA), and PARK ASSIST OFF
For cleaning instructions, see Lane Departure Warning (LDW) will
Exterior Care 0 358. This message displays when the
not operate. Adaptive Cruise Control Parking Assist system has been
. Heavy rain or snow is interfering (ACC), Forward Collision Alert turned off or when there is a
with the object detection (FCA), and the Forward Automatic temporary condition causing the
performance. Braking (FAB) may not work or may system to be disabled.
not work as well.
This message may also be
SERVICE FORWARD
displayed if there is a problem with LANE CHANGE ALERT OFF
the StabiliTrak system. See Traction COLLISION SYSTEM
Control/Electronic Stability This message indicates that the If this message displays, take the
Control 0 241 driver has turned the Side Blind vehicle to your dealer to repair the
Zone Alert (SBZA) and Lane system.
Change Alert (LCA) systems off.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
SERVICE DRIVER ASSIST SERVICE PARK ASSIST activate during heavy rain or due to
SYSTEM road spray. The vehicle does not
This message displays if there is a
need service. For cleaning, see
If this message displays, take the problem with the Parking Assist
"Washing the Vehicle" under
vehicle to your dealer to repair the system. Do not use this system to
Exterior Care 0 358.
system. help you park. See your dealer for
service. TAKE STEERING
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC),
Forward Collision Alert (FCA), SERVICE SIDE DETECTION If LKA does not detect active driver
Active Emergency Braking System, SYSTEM steering, an alert and chime may be
Assistance Systems for Parking or provided. Move the steering wheel
Backing, and/or Lane Keep Assist If this message remains on after to dismiss. See Lane Keep Assist
(LKA) system may not work. Do not continued driving, the vehicle needs (LKA) 0 266.
use these systems until the vehicle service. Side Blind Zone Alert
(SBZA), Lane Change Alert (LCA),
has been repaired.
and Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
Propulsion Power
SERVICE FRONT CAMERA features will not work. Take the Messages
If this message remains on after vehicle to your dealer.
PROPULSION POWER IS
continued driving, the vehicle needs SIDE DETECTION SYSTEM REDUCED
service. Take the vehicle to your UNAVAILABLE
dealer. Do not use the Front This message displays when the
Pedestrian Braking (FPB), Forward This message indicates that Side propulsion power is reduced and
Collision Alert (FCA), Forward Blind Zone Alert (SBZA), Lane can affect the ability to accelerate.
Automatic Braking (FAB), Lane Change Alert (LCA), and Rear If this message is on, but there is no
Keep Assist (LKA), and Lane Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) are reduction in performance, proceed
Departure Warning (LDW) features. disabled either because the sensor to your destination. The
is blocked and cannot detect performance may be reduced the
vehicles in the blind zone, or the next time the vehicle is driven. The
vehicle is passing through an open vehicle may be driven at a reduced
area, such as the desert, where speed while this message is on, but
there is insufficient data for maximum acceleration and speed
operation. This message may also may be reduced. If this message
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
stays on when the malfunction however, you do not have the SERVICE KEYLESS START
indicator lamp is on, the vehicle benefit of StabiliTrak, so reduce SYSTEM
should be taken to your dealer for your speed and drive accordingly.
service as soon as possible. This message is displayed if there is
a problem with the pushbutton start
Airbag System Messages system. Take the vehicle to your
Ride Control System dealer for service.
SERVICE AIRBAG
Messages
This message displays if there is a SERVICE VEHICLE SOON
SERVICE TRACTION problem with the airbag system. See This message displays if there is a
CONTROL your dealer for service. problem with the vehicle. Take the
This message displays when there vehicle to your dealer for service.
is a problem with the Traction Security Messages
Control System (TCS). When this THEFT ATTEMPTED Steering System
message is displayed, the system Messages
will not limit wheel spin. Adjust your This message displays if the vehicle
driving accordingly. See your dealer detects a tamper condition. SERVICE POWER STEERING
for service.
Service Vehicle Messages This message displays and a chime
SERVICE STABILITRAK may sound when there may be a
SERVICE AC SYSTEM problem with the power steering
This message displays if there is a
system. If this message displays
problem with the StabiliTrak system. This message displays if there is a and a reduction in steering
If this message appears, try to reset problem with the air conditioning performance or loss of power
the system. Stop; turn off the engine system. Take the vehicle to your steering assistance is noticed, see
for at least 15 seconds; then start dealer for service. your dealer.
the engine again. If this message
still comes on, it means there is a
problem. See your dealer for
service. The vehicle is safe to drive;
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
STEERING ASSIST IS Tire Messages If a tire pressure message displays,

REDUCED DRIVE WITH CARE inflate the tires until the tire pressure
SERVICE TIRE MONITOR is equal to the values shown on the
This message can appear for SYSTEM Tire and Loading Information label.
several reasons. Take the vehicle to See Tires 0 317, Vehicle Load
your dealer if the problem persists. This message displays if there is a
Limits 0 325, and Tire
problem with the Tire Pressure
Pressure 0 325.
Starting the Vehicle Monitor System (TPMS). See Tire
Pressure Monitor Operation 0 328. More than one tire pressure
Messages message can be received at a time.
TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE The DIC also shows the tire
INITIALIZING — WAIT TO
This message displays when the pressure values. See Driver
SHIFT
system is learning new tires. See Information Center (DIC) (Base
In extreme cold temperatures the Tire Pressure Monitor Level) 0 131 or Driver Information
hybrid vehicle can take up to Operation 0 328. Center (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 134.
30 seconds to start. Wait to shift
from P (Park) while the vehicle is TIRE PRESSURE LOW ADD Transmission Messages
starting. AIR TO TIRE
SERVICE TRANSMISSION
PRESS BRAKE TO START On vehicles with the Tire Pressure
Monitor System (TPMS), this This message displays if there is a
This message displays when message displays when the problem with the transmission. See
attempting to start the vehicle pressure in one or more of the your dealer.
without first pressing the brake vehicle's tires is low.
pedal. SHIFT DENIED
The low tire pressure warning light
will also come on. See Tire This message displays when
Pressure Light 0 127. attempting to use the automatic
transmission manual mode to shift
to too low or too high of a gear. See
Manual Mode 0 235.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
SHIFT FROM NEUTRAL allow the transmission to cool. This

message clears when the fluid
Vehicle
(Hybrid)
temperature reaches a safe level. Personalization
This message displays when the
vehicle should be shifted from
Vehicle Reminder Personalization Menu (Radio
N (Neutral). If the vehicle is not without Touchscreen)
shifted from N (Neutral) after some Messages
time, the vehicle will shut off and The audio system controls are used
require a restart. While in ICE POSSIBLE DRIVE to access the personalization
N (Neutral), the vehicle will not be WITH CARE menus for customizing vehicle
able to charge the high voltage features.
This message displays when ice
battery. conditions are possible. The following are all possible
personalization features. Depending
SHIFT TO PARK
Window Messages on the vehicle, some may not be
This message displays when the available.
transmission needs to be shifted to OPEN, THEN CLOSE DRIVER
MENU : Turn to scroll through the
P (Park). This may appear when WINDOW menus or setup items. Press to
turning the ignition off or removing This message is displayed when the enter the menus and select the
the key from the vehicle if the window needs to be reprogrammed. menu items.
vehicle is not in P (Park). If the vehicle's battery has been BACK : Press to exit or return to
TRANSMISSION HOT — IDLE recharged or disconnected, you will the previous screen or menu.
ENGINE need to reprogram the front window
for the express-up feature to work. To access a menu:
This message displays and a chime See Power Windows 0 50. 1. Press MENU.
sounds if the transmission fluid in
the vehicle gets hot. Driving with the 2. Turn MENU to the
transmission fluid temperature high desired menu.
can cause damage to the vehicle. 3. Press MENU to select.
Stop the vehicle and let it idle to
Menus and functions may vary
depending on vehicle options.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Entering the Personalization Turn MENU to highlight, then press Auto Volume Control
Menus to select.
This feature automatically adjusts
Select Settings from the home page. Scan Music Folder Only the radio volume based on the
The following menus may be speed of the vehicle.
This feature will scan and index
available: music folders on an MTP device Select the desired value.
. Phone Connection (MTP Only) when connected to the USB port.
Maximum Startup Volume
. Time and Date Turn MENU to highlight, then press
to select. When the vehicle is started and the
. Tone Settings radio volume is greater than this set
Scan All Folders level, the volume is adjusted to this
. Auto Volume Control
This feature will scan and index all level.
. Maximum Startup Volume folders on an MTP device when Select the desired value.
. Vehicle Settings connected to the USB port.
Vehicle Settings
Phone Connection (MTP Only) Turn MENU to highlight, then press
to select. Select and the following may
Select and the following may display:
display: Time and Date . Climate and Air Quality
. Charging Only Select Time and Date to adjust the . Comfort and Convenience
. Scan Music Folder Only clock. See Clock 0 107.
. Languages
. Scan All Folders Tone Settings
. Lighting
Charging Only Select to set the radio tone. See
“Tone Settings” under “Radio . Power Door Locks
This feature will charge a Media Controls without Touchscreen” in . Remote Lock, Unlock, Start
Transfer Protocol (MTP) device Operation 0 176.
when connected to the USB port. . Return to Factory Settings
Bluetooth® audio will be . Software Information
unavailable.
. Valet Mode
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Climate and Air Quality Auto Rear Defog Select Off or On.
Select and the following may This allows the rear window Easy Exit Options
display: defogger to turn on automatically
when the interior temperature is cold This feature automatically recalls
. Auto Fan Speed the current driver’s previously stored
and the outside temperature is
. Air Quality Sensor about 7 °C (44 °F) and below. See Exit button position when exiting the
“Rear Window Defogger” in Dual vehicle. See Memory Seats 0 59.
. Auto Defog
Automatic Climate Control Select Off or On.
. Auto Rear Defog System 0 208.
Chime Volume
Auto Fan Speed Select Off or On.
Select to set the chime volume
This adjusts the blower level during Comfort and Convenience level.
automatic operation.
Select and the following may Reverse Tilt Mirror
Select Low, Medium, or High. display: When on, both the driver and
Air Quality Sensor . Auto Memory Recall passenger, driver, or passenger
This automatically selects . Easy Exit Options mirrors will tilt downward when the
recirculate when certain gases are vehicle is shifted to R (Reverse) to
. Chime Volume improve visibility of the ground near
detected.
. Reverse Tilt Mirror the rear wheels. They will return to
Select Off, Low Sensitivity, or High their previous driving position when
Sensitivity. . Extended Hill Start Assist the vehicle is shifted out of
Auto Defog Auto Memory Recall R (Reverse) or the ignition is turned
to OFF.
This allows the climate control This feature automatically recalls
system to prevent fog on the inside the current driver’s previously stored Select Off, On - Driver and
of the windows. See “Auto Defog” in 1 or 2 positions when the ignition is Passenger, On - Driver, or On -
Dual Automatic Climate Control changed from OFF to ON/RUN/ Passenger.
System 0 208. START or ACCESSORY. See
Select Off or On. Memory Seats 0 59.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Extended Hill Start Assist . Auto Door Unlock . Remote Lock Feedback
This allows the duration of the Hill . Delayed Door Lock . Remote Door Unlock
Start Assist to be changed. See . Remote Start Auto Cool Seats
“Extended Hill Start Assist (EHSA)” Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out
in Hill Start Assist (HSA) 0 240. When on, this feature will keep the . Remote Start Auto Heat Seats
Select Extended Hold or driver door from locking when the . Passive Door Unlock
Standard Hold. door is open. If this feature is turned
on, the Delayed Door Lock menu . Passive Door Lock
Languages will not be available. . Remote Left in Vehicle Reminder
Select, then select from the Select Off or On. Remote Unlock Light Feedback
available language(s).
Auto Door Unlock When on, the exterior lamps will
Lighting This allows selection of which of the flash when unlocking the vehicle
doors will automatically unlock when with the Remote Keyless Entry
Select the Lighting menu and the
the vehicle is shifted into P (Park). (RKE) transmitter. See Remote
following may be displayed:
Keyless Entry (RKE) System
. Exit Lighting Select Off, All Doors, or Driver Door. Operation 0 32.
Exit Lighting Delayed Door Lock Select Off or Flash Lights.
Select to set how long the exterior When on, this feature will delay the Remote Lock Feedback
lamps stay on when leaving the locking of the doors. To override the
delay, press the power door lock Select to set which type of feedback
vehicle and it is dark outside. See
Exit Lighting 0 169. switch on the door. is given when pressing Q on the
Select Off or On. RKE transmitter. See Remote
Select the desired time. Keyless Entry (RKE) System
Power Door Locks Remote Lock, Unlock, Start Operation 0 32.
Select and the following may Select and the following may Select Off, Lights and Horn, Lights
display: display: Only, or Horn Only.
. Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out . Remote Unlock Light Feedback
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Remote Door Unlock outside driver door handle to unlock Software Information
Select to set which doors will unlock the vehicle. See Remote Keyless
Select to view the radio software
when pressing K on the RKE information.
transmitter. See Remote Keyless Select Driver Door Only or All
Doors. Valet Mode (If Equipped)
Passive Door Lock This will lock the infotainment
Select Driver Door or All Doors.
system and steering wheel controls.
Remote Start Auto Cool Seats This allows passive locking to be It may also limit access to vehicle
turned on or off and selects storage locations (if equipped).
If equipped and turned on, this feedback. See Remote Keyless
feature will turn the ventilated seats Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 32. To enable valet mode:
on when using remote start on 1. Enter a four-digit code on the
warm days. Select Off, On, or On With Horn
Chirp. keypad.
Select Off, On-Driver and 2. Select Enter to go to the
Passenger, or On-Driver. Remote Left in Vehicle Reminder
confirmation screen.
Remote Start Auto Heat Seats This feature sounds an alert when
3. Re-enter the four-digit code.
the RKE transmitter is left in the
Select to enable or disable which vehicle. This menu also enables Select LOCK or UNLOCK to lock or
seat will come on when remote start Remote No Longer Left in Vehicle unlock the system. Press BACK to
is used. See Heated and Ventilated alert. go back to the previous menu.
Front Seats 0 60.
Select Off or On. Personalization Menu (Radio
Select Off, On-Driver and
Passenger, or On-Driver. Return to Factory Settings with Touchscreen)
Select to return all vehicle Settings can be made with the
Passive Door Unlock ignition on and the vehicle not
personalizations to the default
Select to set which doors will unlock settings. moving.
when the RKE transmitter is within
range and using the button on the Select Yes or No.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
The following are all possible . Teen Driver Rear Seat Reminder
personalization features. Depending . Radio This allows for a chime and a
on the vehicle, some may not be
. Vehicle message ‘Look in Rear Seat’ when
available.
the rear door has been opened
{ : Press to access the Home . Bluetooth before or during operation of the
Page Menu. . Apple CarPlay vehicle.
Q or R : Touch to scroll through the . Android Auto Select Off or On.
menus or setup items.
. Voice Valet Mode (If Equipped)
0 : Touch to exit or return to the
previous screen or menu. . USB Auto Launch This will lock the infotainment
. Turn Display Off system and steering wheel controls.
To access the menu: It may also limit access to vehicle
. Rear Camera
1. Press {. storage locations (if equipped).
. Return to Factory Settings To enable valet mode:
2. Touch Settings.
. Software Information 1. Enter a four-digit code on the
Touch the menu item to select it.
Each of the menus is detailed in the Time and Date keypad.
following information. 2. Touch Enter to go to the
Select Time and Date to adjust the
Settings menus and functions may confirmation screen.
clock. See Clock 0 107.
vary depending on vehicle options. 3. Re-enter the four-digit code.
Language
The following list of menu items may Touch LOCK or UNLOCK to lock or
be available: Select, then select from the unlock the system. Touch Back to
available language(s). go back to the previous menu.
. Time and Date
. Language Teen Driver
. Rear Seat Reminder See “Teen Driver” under “Settings”
in the infotainment manual.
. Valet Mode
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Radio Select the desired number or select Maximum Startup Volume

Auto and the infotainment system This feature sets the maximum
Select and the following may
will automatically adjust the number startup volume. If the vehicle is
display:
of favorites shown. started and the volume is greater
. Manage Favorites
Audible Touch Feedback than this level, the volume is
. Number of Favorites Shown adjusted to this level. To set the
This allows Audible Touch maximum startup volume, press +
. Audible Touch Feedback Feedback to be turned on or off. or ✓ to increase or decrease.
. Text Scroll Select Off or On.
Audio Cue
. Tone Settings Text Scroll If equipped, this feature adjusts the
. Auto Volume Select to see text scroll on the startup and shutdown sounds. To
. Maximum Startup Volume screen. adjust the volume, select + or ✓ to
. Select Off or On. increase or decrease.
Audio Cue
Manage Favorites Tone Settings Vehicle
This allows favorites to be edited. Select to adjust the radio tone. See Select and the following may
See “Manage Favorites” in “Radio Operation 0 176. display:
Setup” under Home Page (Radio . Climate and Air Quality
Auto Volume
with Touchscreen) 0 175 or . Collision/Detection Systems
“Manage Favorites” in “Settings” This feature adjusts the volume
under “Radio” in the infotainment based on vehicle speed and . Comfort and Convenience
manual. ambient noise. . Lighting
Number of Favorites Shown Select Off, Low, Medium-Low, . Power Door Locks
Medium, Medium-High, or High.
Press to set the number of favorites . Remote Lock, Unlock, Start
to display.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Climate and Air Quality “Rear Window Defogger” in Dual Front Pedestrian Detection
Select and the following may Automatic Climate Control This feature may help avoid or
display: System 0 208. reduce the harm caused by
. Auto Fan Speed Select Off or On. front-end crashes with nearby
pedestrians.
. Auto Defog Collision/Detection Systems
See Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB)
. Auto Rear Defog Select and the following may System 0 261.
display:
Auto Fan Speed Select Off, Alert, or Alert and Brake.
. Forward Collision System
This feature will set the maximum Park Assist
. Front Pedestrian Detection
auto fan speed.
. Park Assist This allows the feature to be turned
Select Low, Medium, or High. on or off. See Assistance Systems
. Rear Cross Traffic Alert for Parking or Backing 0 253.
Auto Defog
. Go Notifier Select Off or On.
This allows the climate control
system to prevent fog on the inside . Lane Change Alert Rear Cross Traffic Alert
of the windows. See “Auto Defog” in Forward Collision System
Dual Automatic Climate Control This allows the feature to be turned
System 0 208. This feature will turn on or off the on or off. See Assistance Systems
Forward Collision Alert (FCA) and for Parking or Backing 0 253.
Select Off or On. Forward Automatic Braking (FAB). Select Off or On.
Auto Rear Defog The Off setting disables all FCA and
FAB functions. With the Alert and Go Notifier
This allows the rear window Brake setting, both FCA and FAB
defogger to turn on automatically This feature will give a reminder that
are available. The Alert setting Adaptive Cruise Control provides
when the interior temperature is cold disables FAB. See Forward
and the outside temperature is when it has brought the vehicle to a
Automatic Braking (FAB) 0 260. complete stop behind another
about 7 °C (44 °F) and below. See
Select Off, Alert, or Alert and Brake.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
stopping vehicle, and then that Select Off or On. Extended Hill Start Assist
vehicle drives on. See Adaptive This allows the duration of the Hill
Cruise Control 0 245. Easy Exit Options
Start Assist to be changed. See
Select Off or On. This feature automatically recalls “Extended Hill Start Assist (EHSA)”
the current driver’s previously stored in Hill Start Assist (HSA) 0 240.
Lane Change Alert exit button position when exiting the
vehicle. See Memory Seats 0 59. Select Extended Hold or
This allows the feature to be turned Standard Hold.
on or off. See Lane Change Alert Select Off or On.
(LCA) 0 264. Lighting
Chime Volume
Select Off or On. Select and the following may
Select to set the chime volume display:
Comfort and Convenience level.
. Vehicle Locator Lights
Select and the following may Select Normal or High.
display: . Exit Lighting
Reverse Tilt Mirror
. Auto Memory Recall Vehicle Locator Lights
When on, both the driver and
. Easy Exit Options passenger outside mirrors will tilt This feature will flash the exterior
. Chime Volume downward when the vehicle is lamps and allows the headlamps,
shifted to R (Reverse) to improve parking lamps, taillamps, and most
. Reverse Tilt Mirror visibility of the ground near the rear of the interior lamps to turn on
. Extended Hill Start Assist wheels. They will return to their briefly when K on the Remote
previous driving position when the Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter is
Auto Memory Recall vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse) pressed to locate the vehicle.
This feature automatically recalls or the engine is turned off. See
Reverse Tilt Mirrors 0 49. Select Off or On.
the current driver’s previously stored
1 or 2 button positions when the Select Off, On - Driver and
ignition is changed from off to ON/ Passenger, On - Driver, or On -
RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY. See Passenger.
Memory Seats 0 59.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Exit Lighting Delayed Door Lock Remote Lock Feedback

This allows the selection of how When on, this feature will delay the This allows selection of what type of
long the exterior lamps stay on locking of the doors. To override the feedback is given when locking the
when leaving the vehicle when it is delay, press the power door lock vehicle with the RKE transmitter.
dark outside. switch on the door. Select Off, Lights and Horn, Lights
Select Off, 30 Seconds, 60 Select Off or On. Only, or Horn Only.
Seconds, or 120 Seconds.
Remote Lock, Unlock, Start Remote Door Unlock
Power Door Locks Select and the following may This allows selection of which doors
Select and the following may display: will unlock when pressing K on the
display: . Remote Unlock Light Feedback RKE transmitter.
. Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out . Select All Doors or Driver Door.
Remote Lock Feedback
. Auto Door Unlock . Remote Door Unlock Remote Start Auto Cool Seats
. Delayed Door Lock . Remote Start Auto Cool Seats If equipped and turned on, this
Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out . Remote Start Auto Heat Seats feature will turn the ventilated seats
on when using remote start on
When on, this feature will keep the . Passive Door Unlock warm days.
driver door from locking when the
door is open. If this feature is turned . Passive Door Lock Select Off, On-Driver and
on, the Delayed Door Lock menu . Remote Left in Vehicle Alert Passenger, or On-Driver.
will not be available. Remote Start Auto Heat Seats
Remote Unlock Light Feedback
Select Off or On. If equipped and turned on, this
When on, the exterior lamps will
Auto Door Unlock flash when unlocking the vehicle feature will turn the heated seats on
with the RKE transmitter. when using remote start on
This allows selection of which of the cold days.
doors will automatically unlock when Select Off or Flash Lights.
the vehicle is shifted into P (Park). Select Off, On-Driver and
Passenger, or On-Driver.
Select Off, All Doors, or Driver Door.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Passive Door Unlock Bluetooth Change Pairing PIN

Select to set which doors will unlock Select and the following may Select to change the PIN of a
when the RKE transmitter is within display: device.
range and using the button on the . Discoverable
outside driver door handle to unlock Ringtones
the vehicle. See Remote Keyless . Device Information Press to change the ring tone for
Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 32. . Device Management the specific phone. The phone does
Select Driver Door Only or All not need to be connected to change
. Change Pairing PIN the ring tones.
Doors.
. Ringtones Sort Order
Passive Door Lock
. Sort Order Select to change the order of the
This allows passive locking to be
turned on or off and selects . Voice Mail Numbers contacts list.
feedback. See Remote Keyless . Text Message Alerts Select First/Last or Last/First.
Discoverable Voice Mail Numbers
Select Off, On, or On With Horn
This allows the system to find a This feature displays the voice mail
Chirp.
device. number for all connected phones.
Remote Left in Vehicle Alert To change the voice mail number,
Select Off or On.
This feature sounds an alert when select 8 or EDIT. Type a new
the RKE transmitter is left in the Device Information number, then select SAVE.
vehicle. This menu also enables See information about the device Text Message Alerts
Remote No Longer Left in Vehicle name, address, and PIN code.
alert. This allows the feature to be turned
Device Management on or off.
Select Off or On.
Select to connect to a different Select Off or On.
phone source, disconnect a phone,
or delete a phone.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Apple CarPlay™ Select Off or On. Prompt Length

Select and the following may Manage Android Auto Devices This feature adjusts the voice
display: prompt length.
Select to manage Android devices.
. Apple CarPlay Android Auto must be on for this Select Short or Long.
. Manage Apple CarPlay Devices feature to be accessed. Audio Feedback Speed
Apple CarPlay USB Auto Launch This feature adjusts the audio
This allows Android and Apple feedback speed.
This feature allows Apple devices to
be connected to the infotainment CarPlay devices to automatically Select Slow, Medium, or Fast.
system through a USB port. connect when plugged into the
USB port. Display “What Can I Say?” Tips
Select Off or On.
Select Off or On. This feature gives tips on what to
Manage Apple CarPlay Devices say when using voice recognition.
Voice
Select to manage Apple devices. Select Off or On.
Apple CarPlay must be on for this Select and the following may
feature to be accessed. display: Turn Display Off
. Confidence Threshold Select to turn the display off. Press
Android Auto™ anywhere on the display area or any
. Prompt Length faceplate button to turn the
display: . Audio Feedback Speed display on.
. Android Auto . Display “What Can I Say?” Tips Rear Camera
. Manage Android Auto Devices Confidence Threshold Select and the following may
Android Auto This feature allows the adjustment display:
of the sensitivity of the speech . Guidance Lines
This feature allows Android devices
to be connected to the infotainment recognition system. . Rear Park Assist Symbols
system through a USB port. Select Confirm More or
Confirm Less.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Guidance Lines Restore Vehicle Settings Universal Remote

Select to turn Off or On. See This allows selection of restoring
Assistance Systems for Parking or vehicle settings.
System
Backing 0 253. Select Continue or Cancel. See Radio Frequency
Statement 0 393.
Rear Park Assist Symbols Clear All Private Data
Select to turn Off or On. See Select to clear all private information Universal Remote System
Assistance Systems for Parking or
Backing 0 253.
from the vehicle. Programming
Select Continue or Cancel.
Return to Factory Settings
Restore Radio Settings
display: This allows selection to restore
radio settings.
. Restore Vehicle Settings
Select Continue or Cancel.
. Clear All Private Data
. Restore Radio Settings
Software Information
Select to view the infotainment
system current software information.
If equipped, these buttons are in the

overhead console.
This system can replace up to three
remote control transmitters used to
activate devices such as garage
door openers, security systems, and
home automation devices. These
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
instructions refer to a garage door Make sure the hand-held transmitter system buttons to be used to
opener, but can be used for other has a new battery for quick and operate the garage door. Do
devices. accurate transmission of the not release either button until
Do not use the Universal Remote radio-frequency signal. the indicator light changes from
system with any garage door opener a slow to a rapid flash. Then
Programming the Universal release both buttons.
that does not have the stop and Remote System
reverse feature. This includes any Some garage door openers
garage door opener model For questions or help programming may require substitution of
manufactured before April 1, 1982. the Universal Remote system, call Step 2 with the procedure
1-800-355-3515 or see under “Radio Signals for
Read these instructions completely www.homelink.com.
before programming the Universal Canada and Some Gate
Remote system. It may help to have Programming involves Operators” later in this section.
another person assist with the time-sensitive actions, and may time 3. Press and hold the newly
programming process. out causing the procedure to be programmed Universal Remote
repeated. system button for five seconds
Keep the original hand-held
transmitter for use in other vehicles To program up to three devices: while watching the indicator
as well as for future programming. light and garage door
1. Hold the end of the hand-held activation.
Erase the programming when transmitter about 3 to 8 cm (1
vehicle ownership is terminated. to 3 in) away from the . If the indicator light stays on
See “Erasing Universal Remote Universal Remote system continuously or the garage
System Buttons” later in this buttons with the indicator light door moves when the
section. in view. The hand-held button is pressed, then
To program a garage door opener, transmitter was supplied by the programming is complete.
park outside directly in line with and manufacturer of the garage There is no need to
facing the garage door opener door opener receiver. complete Steps 4–6.
receiver. Clear all people and 2. At the same time, press and . If the indicator light does
objects near the garage door. hold both the hand-held not come on or the garage
transmitter button and one of door does not move, a
the three Universal Remote second button press may
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
be required. For a second The name and color of the Radio Signals for Canada and
time, press and hold the button may vary by Some Gate Operators
newly programmed button manufacturer.
for five seconds. If the light For questions or programming help
5. Press and release the Learn or call 1-800-355-3515 or see
stays on or the garage door Smart button. Step 6 must be
moves, programming is www.homelink.com.
completed within 30 seconds of
complete. pressing this button. Canadian radio-frequency laws and
. If the indicator light blinks some U.S. gate operators require
6. Inside the vehicle, press and transmitter signals to time out or quit
rapidly for two seconds, hold the newly programmed
then changes to a solid light after several seconds of
Universal Remote system transmission. This may not be long
and the garage door does button for two seconds and
not move, continue with enough for the Universal Remote
then release it. If the garage system to pick up the signal during
programming Steps 4–6. door does not move or the programming.
lamp on the garage door
opener receiver does not flash, If the programming did not work,
press and hold the same replace Step 2 under “Programming
button a second time for the Universal Remote System” with
two seconds, then release it. the following:
Again, if the door does not Press and hold the Universal
move or the garage door lamp Remote system button while
does not flash, press and hold pressing and releasing the
the same button a third time for hand-held transmitter button every
Learn or Smart Button two seconds, then release it. two seconds until the signal has
4. After completing Steps 1–3, The Universal Remote system been successfully accepted by the
locate the Learn or Smart should now activate the Universal Remote system. The
button inside garage on the garage door. Universal Remote system indicator
garage door opener receiver. light will flash slowly at first and then
Repeat the process for rapidly. Proceed with Step 3 under
programming the two remaining “Programming the Universal Remote
buttons. System” to complete.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Universal Remote System Reprogramming a Single

Operation Universal Remote System
Button
Using the Universal Remote To reprogram any of the system
System buttons:
Press and hold the appropriate 1. Press and hold any one of the
Universal Remote system button for buttons. Do not release the
at least one-half second. The button.
indicator light will come on while the
signal is being transmitted. 2. The indicator light will begin to
flash after 20 seconds. Without
Erasing Universal Remote releasing the button, proceed
System Buttons with Step 1 under
Erase all programmed buttons when “Programming the Universal
vehicle ownership is terminated. Remote System.”
To erase:
1. Press and hold the two outside
buttons until the indicator light
begins to flash. This should
take about 10 seconds.
2. Release both buttons.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Lighting 163
Lighting Interior Lighting

Instrument Panel Illumination
Exterior Lighting
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 Exterior Lamp Controls
Exterior Lighting
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . 163
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Exterior Lamps Off
Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 Lighting Features
Headlamp High/Low-Beam Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 Battery Load Management . . . 169
Daytime Running Battery Power Protection . . . . . 170
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 Exterior Lighting Battery
Automatic Headlamp Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
The exterior lamp control is on the
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 166
instrument panel to the left of the
Turn and Lane-Change
steering column.
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
O : Turns the exterior lamps on
and off.
AUTO : Turns the exterior lamps on
and off automatically depending on
outside lighting.
; : Turns on the parking lamps
including all lamps, except the
headlamps.
5 : Turns on the headlamps
together with the parking lamps and
instrument panel lights.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
164 Lighting
IntelliBeam® System high-beam on light appears on the . The IntelliBeam system is

instrument cluster when the high disabled by the high/low-beam
If equipped, this system turns the
beams are on. changer or the flash-to-pass
vehicle's high-beam headlamps on
feature. If this happens,
and off according to surrounding Driving with IntelliBeam
traffic conditions. press b on the turn signal
The system only activates the high lever when the exterior lamp
The system turns the high-beam beams when driving over 40 km/h
headlamps on when it is dark control is in the AUTO or 5
(25 mph).
enough and there is no other traffic position. The instrument cluster
There is a sensor near the top light will come on to indicate the
present.
center of the windshield that IntelliBeam system is
This light b comes on in the automatically controls the system. reactivated. See Headlamp
instrument cluster when the Keep this area of the windshield High/Low-Beam Changer 0 165
IntelliBeam system is enabled. clear of debris to allow for best and Flash-to-Pass 0 165.
system performance.
Turning On and Enabling The high beams may not turn off
IntelliBeam The high-beam headlamps remain automatically if the system cannot
on, under the automatic control, detect another vehicle's lamps
until one of the following situations because of any of the following:
occurs:
. The other vehicle's lamps are
. The system detects an missing, damaged, obstructed
approaching vehicle's from view, or otherwise
headlamps. undetected.
. The system detects a preceding . The other vehicle's lamps are
vehicle's taillamps. covered with dirt, snow, and/or
. The outside light is bright road spray.
To enable the IntelliBeam system, enough that high-beam
headlamps are not required.
press b on the turn signal lever
when the exterior lamp control is in . The vehicle's speed drops below
the AUTO or 5 position. The blue 20 km/h (12 mph).
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Lighting 165
. The other vehicle's lamps cannot Headlamp High/ Daytime Running
be detected due to dense
exhaust, smoke, fog, snow, road
Low-Beam Changer Lamps (DRL)
spray, mist, or other airborne 3 : Push the turn signal lever away DRL can make it easier for others to
obstructions. from you and release, to turn the see the front of your vehicle during
. The vehicle's windshield is dirty, high beams on. To return to low the day. Fully functional DRL are
cracked, or obstructed by beams, push the lever again or pull required on all vehicles first sold in
something that blocks the view it toward you and release. Canada.
of the light sensor. The DRL system comes on in
. The vehicle is loaded such that daylight when the following
the front end points upward, conditions are met:
causing the light sensor to aim . The ignition is on.
high and not detect headlamps . The exterior lamp control is in
and taillamps.
AUTO, if equipped.
. Driving on winding or hilly roads. This indicator light turns on in the . The light sensor determines it is
The IntelliBeam system may need to instrument cluster when the daytime.
be disabled if any of the above high-beam headlamps are on.
. The vehicle is not in P (Park).
conditions exist.
Flash-to-Pass When the DRL are on, the taillamps,
Exterior Lamps Off To flash the high beams, pull the sidemarker lamps, instrument panel
lights, and other lamps will not
Reminder turn signal lever toward you, and
be on.
release.
A warning chime sounds if the driver The DRL turn off when the
door is opened while the ignition is
off and the exterior lamps are on. headlamps are turned to O or (,
or when the ignition is off.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
166 Lighting
Automatic Headlamp When it is bright enough outside, Hazard Warning Flashers

the headlamps will turn off or may
System change to Daytime Running
The headlamps come on Lamps (DRL).
automatically when the exterior The automatic headlamp system
lamp control is set to AUTO and it is turns off when the exterior lamp
dark enough outside
control is turned to O or the ignition
is off.
Lights On with Wipers
If the windshield wipers are
activated in daylight with the engine
on, and the exterior lamp control is
in AUTO, the headlamps, parking
lamps, and other exterior lamps
come on. The transition time for the | : Press this button to make the
lamps coming on varies based on front and rear turn signal lamps
wiper speed. When the wipers are flash on and off. Press again to turn
not operating, these lamps turn off. the flashers off.
Move the exterior lamp control to O The hazard warning flashers turn on
There is a light sensor on top of the
instrument panel. Do not cover the or ; to disable this feature. automatically if the airbags deploy.
sensor, otherwise the headlamps
will come on when they are not
needed.
The system may also turn on the
headlamps when driving through a
parking garage or tunnel.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Lighting 167
Turn and Lane-Change Raise or lower the lever until the

arrow starts to flash to signal a lane
Interior Lighting
Signals change. Hold it there until the lane
change is completed. If the lever is Instrument Panel
briefly pressed and released, the Illumination Control
turn signal flashes three times.
The turn and lane-change signal
can be turned off manually by
moving the lever back to its original
position.
If after signaling a turn or lane
change, the arrow flashes rapidly or
Move the lever all the way up or does not come on, a signal bulb
down to signal a turn. may be burned out.
An arrow on the instrument cluster Replace any burned out bulbs. If a The brightness of the instrument
flashes in the direction of the turn or bulb is not burned out, check the cluster display, infotainment display
lane change. fuse. See Fuses 0 310. and controls, steering wheel
controls, and all other illuminated
controls, as well as feature status
indicators, can be adjusted.
The knob for this feature is on the
instrument panel beside the steering
column.
Turn the knob clockwise or
counterclockwise to brighten or dim
the lights.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
168 Lighting
Courtesy Lamps j OFF : Press to turn off the Press the lamp lenses to turn the
dome lamps when a door is open. reading lamps on or off.
The courtesy lamps come on when
An indicator light on the button will
any door is opened unless the dome
turn on when the dome lamp
lamp override is activated. To
deactivate the dome lamp override, override is activated. Press j
press j OFF and the indicator OFF again to deactivate this feature
and the indicator light will turn off.
light on the button will turn off.
The dome lamps will come on when
doors are opened.
Dome Lamps
Reading Lamps
There may be front and rear reading
lamps.
If equipped, the rear reading lamps

are in the headliner.
Press the button near each lamp to
turn reading lamps on or off.
The dome lamp controls are in the

overhead console.
To operate, press the following
buttons:
If equipped, the front reading lamps
+ ON/OFF : Press to turn the dome are in the overhead console.
lamps on manually.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Lighting 169
Lighting Features the OFF position. The exterior

lamps and dome lamp remain on for
see the voltage move up or down.
This is normal. If there is a problem,
a set amount of time, then an alert will be displayed.
Entry Lighting automatically turn off. The battery can be discharged at
Some exterior lamps and most of The exterior lamps turn off idle if the electrical loads are very
the interior lamps turn on briefly at immediately by turning the exterior high. This is true for all vehicles.
night or in areas with limited lighting lamp control off. This is because the generator
when the Remote Keyless Entry (alternator) may not be spinning fast
This feature can be changed. See
(RKE) transmitter K button is enough at idle to produce all the
Vehicle Personalization 0 147.
pressed. See Remote Keyless Entry power that is needed for very high
(RKE) System Operation 0 32. After electrical loads.
about 30 seconds the exterior lamps
Battery Load
A high electrical load occurs when
turn off, then the dome lamps and Management several of the following are on, such
remaining interior lamps dim to off. The vehicle has Electric Power as: headlamps, high beams, fog
Entry lighting can be disabled Management (EPM), which lamps, rear window defogger,
manually by changing the ignition estimates the battery's temperature climate control fan at high speed,
out of the OFF position, or by and state of charge. It then adjusts heated seats, engine cooling fans,
pressing the RKE transmitter Q the voltage for best performance trailer loads, and loads plugged into
button. and extended life of the battery. accessory power outlets.
This feature can be changed. See When the battery's state of charge EPM works to prevent excessive
Vehicle Personalization 0 147. is low, the voltage is raised slightly discharge of the battery. It does this
to quickly bring the charge back up. by balancing the generator's output
Exit Lighting When the state of charge is high, and the vehicle's electrical needs.
the voltage is lowered slightly to It can increase engine idle speed to
Some exterior lamps and interior prevent overcharging. If the vehicle generate more power, whenever
lights come on at night, or in areas has a voltage display on the Driver needed. It can temporarily reduce
with limited lighting, when the driver Information Center (DIC), you may the power demands of some
door is opened after the ignition is
accessories.
turned off. The dome lamp comes
on after the ignition is changed to
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
170 Lighting
Normally, these actions occur in the battery. To restart the 10-minute

steps or levels, without being timer, turn the exterior lamp control
noticeable. In rare cases at the to the off position and then back to
highest levels of corrective action, the parking lamp or headlamp
this action may be noticeable to the position.
driver. If so, a DIC message might To keep the lamps on for more than
be displayed and it is recommended 10 minutes, the ignition must be in
that the driver reduce the electrical the ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN
loads as much as possible. See position.
Battery Voltage and Charging
Messages 0 138.
Battery Power Protection

The battery saver feature is
designed to protect the vehicle's
battery.
If some interior lamps are left on
and the ignition is turned off, the
battery rundown protection system
automatically turns the lamp off after
some time.
Exterior Lighting Battery

Saver
The exterior lamps turn off about
10 minutes after the ignition is
turned off, if the parking lamps or
headlamps have been manually left
on. This protects against draining
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Infotainment System 171
Infotainment Bluetooth (Infotainment

Controls Radio with
Introduction
System Touchscreen) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Apple CarPlay and Infotainment
Android Auto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 Base radio information is included in
Introduction Hands-Free Phone . . . . . . . . . . . 200 this manual. See the infotainment
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 Trademarks and License manual for information on other
Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . 172 available infotainment systems.
Agreements
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 Read the following pages to
Trademarks and License
Home Page (Radio with become familiar with these features.
Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Touchscreen) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
{ Warning
Radio
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 Taking your eyes off the road for
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 too long or too often while using
Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 any infotainment feature can
Backglass Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . 183 cause a crash. You or others
Multi-Band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . 183 could be injured or killed. Do not
give extended attention to
Audio Players infotainment tasks while driving.
Avoiding Untrusted Media
Limit your glances at the vehicle
Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
USB Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 displays and focus your attention
on driving. Use voice commands
Phone whenever possible.
Bluetooth (Overview) . . . . . . . . . 190
Bluetooth (Infotainment
Controls Radio without The infotainment system has built-in
Touchscreen) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 features intended to help avoid
distraction by disabling some
functions when driving. These
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
172 Infotainment System
functions may gray out when they Theft-Deterrent Feature

are unavailable. Many infotainment
features are also available through The infotainment system has an
the instrument cluster and steering electronic security system installed
wheel controls. to prevent theft.
Before driving: The infotainment system only works
in the vehicle in which it was first
. Become familiar with the installed, and cannot be used in
operation, faceplate buttons, and another vehicle.
screen buttons.
. Set up the audio by presetting
favorite stations, setting the
tone, and adjusting the
speakers.
. Set up phone numbers in
advance so they can be called
easily by pressing a single
button or by using a single voice
command if equipped with
Bluetooth phone capability.
See Defensive Driving 0 216.
To play the infotainment system with
the ignition off, see Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) 0 230.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Overview . USB/Bluetooth Music:

Press and release to go to
Radio without Touchscreen the previous file. Press and
hold to fast rewind the file.
5. 6
. Radio: Press and release to
go to the next station. Press
and hold to fast seek the
next strongest station.
. USB/Bluetooth Music:
Press and release to go to
the next file. Press and hold
to fast forward the file.
6. PHONE
1. O 3. MEDIA . Press to activate Bluetooth
. Press to select a different or OnStar, if equipped.
. Press and hold to turn the
system on and off. audio source. 7. BACK
. Press to mute the system. 4. 7 . Press to go to the previous
screen.
. Turn to adjust the volume. . Radio: Press and release to
go to the previous station. . Press to cancel entered
. Turn to cancel mute when content.
the audio system is muted. Press and hold to fast seek
the previous strongest 8. MENU
2. RADIO station. . Press to open menus and
. Press to select AM or FM. select menu items.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16

. Turn to highlight menu Radio with Touchscreen
items or to set values while
in a menu.
. Turn to manually select
radio stations.
9. Preset Buttons 1✓4
. Press and hold to store a
station.
. Press to go to a preset
favorite station.
10. FAV
. Press to go to a
favorite page.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
1. { 4. d Home Page Features

. Press to go to the Home . Radio: Press and release to
Page. See Home Page go to the next station or
(Radio with channel. Press and hold to
Touchscreen) 0 175. fast seek the next strongest
station or channel.
2. g
. USB/Bluetooth Music/
. Radio: Press and release to Pictures: Press and release
go to the previous station or to go to the next track.
channel. Press and hold to Press and hold to fast
fast seek the previous
strongest station or
forward. Press { to go to the Home Page.
channel. 5. 5 Audio : Touch to select AM, FM,
. USB/Bluetooth Music/ . Press and release to or USB/iPod/Bluetooth Audio.
Pictures: Press and release access the phone screen, Gallery : Touch to view a picture.
to go to the previous track. answer an incoming call,
Press and hold to fast or access the device home Phone : Touch to activate the
rewind. screen. phone features, if equipped. See
Bluetooth (Overview) 0 190 or
3. O Home Page (Radio with Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls
Radio with Touchscreen) 0 195 or
. Press to turn the power on. Touchscreen) Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls
. Press and hold to turn the Radio without Touchscreen) 0 191.
power off. Touchscreen Buttons
Projection : Touch to access
. Press to mute the system If equipped, touchscreen buttons supported devices when connected.
when on. show on the screen when available. See Apple CarPlay and Android
When a function is unavailable, the Auto 0 199.
. Turn to decrease or button may gray out. When a
increase the volume. function is selected, the button may
highlight.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Settings : Touch to access the Automatic Switch-Off Press to:

Personalization menu. See Vehicle . Enter the menu system.
If the infotainment system has been
turned on after the ignition is turned . Select or activate the highlighted
Climate : If equipped, touch to off, the system will turn off menu option.
access the Climate menu. See automatically after 10 minutes.
Climate Control Systems 0 205 or . Confirm a set value.
Dual Automatic Climate Control Volume Control . Turn a system setting on or off.
System 0 208. O : Turn to adjust the volume or to BACK:
OnStar : If equipped, touch to cancel mute when the audio system
access the OnStar menu. See is muted. Press to:
OnStar Overview 0 397. PHONE : Press to activate OnStar. . Exit a menu.
Energy : If equipped, touch to See OnStar Overview 0 397. . Go back to the previous menu
access the Energy menu. Press to mute the audio system. screen.
Drive Mode : If equipped, touch to Press again to cancel mute. . Delete the last character in a
access the Drive Mode menu. Menu System sequence.
. Press and hold to delete the
Operation Controls
entire character sequence.
Radio Controls without The MENU knob and BACK button
are used to navigate the menu Submenus
Touchscreen system. A bar on the right-hand edge of the
The infotainment system is operated MENU Knob: menu indicates that it has a
by using the pushbuttons, submenu with other options.
multifunction knobs, and menus Turn to:
shown on the display. . Highlight a menu option. Tone Settings
Turning the System On or Off . Select a value. The tone settings can be set for
each radio band and each audio
O : Press and hold to turn the . Manually select radio stations. player source.
system on and off.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Adjusting the Bass, Midrange, 6. Turn MENU to EQ. Auto Volume Control
Treble, Fader, and Balance 7. Press MENU. This feature automatically adjusts
1. Press MENU. 8. Turn MENU to the desired the radio volume to compensate for
2. Turn MENU to Settings. setting, then press MENU to road and wind noise.
3. Press MENU. select it. The level of volume compensation

9. Continue pressing BACK to go can be selected, or the feature can
4. Turn MENU to Tone Settings. be turned off.
back to the Tone
5. Press MENU. Settings menu. 1. Press MENU.
6. Turn MENU to the System Settings 2. Turn MENU to Settings.
desired tone.
Configuring the Number of 3. Press MENU.
7. Press MENU to select the
Favorite Pages 4. Turn MENU to Auto Volume
desired tone.
Up to six favorite pages can be Control.
8. Turn MENU to adjust the
saved, and each page can store up 5. Press MENU.
desired tone.
to four radio stations.
9. Press MENU to save the 6. Select the desired setting.
To configure the number of available
setting. 7. Press BACK to exit.
favorite pages:
10. Press BACK to go back to the Radio Controls with
1. Press MENU.
Tone Settings menu. Touchscreen
2. Turn MENU to Set Number of
Adjusting the EQ (Equalizer) Favorites Pages. The infotainment system is operated
1. Press MENU. by using the pushbuttons, menus
3. Press MENU. shown on the display, and steering
2. Turn MENU to Settings. 4. Turn MENU to the desired wheel controls.
3. Press MENU. number of pages.
Turning the System On or Off
4. Turn MENU to Tone Settings. 5. Press MENU to select the
desired number of pages.
O : Press to turn the radio on.
5. Press MENU. Press and hold to turn the radio off.
6. Press BACK to exit.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Automatic Switch-Off Tone Settings Radio

If the infotainment system has been The tone settings can be set for
turned on after the ignition is turned each radio band and each audio AM-FM Radio
off, the system will turn off player source.
automatically after 10 minutes. Playing the Radio without
Preset Tone Settings
Touchscreen
Volume Control 1. Touch MENU.
O : Turn to increase or decrease. 2. Touch Tone Settings.
Audio Source Menu
O : Press when the system is on to O : Press and hold to turn the
3. Select a preset tone setting. system on and off. Turn to increase
mute and unmute the system.
Custom Tone Settings or decrease the volume or to cancel
System Settings mute when the audio system is
1. Touch MENU. muted.
Auto Volume
2. Touch Tone Settings. MENU : Turn to change the radio
This feature automatically adjusts station.
the radio volume to compensate for 3. Touch Custom.
road and wind noise. . Bass, Midrange, or Treble: RADIO : Press to select AM
Touch ✓ or +. and FM.
The level of volume compensation
can be selected, or the feature can . Fader or Balance: Adjust 7 or 6 : Press to seek the
be turned off. the front/rear or left/right previous or next station.
1. Touch MENU from a source speakers by dragging the Press and hold to quick seek a
screen. dot in the vehicle image on station.
the screen.
2. Select Auto Volume. FAV : Press to open the favorites
4. Touch 3 to go back to the list and select a favorite page or
3. Select the desired setting. view the radio station and current
source screen.
4. Touch 3 to go back to the song playing information.
source screen. Preset Buttons 1–4 : Press to
select preset stations.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Radio Data System (RDS) Favorites List content. The system stores the RDS
There are two ways to select a stations sorted by program type in
RDS is a service by FM stations
station from the Favorites List: the FM category list.
that makes it easier to find radio
stations with fault-free reception. . Press FAV repeatedly, until the To search for a programming type
desired FAV page is displayed, determined by station:
RDS stations are indicated by the
program service name with then press the preset button of 1. From the FM menu, turn MENU
broadcasting frequency. the desired FAV station. to select FM Category List,
. Press FAV, turn MENU until the then press MENU.
Selecting a Band
desired FAV station is 2. Turn MENU to move to the
Press RADIO to choose AM or FM. highlighted, then press MENU to desired station, then press
The last station that was playing select the desired FAV station. MENU to receive the selected
starts playing again. broadcasting channel.
Stations List
Selecting an Auxiliary Device Update Stations List
1. From AM or FM, turn MENU to
Press MEDIA to select a connected select Stations List, then press From AM or FM, press MENU, turn
auxiliary device. to select. MENU to Update Stations List, then
2. Turn MENU to move to the press MENU.
Selecting a Station
desired station from the During the AM or FM broadcasting
Seek Tuning Stations List, then press to list update, press the preset button
If the radio station is not known: receive the station. under Cancel or BACK to stop the
updates.
Press 7 or 6 to automatically Category List
search for available radio stations. Most stations that broadcast an Storing a Station as a Favorite
RDS program type code specify the Stations from all bands can be
Press and hold 7 or 6 to change
type of programming transmitted. stored in any order in the favorite
the radio stations as desired, then Some stations change the program pages.
release to stop at the next available type code depending on the
station. Up to four stations can be stored in
each favorite page.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Storing Stations Selecting an Auxiliary Device Favorite

Press FAV to select the desired Connect the auxiliary device to the 1. Touch S or T to scroll through
page of saved favorites. AUX input terminal. Play will begin the favorite pages.
To store the station to a position in when the system has finished
reading the information on the 2. Touch the station to select it.
the list, press and hold the
corresponding preset button 1✓4 device. Station List
until a beep is heard. If the auxiliary device is already 1. From the AM or FM menu,
connected: touch Menu.
Playing the Radio with
Touchscreen 1. Press {. 2. Select Station List.
Audio Source Menu 2. Touch AUDIO. 3. Touch Q or R to scroll through
{ : Press to go to the Home Page. 3. Touch Source. the list. Touch the station to
select it.
O : Press to turn on, mute, 4. Select the device.
or unmute the system. Press and Update Station List
hold to turn off the system. Selecting a Station
. From the AM or FM menu, touch
Seek Tuning Menu, then touch Update Station
Selecting a Band
If the radio station is not known: List. The broadcasting list
1. Press {. updating will begin.
Press g or d to automatically . During the AM or FM
2. Touch AUDIO.
search for available radio stations. broadcasting list update, touch
3. Touch Source. Cancel to stop the updates.
Direct Tune
4. Select AM, FM, or SXM,
if equipped. From the AM or FM menu: Menu
The last station that was playing 1. Touch Tune. Touch to choose between available
starts playing again. 2. Enter the station number. menus for the current source.
3. Touch Go.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Storing a Station as a Favorite Satellite Radio Listening to SiriusXM Radio

Stations from all bands can be If equipped, vehicles with an 1. Press {.
stored in any order in the favorite SiriusXM® Satellite Radio tuner and
pages. 2. Touch AUDIO.
a valid SiriusXM Satellite Radio
Up to 25 stations can be stored. subscription can receive SiriusXM 3. Touch Source.
programming. 4. Touch SXM and the most
Storing Stations
SiriusXM Satellite Radio recent listened to SiriusXM
To store the station to a position in channel will display.
the list, touch the corresponding
Service
button 1✓5 until a beep is heard. SiriusXM is a satellite radio service Selecting a Category
1. Select the desired station. based in the 48 contiguous United From Menu, touch Categories, then
States and 10 Canadian provinces. touch the desired category or from
2. Touch S or T to select the SiriusXM Satellite Radio has a wide
Categories, touch Q or R to find the
desired page of saved variety of programming and
commercial-free music, coast to desired channel. Touch the channel
favorites. to select it.
coast, and in digital-quality sound.
3. Touch and hold any of the During your trial or when you
preset buttons to save the Selecting a Channel
subscribe, you will get unlimited
current radio station to that access to SiriusXM Radio Online for Press g or d to seek the previous
button of the selected when you are not in the vehicle. or next channel.
favorites page. A service fee is required to receive
To change a preset button, tune to the SiriusXM service. If SiriusXM Using the Preset Buttons
the new desired radio station and service needs to be reactivated, the Up to five favorites pages can be
touch and hold the preset button. radio will display "No Subscription saved, and each page can store up
Please Renew" on channel SXM1. to five channels.
For more information, contact
To change a preset button, tune to
SiriusXM at www.siriusxm.com or
the new desired channel and hold
1-888-601-6296 (U.S.), and
the button.
www.siriusxm.ca or 1-877-438-9677
(Canada).
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Listening to Preset Channels Tone Settings Radio Reception

1. Touch S or T repeatedly to 1. Touch Tone Settings. See Frequency interference and static
select the desired “Tone Settings” under can occur during normal radio
favorites page. Operation 0 176. reception if items such as cell phone
2. Touch the preset button to 2. Touch 0. chargers, vehicle convenience
listen to the channel. accessories, and external electronic
Auto Volume devices are plugged into the
Using the SiriusXM Menu 1. Touch Auto Volume. See “Auto accessory power outlet. If there is
Volume” under interference or static, unplug the
Operation item from the accessory power
Operation 0 176.
1. Touch MENU on the SXM radio outlet.
screen. 2. Touch 0. FM
2. Touch the menu to select the Categories
desired item or to display the FM signals only reach about 16 to
detail menu item. 1. Touch Categories. 65 km (10 to 40 mi). Although the
radio has a built-in electronic circuit
3. Touch 0 to return to the 2. Touch Q or R to find the that automatically works to reduce
previous menu. desired category. Touch the interference, some static can occur,
category to select it. especially around tall buildings or
Channel List hills, causing the sound to fade in
Explicit Content Filter
1. Touch Channel List from the and out.
SXM menu. The channel list is When on, only a filtered list of
displayed. channels will be received. When off, AM
all regular SXM programming The range for most AM stations is
2. Touch Q or R to find the subscribed to will be received. greater than for FM, especially at
desired channel. Touch the 1. Touch SXM Explicit Filter. night. The longer range can cause
channel to select it. station frequencies to interfere with
2. Select to enable or disable.
each other. Static can occur when
things like storms and power lines
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
interfere with radio reception. When rear window is not scratched and
this happens, try reducing the treble that the lines on the glass are not Caution
on the radio. damaged. If the inside surface is
damaged, it could interfere with Do not apply aftermarket glass
SiriusXM Satellite Radio radio reception. For proper radio tinting with metallic film. The
Service reception, the antenna connector metallic film in some tinting
If equipped, SiriusXM Satellite needs to be properly attached to the materials will interfere with or
Radio Service provides digital radio post on the glass. distort the incoming radio
reception. Tall buildings or hills can reception. Any damage caused to
If a cellular telephone antenna
interfere with satellite radio signals, the backglass antenna due to
needs to be attached to the glass,
causing the sound to fade in and metallic tinting materials will not
make sure that the grid lines for the
out. In addition, traveling or standing AM-FM antenna are not damaged. be covered by the vehicle
under heavy foliage, bridges, There is enough space between the warranty.
garages, or tunnels may cause loss grid lines to attach a cellular
of the SiriusXM signal for a period telephone antenna without
of time. Multi-Band Antenna
interfering with radio reception.
The multi-band antenna is on the
Cell Phone Usage roof of the vehicle. The antenna is
Caution
Cell phone usage, such as making used for OnStar, the SiriusXM
or receiving phone calls, charging, Using a razor blade or sharp Satellite Radio Service System, and
or just having the phone on may object to clear the inside rear GPS (Global Positioning System),
cause static interference with the window can damage the rear if the vehicle has these features.
radio. Unplug the phone or turn it off window antenna and/or the rear Keep the antenna clear of
if this happens. window defogger. Repairs would obstructions for clear reception.
not be covered by the vehicle If the vehicle has a sunroof, and it is
Backglass Antenna warranty. Do not clear the inside open, reception can also be
The AM-FM antenna is integrated rear window with sharp objects. affected.
with the rear window defogger,
located in the rear window. Make
sure that the inside surface of the
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Audio Players . iPods/iPhones USB Supported File and Folder

Structure
. Portable USB Hard Drives
Avoiding Untrusted Media Not all iPods and USB drives are The infotainment system supports:
Devices compatible with the USB port. . FAT16.
When using media devices such as Make sure the iPod has the latest . FAT32.
CDs, DVDs, Blu-ray Discs®, SD firmware from Apple® for proper . exFAT.
cards, USB drives, and mobile operation. iPod firmware can be
devices, consider the source. updated using the latest iTunes® Connecting a USB Storage
Untrusted media devices could application. See www.apple.com/ Device or iPod/iPhone
contain files that affect system itunes.
To connect a USB storage device,
operation or performance. Avoid use For help with identifying your iPod, connect the device to the USB port.
if the content or origin cannot be go to www.apple.com/support.
trusted. To connect an iPod/iPhone, connect
The USB port can play both lower one end of the device’s cable to the
and upper case .mp3, .wma, .ogg, iPod/iPhone and the other end to
USB Port and .wav files stored on a USB the USB port.
Using the USB Port storage device.
The iPod/iPhone charges while it is
The infotainment system can play Supported Apple® Devices connected to the vehicle if the
music by connecting an auxiliary To view supported devices in the vehicle is in ACC/ACCESSORY or
device to the USB port. U.S., see www.my.chevrolet.com ON/RUN. See Ignition Positions
\learned. 0 225. When the vehicle is turned
USB Support off, the iPod/iPhone automatically
The USB ports are in the center To view supported devices in powers off and will not charge or
console, and use the USB 2.0 Canada, see draw power from the vehicle's
standard. www.chevroletowner.ca. battery.
USB Supported Devices To view supported devices in For more information on USB
Mexico, see your dealer. usage, see “Audio System
. USB Flash Drives
Information” following.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Audio System Information Using USB Storage Devices and . Some USB storage device files
iPod/iPhone may not be compatible.
The infotainment system can play
the music files contained in the USB . Use a USB or flash memory type . Up to two USB devices and one
storage device or iPod/iPhone storage device. Do not connect iPod can be played through a
products. using a USB adaptor. USB hub. All devices may not be
. Do not connect and reconnect supported, depending on the
Using MP3/WMA/OGG/WAV Files
the USB device repeatedly in a performance of the USB hub.
. Music files with .mp3, .wma, If there is not enough power
short time, as this may cause
.ogg, and .wav file name supply, it may not operate
static electricity and problems
extensions can be played. normally.
using the device.
. MP3 files that can be played: Bit . Do not disconnect the USB
. Use a USB device with a metal
rate: 8 kbps to 320 kbps. storage device while it is playing.
connecting terminal.
Sampling frequency: 48 kHz, This may cause damage to the
44.1 kHz, 32 kHz, 24 kHz, 22.05 . Connection with i-Stick Type product or affect the
kHz, and 16 kHz. USB storage devices may be performance of the USB device.
. Files with a bit rate above faulty due to vehicle vibration.
. Disconnect the USB storage
128 kbps will result in higher . Do not touch the USB device when the ignition is
quality sound. connecting terminal. turned off. If the ignition is turned
. ID3 Tag information for MP3 . Only USB storage devices on while the USB device is
files, such as the album name formatted in FAT16/32 or exFAT connected, the USB device may
and the artist, can be played. file systems are recognized. be damaged or may not operate
NTFS and other file systems are normally.
. To display album title, track title,
not recognized. . USB storage devices can only
and artist information, the file
should be compatible with the . The time it takes to process files be connected for playing music,
ID3 Tag V1 and V2 formats. will depend on the USB storage viewing photo files,
device type and capacity, and or upgrading.
the type of files stored.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16

. Do not use the USB terminal to . Only connect the iPod/iPhone
charge USB accessory with connection cables
equipment. The heat generated supported by iPod/iPhone
may cause performance issues products. Other connection
or damage. cables cannot be used.
. Music files to which Digital Right . The iPod/iPhone may be
Management (DRM) is applied damaged if it is connected to the
cannot be played. vehicle with the ignition on.
. USB storage device that has a When not in use, disconnect the . Refer to the table for the
capacity limit of no more than iPod/iPhone.
classification items related to the
5,000 files, such as music, . When the iPod/iPhone is search function provided by the
photo, video, 15 levels of folder connected to the USB port by iPod/iPhone.
structure. Normal usage cannot using the iPod/iPhone cable, the
be guaranteed for a storage Bluetooth music is not USB Player
device that exceeds this limit. supported. Playing Music from a USB Device
The iPod/iPhone can play all . The iPod/iPhone playback . Connect the USB device to the
music files that are supported. functions and the information USB port.
The music file lists will only displayed may be different when
display up to 5,000 files on the . Play will start automatically after
played on the infotainment
screen. These files are sorted in the system has finished reading
system.
alphabetical order. the USB device.
. Some iPod/iPhone product . If a non-readable USB device is
models may not support the connected, an error message
connectivity or functionality of displays and the system will
this product. switch to the previous audio
function.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Changing to Next/Previous Files Using the USB Music Menu

. Touch l to change to the
next file.
. Touch g within five seconds of
the playback time to play the
previous file.
Returning to the Beginning of the
If the USB device is already Current File
connected: Touch g after five seconds of the . Touch Menu during playback.
1. Press {. playback time.
. Touch the desired menu.
2. Touch AUDIO. Scanning Forward or Backward
. Applicable audio extensions are
3. Touch Source. Touch and hold g or l during asx, m3u, .pls, .wpl, b4s,
4. Touch USB. playback to rewind or fast forward. and .xspf.
Release the button to resume Browse Music
To stop the USB device and select playback at normal speed.
another media source, touch 1. Touch Browse Music.
Source, then select the other Playing Files Randomly
2. Touch the desired music.
source. Touch Z during playback.
Tone Settings
To remove the USB device, select . ON: Plays all files randomly.
another function, then remove the Touch Tone Settings. The Tone
USB device. . OFF: Returns to normal Settings menu is displayed. See
playback. “Tone Settings” under “Radio
Pause Controls” in Operation 0 176 To stop
. Touch j to pause. the device and select another media
source, touch Source, then select
. Touch r to resume. the other source.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Auto Volume . Play will start from the previously Changing to Next/Previous Song
played point after the system
Touch Auto Volume. The Auto
has finished reading the USB . Touch l to change to the
Volume menu is displayed. See next song.
“Auto Volume” under “Radio device.
Controls” in Operation 0 176 . If a non-readable USB device is . Touch g within two seconds of
Traffic Program (If Equipped) connected, an error message the playback time to play the
displays and the system will previous file.
Touch On or Off. switch to the previous audio Returning to the Beginning of the
MTP (Media Transfer Protocol) function.
Current File
If the iPod/iPhone is already
. Connect an MTP supported
connected: Touch g after two seconds of the
device. playback time.
. Play will start automatically after 1. Press {. Scanning Forward or Backward
the system has finished reading 2. Touch AUDIO.
the MTP device. Touch and hold g or l during
3. Touch Source. playback to rewind or fast forward.
. If a non-readable MTP device is
connected, an error message 4. Touch iPod. Release the button to resume
displays and the system will playback at normal speed.
To stop the device and select
switch to the previous audio another media source, touch Playing Files Randomly
function. Source, then select the other
source. Touch Z during playback.
iPod/iPhone Player
. ON: Plays all files randomly.
This feature is limited to models To remove the device, select
supporting the iPod/iPhone another function, then remove the . OFF: Returns to normal
connection. device. playback.
Playing Music Files Pause Using the iPod Menu
. Connect the iPod/iPhone to the . Touch j to pause. . Touch Menu during playback.
USB port. . Touch the appropriate
. Touch r to resume.
play mode.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Browse Music Viewing Pictures Rotating a Picture

1. Touch Browse Music. 1. Connect the USB device to the Touch w from the picture screen.
2. Touch the desired music. USB port.
Enlarging a Picture
Tone Settings 2. Touch the screen to open to full
screen. Touch the screen again Touch x from the picture screen.
Touch Tone Settings. The Tone to return to the previous
Settings menu is displayed. See screen. Using the USB Picture Menu
“Tone Settings” under “Radio 1. Touch MENU from the picture
Controls” in Operation 0 176 If the USB device is already
connected: screen.
Auto Volume 2. Touch the appropriate menu:
1. Press {.
Touch Auto Volume. The Auto . Slide Show Time: Allows
Volume menu is displayed. See 2. Touch GALLERY. selection of the slide show
“Auto Volume” under “Radio Some features are disabled while interval.
Controls” in Operation 0 176. the vehicle is in motion. . Clock, Temp. Display:
Picture System Information Viewing a Slide Show Allows selection of On or
The infotainment system can view Off to show the clock and
1. Touch z from the picture temperature on the full
picture files stored on a USB
screen. screen.
storage device and devices that
support Media Transfer 2. Touch the screen to cancel the . Display Settings: Adjusts
Protocol (MTP). slide show during the slide for Brightness and Contrast.
show playback.
. Supported file extensions: .jpg, 3. Touch 0 to exit.
.bmp, .png, .gif. Viewing a Previous or Next
. Animated GIF files are not Picture
supported. Touch S or T from the picture
. Some files may not operate due screen.
to a different recording format or
the condition of the file.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Phone contact lists clearly and delete

duplicate or rarely used entries. { Warning
If possible, program speed dial
Bluetooth (Overview) or other shortcuts. When using a cell phone, it can
® be distracting to look too long or
If equipped with Bluetooth . Review the controls and
capability, the system can interact too often at the screen of the
operation of the infotainment phone or the infotainment system.
with many Bluetooth phones, PDAs, system.
or other devices to: Taking your eyes off the road too
. Pair cell phone(s) to the vehicle. long or too often could cause a
. Place and receive hands-free The system may not work with crash resulting in injury or death.
calls. all cell phones. See “Pairing” Focus your attention on driving.
. Transmit hands-free data. under Bluetooth (Overview)
0 190 or Bluetooth (Infotainment
. Play audio streaming files. Vehicles with a Bluetooth system
Controls Radio with
. Placing outgoing calls by voice Touchscreen) 0 195 or Bluetooth can use a Bluetooth-capable cell
recognition. (Infotainment Controls Radio phone with a Hands-Free Profile to
without Touchscreen) 0 191. make and receive phone calls. The
The device must be paired first. See infotainment system is used to
“Pairing” under Bluetooth . See “Deleting a Bluetooth control the system. The system can
(Overview) 0 190 or Bluetooth Device” under Bluetooth be used while in ACC/ACCESSORY
(Infotainment Controls Radio with (Overview) 0 190 or Bluetooth or ON/RUN. See Retained
Touchscreen) 0 195 or Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls Radio Accessory Power (RAP) 0 230. Not
(Infotainment Controls Radio without with Touchscreen) 0 195 or all phones support all functions and
Touchscreen) 0 191. Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls not all phones work with the
To minimize driver distraction, Radio without Bluetooth system. See
before driving, and with the vehicle Touchscreen) 0 191. www.gm.com/bluetooth for more
parked: information about compatible
phones in the U.S. and
. Become familiar with the Canada only.
features of the cell phone.
Organize the phone book and The Bluetooth system range can be
up to 9.1 m (30 ft).
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
There may be restrictions on using Steering Wheel Controls Bluetooth (Infotainment

Bluetooth wireless technology in
some locations.
Controls Radio without
Due to the variety of Bluetooth
Touchscreen)
devices and their firmware versions, To use infotainment controls to
the device may respond differently access the menu system, see
when performing over Bluetooth. Overview 0 173.
On a current phone call, an image Pairing
of the current contact from the
phone's contact list may be A Bluetooth-enabled cell phone
displayed. Not all phones are must be paired to the Bluetooth
compatible with this feature. system and then connected to the
vehicle before it can be used. See
Refer to the cell phone your cell phone manufacturer's user
manufacturer’s user guide for guide for Bluetooth functions before
questions about the phone's g : Press to interact with Bluetooth pairing the cell phone. If a Bluetooth
Bluetooth functionality. or OnStar, if equipped. See phone is not connected, calls will be
Bluetooth (Overview) 0 190 or made using OnStar Hands-Free
Bluetooth Controls Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls Calling, if available. See OnStar
If equipped with Bluetooth capability, Radio with Touchscreen) 0 195 or Overview 0 397.
use the buttons on the infotainment Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls
system and the steering wheel to Radio without Touchscreen) 0 191 Pairing Information
operate the system. or OnStar Overview 0 397. . A Bluetooth phone with MP3
c : Press to silence the vehicle capability cannot be paired to
speakers only. Press again to turn the vehicle as a phone and an
the sound on. Press to reject an MP3 player at the same time.
incoming call or end a current call. . Up to five cell phones can be
paired to the Bluetooth system.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16

. The pairing process is disabled Pairing a Phone – SSP and No 3. Turn MENU to the desired
when the vehicle is moving. Paired Device device to pair.
. Pairing only needs to be When there is no paired device on 4. Press MENU to select the
completed once, unless the the infotainment system and Simple desired device to pair.
pairing information on the cell Secure Pairing (SSP) is supported: 5. When the Bluetooth device and
phone changes or the cell phone infotainment system are
is deleted from the system. 1. Press PHONE or press g on
the steering wheel without successfully paired, the phone
. Only one paired cell phone can OnStar. screen is displayed on the
be connected to the Bluetooth infotainment system. If no
system at a time. 2. Press Pair to search for desired device is available go
Bluetooth Devices. to Step 6.
. If multiple paired cell phones are
within range of the system, the 3. When the Bluetooth device and 6. Press Add to search for the
system connects to the first infotainment system are desired device.
available paired cell phone in the successfully paired, the phone
screen is displayed on the . The connected phone is
order that they were first paired.
infotainment system. highlighted by 5.
When the Bluetooth device and
infotainment system are Pairing a Phone – SSP and Paired . Z / 5 indicates the hands-free
successfully paired, the phone book Device and phone music functions are
is downloaded automatically. This is When a paired device is on the enabled.
dependent on the type of phone infotainment system and SSP is
paired. If the automatic download supported:
. 5 indicates only the hands-free
does not occur, proceed with the function is enabled.
phone book download on the 1. Press PHONE or press g on
phone. the steering wheel without
. Z indicates only Bluetooth
music is enabled.
OnStar.
2. Press MENU, then select
Bluetooth Devices.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Pairing a Phone – No SSP and No the Bluetooth device is turned off, a 6. Press Add to search for the
Paired Device failure message is displayed on the desired device.
When there is no paired device on infotainment system. . The connected phone is
the infotainment system and SSP is Pairing a Phone – No SSP and highlighted by 5.
not supported: Paired Device
. Z / 5 indicates the hands-free
1. Press PHONE or press g on When a paired device is on the
and phone music functions are
the steering wheel without infotainment system and SSP is not
enabled.
OnStar. supported:
2. Press Pair to search for 1. Press PHONE or press g on
. 5 indicates only the hands-free
Bluetooth Devices. function is enabled.
the steering wheel without
3. Input the Personal OnStar. . Z indicates only Bluetooth
Identification Number (PIN) 2. Press MENU, then select music is enabled.
code (default: 1234) to the Bluetooth Devices. Checking the Bluetooth
Bluetooth device. When the
3. Turn MENU to the desired Connection
Bluetooth device and
infotainment system are device to pair. 1. Press PHONE.
successfully paired, the 4. Press MENU to select the 2. Turn MENU to highlight
PHONE screen is displayed on desired device to pair. Bluetooth Devices.
the infotainment system. 5. Input the Personal 3. Press MENU to select
When the connection fails, a failure Identification Number (PIN) Bluetooth Devices.
message is displayed on the code (default: 1234) to the
infotainment system. Bluetooth device. When the 4. The paired device will show.
If a Bluetooth device was previously Bluetooth device and Disconnecting a Bluetooth Device
connected, the infotainment system infotainment system are
1. Press PHONE.
executes the auto connection. successfully paired, Z / 5 is
However, if the Bluetooth setting on displayed on the pair device 2. Turn MENU to highlight
screen. If no desired device is Bluetooth Devices.
available go to Step 6.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
3. Press MENU to select . From the cell phone or Bluetooth discontinued. Playing music from
Bluetooth Devices. device, find the Bluetooth device the car is not possible when
4. Turn MENU to highlight the type to set/connect the item as a there are no music files stored in
desired Bluetooth device. stereo headset. the cell phone.
5. Press Disconnect. . e will appear on the screen if . For Bluetooth music to play, the
the stereo headset is music must be played at least
Deleting a Bluetooth Device successfully connected. once from the music player
1. Press PHONE. mode of the cell phone or
. The sound played by the Bluetooth device after
2. Turn MENU to highlight Bluetooth device is delivered connecting as a stereo headset.
Bluetooth Devices. through the infotainment system. After being played at least once,
3. Press MENU to select . Bluetooth music can be played the music player will
Bluetooth Devices. only when a Bluetooth device automatically play upon entering
has been connected. To play play mode, and it will
4. Turn MENU to highlight the automatically stop when the
Bluetooth music, connect the
desired Bluetooth device. music player mode ends. If the
Bluetooth phone to the
5. Press Delete. infotainment system. cell phone or Bluetooth device is
not in the waiting screen mode,
Bluetooth Music . If the Bluetooth device is some devices may not
disconnected while playing automatically play in Bluetooth
Before playing Bluetooth music,
phone music, the music is music play mode.
read the following information.
discontinued. The audio
. A cell phone or Bluetooth device streaming function may not be Playing Bluetooth Music
that supports Advanced Audio supported in some Bluetooth Press Media repeatedly, until
Distribution Profile (A2DP) phones. Only one function can Bluetooth Audio is selected.
versions over 1.2 must be be used at a time between the
registered and connected to the Bluetooth hands-free or Phone Pause
product. music function. For example,
if you convert to Bluetooth Turn MENU to highlight j, then
hands-free while playing Phone press MENU to pause.
music, the music is
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Turn MENU to highlight r, then This function may not be supported . Sounds may be cut off during
press MENU to resume. depending on the cell phone. the Bluetooth music playback.
Do not change the track too quickly . The infotainment system outputs
Playing the Next Song
when playing Bluetooth music. the audio from the cell phone or
Turn MENU to highlight l, then Conditions that may occur when Bluetooth device as it is
press MENU to pause. playing Bluetooth music: transmitted.
Playing the Previous Song . It takes time to transmit data Bluetooth (Infotainment
from the cell phone to the
Turn MENU to highlight g, then Controls Radio with
infotainment system.
press MENU within two seconds of Touchscreen)
playback time to play the . If the cell phone or Bluetooth
previous song. device is not in the waiting To use infotainment controls to
screen mode, it may not access the menu system, see
Returning to the Beginning of the automatically play. Overview 0 173.
Current Song
. The infotainment system Pairing
Turn MENU to highlight g, then transmits the order to play from
press MENU after two seconds of the cell phone in the Bluetooth A Bluetooth-enabled cell phone
playback time. music play mode. If this is done must be paired to the Bluetooth
in a different mode, then the system and then connected to the
Search device transmits the order to vehicle before it can be used. See
your cell phone manufacturer's user
Turn MENU to highlight g or l, stop. Depending on the cell
guide for Bluetooth functions before
then press and hold MENU to phone’s options, this order to
play/stop may take time to pairing the cell phone. If a Bluetooth
rewind or fast forward. phone is not connected, calls will be
activate.
Playing Music Randomly made using OnStar Hands-Free
. If the Bluetooth music playback Calling, if available. See OnStar
Turn MENU to highlight Z, then is not functioning, then check to Overview 0 397.
press MENU during playback. Press see if the cell phone is in the
MENU again to return to waiting screen mode.
normal play.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Pairing Information does not occur, proceed with the Pairing a Phone – SSP and Paired
. A Bluetooth phone with MP3 phone book download on the Device
capability cannot be paired to phone. When a paired device is on the
the vehicle as a phone and an Pairing a Phone – SSP and No infotainment system and SSP is
MP3 player at the same time. Paired Device supported:
. Up to 10 cell phones can be When there is no paired device on 1. Press {.
paired to the Bluetooth system. the infotainment system and Simple
Secure Pairing (SSP) is supported: 2. Touch SETTINGS.
. The pairing process is disabled
3. Touch Bluetooth, then Device
when the vehicle is moving. 1. Press {. Management.
. Pairing only needs to be
completed once, unless the 2. Touch PHONE, press 5 on the 4. Touch the desired device to
pairing information on the cell faceplate, or press g on the pair. When the Bluetooth
phone changes or the cell phone steering wheel without OnStar. device and infotainment system
is deleted from the system. are successfully paired, Z / 5
3. Touch Search Device.
. Only one paired cell phone can is displayed on the pair device
4. Touch the desired device to screen. If no desired device is
be connected to the Bluetooth pair on the searched list
system at a time. available go to Step 5.
screen.
. If multiple paired cell phones are 5. Touch Search Device to search
5. Touch Yes on the pop-up for the desired device.
within range of the system, the
screen of the Bluetooth device
system connects to the first and infotainment system. 6. Touch the desired device to
available paired cell phone in the pair on the searched list
order that they were first paired. 6. When the Bluetooth device and screen.
infotainment system are
When the Bluetooth device and 7. Touch Yes on the pop-up
successfully paired, the phone
infotainment system are screen is displayed on the screen of the Bluetooth device
successfully paired, the phone book infotainment system. and infotainment system.
is downloaded automatically. This is . The connected phone is
dependent on the type of phone
paired. If the automatic download highlighted by 5.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
. Z / 5 indicates the hands-free infotainment system are are successfully paired, Z / 5

and phone music functions are successfully paired, the is displayed on the pair device
enabled. PHONE screen is displayed on screen. If no desired device is
the infotainment system. available go to Step 5.
. 5 indicates only the hands-free When the connection fails, a failure
function is enabled. 5. Touch Search Device to search
message is displayed on the for the desired device.
. Z indicates only Bluetooth infotainment system.
6. Touch the desired device to
music is enabled. If a Bluetooth device was previously pair on the searched list
connected, the infotainment system screen.
Pairing a Phone – No SSP and No
executes the auto connection.
Paired Device 7. Input the Personal
However, if the Bluetooth setting on
When there is no paired device on the Bluetooth device is turned off, a Identification Number (PIN)
the infotainment system and SSP is failure message is displayed on the code (default: 1234) to the
not supported: infotainment system. Bluetooth device. When the
1. Press {. Pairing a Phone – No SSP and infotainment system are
Paired Device successfully paired, Z / 5 is
2. Touch PHONE, press 5 on the
When a paired device is on the displayed on the pair device
faceplate, or press g on the infotainment system and SSP is not screen.
steering wheel without OnStar. supported: . The connected phone is
3. Touch Search Device.
1. Press {. highlighted by 5.
4. Touch the desired device to
pair on the searched list 2. Touch SETTINGS. . Z / 5 indicates the hands-free
screen. 3. Touch Bluetooth, then Device and phone music functions are
5. Input the Personal Management. enabled.
Identification Number (PIN) 4. Touch the desired device to . 5 indicates only the hands-free
code (default: 1234) to the pair. When the Bluetooth function is enabled.
Bluetooth device. When the device and infotainment system
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
. Z indicates only Bluetooth 4. Touch the name of the device . e will appear on the screen if
music is enabled. to be disconnected. the stereo headset is
5. Touch Disconnect. successfully connected.
Connecting a Paired Bluetooth
Device Deleting a Bluetooth Device . The sound played by the
Bluetooth device is delivered
1. Press {. 1. Press {. through the infotainment system.
2. Touch SETTINGS. 2. Touch SETTINGS. . Bluetooth music can be played
3. Touch Bluetooth, then Device 3. Touch Bluetooth, then Device only when a Bluetooth device
Management. Management. has been connected. To play
Bluetooth music, connect the
4. Touch the device to be 4. Touch the device to delete. Bluetooth phone to the
connected. infotainment system.
5. Touch Y.
Checking the Bluetooth . If the Bluetooth device is
Connection 6. Touch Delete. disconnected while playing
phone music, the music is
1. Press {. Bluetooth Music
discontinued. The audio
2. Touch SETTINGS. Before playing Bluetooth music, streaming function may not be
read the following information: supported in some Bluetooth
3. Touch Bluetooth, then Device
. A cell phone or Bluetooth device phones. Only one function can
Management.
that supports Advanced Audio be used at a time between the
4. The paired device will show. Distribution Profile (A2DP) Bluetooth hands-free or Phone
Disconnecting a Bluetooth Device versions over 1.2 must be music function. For example,
registered and connected to the if you convert to Bluetooth
1. Press {. product. hands-free while playing Phone
. From the cell phone or Bluetooth music, the music is
2. Touch SETTINGS.
device, find the Bluetooth device discontinued. Playing music from
3. Touch Bluetooth, then Device type to set/connect the item as a the car is not possible when
Management. stereo headset. there are no music files stored in
the cell phone.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Playing Bluetooth Music Playing Music Randomly . If the Bluetooth music playback
is not functioning, then check to
1. Press {. Touch Z during playback. Touch see if the Bluetooth device is in
2. Touch AUDIO. again to return to normal play. the waiting screen mode.
3. Touch Source. This function may not be supported . Sounds may be cut off during
depending on the Bluetooth device. the Bluetooth music playback.
4. Touch Bluetooth.
Do not change the track too quickly . The infotainment system outputs
Pause when playing Bluetooth music. the audio from the cell phone or
Touch j to pause. Conditions that may occur when Bluetooth device as it is
playing Bluetooth music: transmitted.
Touch r to resume. . It takes time to transmit data
Playing the Next Song from the Bluetooth device to the Apple CarPlay and
infotainment system. Android Auto
Touch l. . If the cell phone or Bluetooth If equipped, Android Auto™ and/or
Playing the Previous Song device is not in the waiting Apple CarPlay™ capability may be
screen mode, it may not available through a compatible
Touch g within two seconds of automatically play. smartphone. If available, a
playback time to play the PROJECTION icon will appear as
previous song. . The infotainment system
Android Auto or Car Play on the
transmits the order to play from
Returning to the Beginning of the Home Page of the infotainment
the Bluetooth device in the
Current Song display.
Bluetooth music play mode.
If this is done in a different To use Android Auto and/or Apple
Touch g after two seconds of
mode, then the device transmits CarPlay:
playback time. the order to stop. Depending on 1. Download the Android Auto
Search the Bluetooth device options, app to your phone from the
this order to play/stop may take Google™ Play store. There is
Touch and hold g or l to rewind time to activate.
or fast forward.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
no app required for Apple Android Auto is provided by Google infotainment system and voice
CarPlay. Use the latest and is subject to Google’s terms control are used to operate the
available operation system. and privacy policy. CarPlay is system. Not all phones support all
2. Connect your Android phone or provided by Apple and is subject to functions and not all phones work
Apple iPhone by using the Apple’s terms and privacy policy. with the Hands-Free Phone system.
compatible phone USB cable For Android Auto support see
https://support.google.com/ Hands-Free Phone Controls
and plugging into a USB data
port. For best performance, use androidauto or Apple CarPlay Use the buttons on the infotainment
the device’s factory-provided support at https://www.apple.com/ system and the steering wheel to
USB cable. Aftermarket or ios/carplay/. Apple or Google may operate the Hands-Free Phone
third-party cables may change or suspend availability at system.
not work. any time. Android Auto is a
trademark of Google Inc.; Apple Steering Wheel Controls
The PROJECTION icon on the CarPlay is a trademark of Apple Inc. Steering wheel controls can be
Home Page will change to Android used to:
Auto or Apple CarPlay depending Hands-Free Phone
on the phone. Android Auto and/or . Answer incoming calls.
Apple CarPlay may automatically General Information without . Confirm system information.
launch upon USB connection. If not, Touchscreen . End a call.
touch the ANDROID AUTO and/or
APPLE CARPLAY icon on the If equipped, press g, select OnStar . Decline a call.
Home Page to launch. Hands-Free Calling, then say the . Cancel an operation.
desired number.
For further information on how to set . Make outgoing calls using the
up Android Auto and Apple CarPlay General Information with call list.
in the vehicle, see Touchscreen
www.my.chevrolet.com for the U.S. g : Press to answer incoming calls.
and www.chevroletowner.ca for If equipped, vehicles with a
Hands-Free Phone system can use c : Press to end a call, decline a
Canada only or Customer call, or cancel an operation.
Assistance Offices 0 385. a Bluetooth-capable cell phone with
a hands-free profile to make and
receive phone calls. The
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Making a Call by Entering a Phone . Press g on the steering wheel 3. Touch the phone book entry
Number controls to display the redial to call.
. Press 5 on the faceplate. guidance screen. 4. Touch the number to dial.
. Press {, then touch PHONE on

. Touch 5 on the phone screen. Searching for Contacts Entries
the screen. Redialing is not possible when there 1. Touch Contacts on the phone
is no call history. screen.
. Press g on the steering wheel.
Taking Calls 2. Touch 9 on the contacts
If a wrong number is entered, touch
screen.
} to delete the number one digit at When a phone call comes through
a time, or touch and hold } to the connected Bluetooth cell phone, 3. Use the keypad to input the
the audio system will be muted or name to search. See
delete all digits of the number.
paused and the phone will ring with “Searching for a Name”
Switching a Call to the Cell Phone the relevant information displayed. following.
(Private Mode)
To accept the call, press g on the 4. Touch the phone book entry
To switch the call from the cell to call.
steering wheel controls, touch 5 on
phone to hands-free:
the screen, or press 5 on the 5. If there is more than one
1. Touch 0. faceplate. number associated with the
name, touch the number
2. Touch 0 again to switch back To decline the call, press c on the to dial.
to hands-free. steering wheel controls or touch When the Bluetooth device and
Turning the Microphone On Reject on the screen. infotainment system are
and Off Using the Contacts Menu successfully paired, the phone book
may download. Some phones may
Touch 3 to turn the microphone on 1. Touch Contacts on the phone not download automatically. If this
or off. screen. happens, connect it again or
Calling by Redial 2. Touch Q or R to scroll through proceed with the phone book
the list. download on the phone.
To call by using redial:
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Searching for a Name . Y Missed calls. Trademarks and

Select characters by using the
keypad on the phone book screen.
. X Received calls. License Agreements
As characters are selected, the 3. Select the contact entry to call. FCC Information
names that include those characters
will display on the phone book Making a Call with Speed Dial See Radio Frequency
screen. As more characters of the Numbers Statement 0 393.
name are entered, the list of Touch and hold the speed dial Bluetooth®
possible names is shortened. number using the keypad on the
phone screen. The Bluetooth word mark and logos
To search for the name Alex: are owned by the Bluetooth® SIG,
1. Touch (abc) to select the first Only speed dial numbers already Inc. and any use of such marks by
character. stored on the cell phone can be General Motors is under license.
used for speed dial calls. Up to Other trademarks and trade names
2. Touch (jkl) three times to select two-digit speed dial numbers are are those of their respective owners.
the second character. supported.
3. Touch (def) two times to select For two-digit speed dial numbers,
the third character. touch and hold the second digit to
4. Touch (wxy) two times to select make a call to the speed dial
the fourth character. number.
Making a Call from Call History

1. Touch Call History on the DivX Certified® to play DivX® video,
phone screen. including premium content.
2. Touch one of the following for: Covered by one or more of the
following U.S. patents: 7,295,673;
. W All calls history. 7,460,668; 7,515,710; 7,519,274.
. [ Dialed calls.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
DivX®, DivX Certified® and support the SiriusXM website, the

associated logos are trademarks of Online Service or any of its content.
Rovi Corporation or its subsidiaries Furthermore, the AMBER voice
and are used under license. compression software included in
this product is protected by
intellectual property rights including
patent rights, copyrights, and trade
Fees and Taxes: Subscription fee, secrets of Digital Voice
taxes, one time activation fee, and Systems, Inc.
other fees may apply. Subscription
fee is consumer only. All fees and General Requirements:
programming subject to change. 1. A License Agreement from
“Made for iPod” and “Made for Subscriptions subject to Customer SiriusXM is required for any
iPhone” mean that an electronic Agreement available at product that incorporates
accessory has been designed to www.siriusxm.com or SiriusXM Technology and/or for
connect specifically to iPod or www.siriusxm.ca. SiriusXM® service use of any of the SiriusXM
iPhone and has been certified by only available in the 48 contiguous marks to be manufactured,
the developer to meet Apple United States and Canada. distributed, or marketed in the
performance standards. In Canada: Some deterioration of SiriusXM Service Area.
iPod and iPhone are trademarks of service may occur in extreme 2. For products to be distributed,
Apple Computer, Inc., registered in northern latitudes. This is beyond marketed, and/or sold in
the U.S. and other countries. the control of SiriusXM® Satellite Canada, a separate agreement
Radio. is required with Canadian
It is prohibited to copy, decompile, Satellite Radio Inc. (operating
disassemble, reverse engineer, as SiriusXM Canada).
hack, manipulate, or otherwise
make available any technology or
software incorporated in receivers
compatible with the SiriusXM
Satellite Radio System or that
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
FreeType 2
Portions of this software are
®
copyright 2007-2012 The
FreeType Project
(www.freetype.org). All rights
reserved.
Libjpeg
The navigation software is based in
part on the work of the independent
JPEG Group.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Climate Controls 205
Climate Controls Climate Control Systems

The heating, cooling, and ventilation for the vehicle can be controlled with
Climate Control Systems this system.
Climate Control Systems . . . . . 205
Dual Automatic Climate
Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Air Vents
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Maintenance
Passenger Compartment Air
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
1. Fan Control 7. Air Delivery Mode Controls

2. MAX Defrost 8. Rear Window Defogger
3. A/C (Air Conditioning) or Max/ TEMP : Turn the knob clockwise or
Eco Air Conditioning (Stop/ counterclockwise to increase or
Start Only) decrease the temperature setting.
4. TEMP (Temperature Control) ^ : Turn the knob clockwise or
5. Driver and Passenger Heated counterclockwise to increase or
Seats (If Equipped) decrease the fan speed or turn the
fan off.
6. Recirculation
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
206 Climate Controls
Air Delivery Mode Controls : A/C : Press to turn the air This setting allows higher humidity
Press the air delivery mode buttons conditioning system on or off. If the inside the vehicle and window
to change the direction of the fan control is turned off or the fogging may occur before the
airflow. The indicator light in the outside temperature falls below engine restarts.
selected button will turn on. The freezing, the air conditioner will @ : Press to turn on recirculation.
current mode appears in the display not run. An indicator light comes on. Air is
screen. A/C (Max/Eco A/C For Stop/Start recirculated to quickly cool the
To change the current mode, select Vehicles) : Press to cycle between inside of the vehicle or to reduce the
one or more of the following modes: the max, eco, and off air entry of outside air and odors.
0 : Clears the windows of fog or conditioning modes. The indicator Auto Defog : The climate control
moisture. Air is directed to the will be lit in max and eco modes and system may have a sensor to
windshield. turns off when there is no A/C automatically detect high humidity
function. If the fan is turned off, the inside the vehicle. When high
{ : Air is directed to the air conditioner will not run and the humidity is detected, the climate
instrument panel outlets. indicator light will turn off. control system may adjust to
z : Air is directed to the floor For max a/c, press A/C. The outside air supply and turn on the
outlets. indicator will turn amber. Auto stops air conditioner. If the climate control
0 MAX : Air is directed to the will occur less frequently, be shorter, system does not detect possible
windshield and the fan runs at a and will not occur in extremely warm window fogging, it returns to normal
higher speed. This mode overrides weather. operation.
the previous mode selected and For eco a/c, press A/C again. The To turn Auto Defog off or on, see
clears fog or frost from the indicator will turn green. This setting “Climate and Air Quality” under
windshield more quickly. When the balances fuel economy and air Vehicle Personalization 0 147.
button is pressed again, the system conditioning comfort. In warm
returns to the previous mode setting weather conditions, auto stops may
and fan speed. occur more frequently, last longer,
For best results, clear all snow and and the vehicle interior may be
ice from the windshield before warmer during auto stops as
defrosting. compared to the max a/c setting.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Rear Window Defogger If the vehicle is equipped with Remote Start Climate Control
heated outside mirrors, they turn on Operation : If equipped with remote
K : Press to turn the rear window when the rear window defogger start, the climate control system
defogger on or off. An indicator light
button is on and help to clear fog or may run when the vehicle is started
on the button comes on to show that
frost from the surface of the mirror. remotely. The system uses the
the rear window defogger is on. The
See Heated Mirrors 0 49. driver’s previous settings to heat or
defogger turns off when the ignition
cool the inside of the vehicle. The
is placed in the ACC/ACCESSORY
Caution rear defog may come on during
or LOCK/OFF position.
remote start based on cold ambient
The upper lines on the rear window Do not try to clear frost or other conditions. The rear defog indicator
are antenna grids and are not material from the inside of the light does not come on during a
intended to defrost the glass. front windshield and rear window remote start. The front heated seats
The rear window defogger can be with a razor blade or anything will turn on if it is cold outside. The
set to automatic operation. See else that is sharp. This may heated seat indicator lights do not
“Climate and Air Quality” under damage the rear window come on during a remote start.
Vehicle Personalization 0 147. defogger grid and affect the
When Auto Rear Defog is selected, radio's ability to pick up stations
the rear window defogger turns on clearly. The repairs would not be
automatically when the interior covered by the vehicle warranty.
temperature is cold and the outside
temperature is about 7 °C (44 °F)
and below. The auto rear defogger L or M : If equipped, press L or M
turns off automatically. to heat the driver or passenger seat.
See Heated and Ventilated Front
Seats 0 60.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Dual Automatic Climate Control System Automatic Operation

The system automatically controls
The heating, cooling, and ventilation for the vehicle can be controlled with
the fan speed, air delivery, air
this system.
conditioning, and recirculation in
order to heat or cool the vehicle to
the desired temperature.
When AUTO is lit, all four functions
operate automatically. Each function
can also be manually set and the
selected setting is displayed.
Functions not manually set will
continue to be automatically
controlled, even if the AUTO
indicator is not lit.
For automatic operation:
1. Press AUTO.
1. Driver and Passenger 7. Driver and Passenger Heated 2. Set the temperature. Allow the
Ventilated Seats (If Equipped) Seats (If Equipped) system time to stabilize. Adjust
2. Driver and Passenger 8. SYNC the temperature as needed for
Temperature Controls best comfort.
9. Recirculation
3. MAX Defrost To improve fuel efficiency and to
10. Power (On/Off) cool the vehicle faster with A/C on,
4. Fan Controls 11. Air Delivery Mode Controls the system will automatically turn on
5. AUTO (Automatic Operation) recirculation in warm weather. The
12. Rear Window Defogger
recirculation light will not be lit.
6. A/C (Air Conditioning) or Max/
Eco Air Conditioning (Stop/
Start Only)
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Press @ to manually select automatic fan control and the fan is maximum. This mode overrides the
recirculation and the indicator light controlled manually. Press AUTO to previous mode selected and clears
will turn on. Press it again to select return to automatic operation. fog or frost from the windshield
outside air and the indicator light will Air Delivery Mode Controls : more quickly. When the button is
turn off. pressed again, the system returns
Press 0, d, or c to change to the previous mode setting and
Driver and Passenger the direction of the airflow. Any fan speed.
Temperature Controls : The combination of the three buttons
temperature can be adjusted can be selected. The indicator light For best results, clear all snow and
separately for the driver and the in the button will turn on. The ice from the windshield before
passenger. Turn the knob clockwise current mode appears in the display defrosting.
or counterclockwise to increase or screen. Pressing any button cancels A/C : Press to turn the air
decrease the driver or passenger automatic air delivery control and conditioning system on or off. If the
temperature setting. the direction of the airflow is fan control is turned off or the
SYNC : Press to link the passenger controlled manually. Press AUTO to outside temperature falls below
temperature settings to the driver return to automatic operation. freezing, the air conditioner will
setting. The SYNC indicator light will To change the current mode, select not run.
turn on. When the passenger one or more of the following modes: Pressing this button cancels
settings are adjusted, the SYNC 0 : Clears the windows of fog or automatic air conditioning and turns
indicator light turns off. moisture. Air is directed to the off the air conditioner. Press AUTO
Manual Operation windshield. to return to automatic operation and
the air conditioner runs
O : Press to turn the fan off or on. d : Air is directed to the instrument automatically as needed. When the
panel outlets. indicator light is on, the air
^Q or ^ R : Press to increase or
decrease the fan speed. The fan c : Air is directed to the floor conditioner runs automatically to
speed setting appears on the main outlets. cool the air inside the vehicle or to
display. When the fan speed is dry the air needed to defog the
0 MAX : Air is directed to the windshield faster.
decreased completely, the fan turns windshield, the fan runs at a higher
off. Pressing either button cancels speed, and the temperature of the
air is increased if not already at
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
A/C (Max/Eco A/C For Stop/Start inside the vehicle and window Rear Window Defogger
Vehicles) : Press to cycle between fogging may occur before the
the max, eco, and off air engine restarts.
K : Press to turn the rear window
defogger on or off. An indicator light
conditioning modes. The indicator @ : Press to turn on recirculation. on the button comes on to show that
will be lit in max and eco modes and An indicator light comes on. Air is the rear window defogger is on. The
turns off when there is no A/C recirculated to quickly cool the rear window defogger only works
function. If the fan is turned off, the inside of the vehicle or to reduce the when the ignition is in ON/RUN. The
air conditioner will not run and the entry of outside air and odors. defogger turns off when the ignition
indicator light will turn off.
If selected during cool or cold is placed in the ACC/ACCESSORY
Press AUTO to return to automatic weather, the windshield and or LOCK/OFF position.
operation and the air conditioner windows may fog. Turn off The upper lines on the rear window
runs automatically as needed. With recirculation to help clear the are antenna grids and are not
Stop/Start vehicles, the A/C will windshield and windows. intended to defrost the glass.
return to eco a/c operation.
Auto Defog : The climate control The rear window defogger can be
For max a/c, press A/C. The system may have a sensor to set to automatic operation. See
indicator will turn amber. Auto stops automatically detect high humidity “Climate and Air Quality” under
will occur less frequently, be shorter, inside the vehicle. When high Vehicle Personalization 0 147.
and will not occur in extremely warm humidity is detected, the climate When Auto Rear Defog is selected,
weather. control system may adjust to the rear window defogger turns on
For eco a/c, press A/C again. The outside air supply and turn on the automatically when the interior
indicator will turn green. This setting air conditioner. The fan speed may temperature is cold and the outside
balances fuel economy and air slightly increase to help prevent temperature is about 7 °C (44 °F)
conditioning comfort. In warm fogging. If the climate control and below. The auto rear defogger
weather conditions, auto stops may system does not detect possible turns off automatically.
occur more frequently, last longer, window fogging, it returns to normal
If the vehicle is equipped with
and the vehicle interior may be operation.
heated outside rearview mirrors,
warmer during auto stops as To turn Auto Defog off or on, see they turn on when the rear window
compared to the max a/c setting. “Climate and Air Quality” under
This setting allows higher humidity Vehicle Personalization 0 147.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
defogger button is on and help to

clear fog or frost from the surface of
Remote Start Climate Control
Operation : If equipped with remote
Air Vents
the mirror. See Heated Mirrors 0 49. start, the climate control system
may run when the vehicle is started
Caution remotely. The system will use the
defrost setting if it is cold outside or
Do not try to clear frost or other turn on using the coldest settings if
material from the inside of the it is hot outside. The rear defog may
front windshield and rear window come on during remote start based
with a razor blade or anything on cold ambient conditions. The
else that is sharp. This may rear defog indicator light does not
damage the rear window come on during a remote start. The
defogger grid and affect the front heated seats will turn on if it is
radio's ability to pick up stations cold outside. The heated seat
indicator lights do not come on
clearly. The repairs would not be
during a remote start. Use the louvers on the air vents to
covered by the vehicle warranty.
change the direction of the airflow,
Sensor or to open and close off the airflow.
Driver and Passenger Heated and The solar sensor, on top of the
Ventilated Seats : If equipped, instrument panel near the
press L or M to heat the driver or windshield, monitors the solar heat.
passenger seat. The climate control system uses the
sensor information to adjust the
If equipped, press { or C to
temperature, fan speed,
ventilate the driver or passenger recirculation, and air delivery mode
seat. See Heated and Ventilated for best comfort.
Front Seats 0 60.
Do not cover the sensor; otherwise
the automatic climate control system
may not work properly.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Operation Tips Maintenance 2. Disconnect the glove box door

dampener arm from the glove
. Keep all outlets open whenever
box door assembly.
possible for best system Passenger Compartment
performance. 3. Squeeze both sides of the
Air Filter glove box door to open beyond
. Keep the path under all seats
clear of objects to help circulate The filter removes dust, pollen, and the stops.
the air inside the vehicle more other airborne irritants from outside
effectively. air that is pulled into the vehicle.
. Use of non-GM approved hood The filter should be replaced as part
deflectors can adversely affect of routine scheduled maintenance;
the performance of the system. see Maintenance Schedule 0 369.
To find out what type of filter to use,
. Do not attach any devices to the see Maintenance Replacement
air vent slats; this restricts Parts 0 378.
airflow and may cause damage
to the air vents. 1. Open the glove box completely.
4. Release the retainer clips

holding the service door. Open
the service door and remove
the old filter.
5. Install the new air filter.
6. Close the service door and
retainer clips.
7. Reverse the steps to reinstall
the glove box.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
See your dealer if additional

assistance is needed.
Service
All vehicles have a label underhood
that identifies the refrigerant used in
the vehicle. The refrigerant system
should only be serviced by trained
and certified technicians. The air
conditioning evaporator should
never be repaired or replaced by
one from a salvage vehicle.
It should only be replaced by a new
evaporator to ensure proper and
safe operation.
During service, all refrigerants
should be reclaimed with proper
equipment. Venting refrigerants
directly to the atmosphere is harmful
to the environment and may also
create unsafe conditions based on
inhalation, combustion, frostbite,
or other health-based concerns.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
214 Driving and Operating
Driving and Extended Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 Assistance Systems for

Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Engine Exhaust
Operating Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Running the Vehicle While Forward Automatic
Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233 Braking (FAB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Driving Information
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 Automatic Transmission Front Pedestrian Braking
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 233 (FPB) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Drunk Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235 Side Blind Zone
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 216 Alert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 Brakes Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . 264
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 Antilock Brake Lane Departure
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 217 System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237 Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . 266
Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . 218 Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . 238
Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239 Fuel
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . 219 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . 240
Regenerative Braking California Fuel
If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . 221 Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 222 (Hybrid Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 269
Starting and Operating Ride Control Systems Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . 225 Traction Control/Electronic Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225 Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 Filling a Portable Fuel
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . 227 Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
Cruise Control
Engine Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Retained Accessory Adaptive Cruise Control . . . . . . 245
Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 Driver Assistance Systems
Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . 231 Driver Assistance Systems . . . 252
Parking over Things Assistance Systems for
That Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 Parking or Backing . . . . . . . . . . 253
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Driving and Operating 215
Trailer Towing Driving Information . Designate a front seat

passenger to handle potential
General Towing
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 distractions.
Driving Characteristics and Distracted Driving
. Become familiar with vehicle
Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 Distraction comes in many forms features before driving, such as
Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 and can take your focus from the programming favorite radio
Towing Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . 276 task of driving. Exercise good stations and adjusting climate
judgment and do not let other control and seat settings.
Conversions and Add-Ons activities divert your attention away
Add-On Electrical Program all trip information into
from the road. Many local any navigation device prior to
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
governments have enacted laws driving.
regarding driver distraction. Become
familiar with the local laws in . Wait until the vehicle is parked
your area. to retrieve items that have fallen
to the floor.
To avoid distracted driving, keep
your eyes on the road, keep your . Stop or park the vehicle to tend
hands on the steering wheel, and to children.
focus your attention on driving. . Keep pets in an appropriate
. Do not use a phone in carrier or restraint.
demanding driving situations. . Avoid stressful conversations
Use a hands-free method to while driving, whether with a
place or receive necessary passenger or on a cell phone.
phone calls.
. Watch the road. Do not read, { Warning
take notes, or look up
information on phones or other Taking your eyes off the road too
electronic devices. long or too often could cause a
crash resulting in injury or death.
Focus your attention on driving.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Refer to the Infotainment section for Average driver reaction time is

more information on using that { Warning about three-quarters of a second. In
system, including pairing and using that time, a vehicle moving at
a cell phone. Drinking and then driving is very 100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m
dangerous. Your reflexes, (66 ft), which could be a lot of
Defensive Driving perceptions, attentiveness, and distance in an emergency.
judgment can be affected by even
Defensive driving means “always a small amount of alcohol. You Helpful braking tips to keep in mind
expect the unexpected.” The first can have a serious — or even include:
step in driving defensively is to wear fatal — collision if you drive after . Keep enough distance between
the safety belt. See Safety drinking. you and the vehicle in front
Belts 0 64. of you.
Do not drink and drive or ride with
. Assume that other road users . Avoid needless heavy braking.
a driver who has been drinking.
(pedestrians, bicyclists, and
Ride home in a cab; or if you are . Keep pace with traffic.
other drivers) are going to be
with a group, designate a driver
careless and make mistakes. If the engine ever stops while the
Anticipate what they might do who will not drink.
vehicle is being driven, brake
and be ready. normally but do not pump the
. Allow enough following distance Control of a Vehicle brakes. Doing so could make the
between you and the driver in pedal harder to push down. If the
Braking, steering, and accelerating engine stops, there will be some
front of you. are important factors in helping to power brake assist but it will be
. Focus on the task of driving. control a vehicle while driving. used when the brake is applied.
Once the power assist is used up, it
Drunk Driving Braking can take longer to stop and the
Death and injury associated with Braking action involves perception brake pedal will be harder to push.
drinking and driving is a global time and reaction time. Deciding to
tragedy. push the brake pedal is perception
time. Actually doing it is
reaction time.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Steering Curve Tips Off-Road Recovery

. Take curves at a reasonable
Electric Power Steering
speed.
The vehicle has electric power
. Reduce speed before entering a
steering. It does not have power
steering fluid. Regular maintenance curve.
is not required. . Maintain a reasonable steady
If power steering assist is lost due speed through the curve.
to a system malfunction, the vehicle . Wait until the vehicle is out of
can be steered, but may require the curve before accelerating
increased effort. gently into the straightaway.
See your dealer if there is a Steering in Emergencies
problem.
. There are some situations when
If the steering wheel is turned until it steering around a problem may The vehicle's right wheels can drop
reaches the end of its travel and is be more effective than braking. off the edge of a road onto the
held against that position for an shoulder while driving. Follow
extended period of time, power . Holding both sides of the
steering wheel allows you to turn these tips:
steering assist may be reduced.
180 degrees without removing 1. Ease off the accelerator and
If the steering assist is used for an a hand. then, if there is nothing in the
extended period of time, power way, steer the vehicle so that it
assist may be reduced. . The Antilock Brake System
(ABS) allows steering while straddles the edge of the
Normal use of the power steering braking. pavement.
assist should return when the 2. Turn the steering wheel about
system cools down. one-eighth of a turn, until the
See specific vehicle steering right front tire contacts the
messages under Service Vehicle pavement edge.
Messages 0 145. See your dealer if
there is a problem.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
3. Turn the steering wheel to go The vehicle may straighten out. Always drive slower in these types
straight down the roadway. Be ready for a second skid if it of driving conditions and avoid
occurs. driving through large puddles and
Loss of Control . Slow down and adjust your deep-standing or flowing water.
driving according to weather
Skidding
conditions. Stopping distance { Warning
There are three types of skids that can be longer and vehicle
correspond to the vehicle's three control can be affected when Wet brakes can cause crashes.
control systems: traction is reduced by water, They might not work as well in a
. Braking Skid — wheels are not snow, ice, gravel, or other quick stop and could cause
material on the road. Learn to pulling to one side. You could
rolling.
recognize warning clues — such lose control of the vehicle.
. Steering or Cornering Skid — as enough water, ice, or packed
too much speed or steering in a After driving through a large
snow on the road to make a puddle of water or a car/vehicle
curve causes tires to slip and mirrored surface — and slow
lose cornering force. wash, lightly apply the brake
down when you have any doubt.
pedal until the brakes work
. Acceleration Skid — too much . Try to avoid sudden steering, normally.
throttle causes the driving acceleration, or braking,
wheels to spin. including reducing vehicle speed Flowing or rushing water creates
by shifting to a lower gear. Any strong forces. Driving through
Defensive drivers avoid most skids
sudden changes could cause flowing water could cause the
by taking reasonable care suited to
existing conditions, and by not the tires to slide. vehicle to be carried away. If this
overdriving those conditions. But happens, you and other vehicle
Remember: Antilock brakes help occupants could drown. Do not
skids are always possible. avoid only the braking skid.
ignore police warnings and be
If the vehicle starts to slide, follow very cautious about trying to drive
these suggestions: Driving on Wet Roads through flowing water.
. Ease your foot off the Rain and wet roads can reduce
accelerator pedal and steer the vehicle traction and affect your
way you want the vehicle to go. ability to stop and accelerate.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Hydroplaning Hill and Mountain Roads

Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water
{ Warning
Driving on steep hills or through
can build up under the vehicle's mountains is different than driving Coasting downhill in N (Neutral)
tires so they actually ride on the on flat or rolling terrain. Tips include: or with the ignition off is
water. This can happen if the road is dangerous. This can cause
. Keep the vehicle serviced and in
wet enough and you are going fast overheating of the brakes and
enough. When the vehicle is good shape.
loss of steering. Always have the
hydroplaning, it has little or no . Check all fluid levels and brakes, engine running and the vehicle
contact with the road. tires, cooling system, and in gear.
There is no hard and fast rule about transmission.
hydroplaning. The best advice is to . Shift to a lower gear when going . Drive at speeds that keep the
slow down when the road is wet. down steep or long hills. vehicle in its own lane. Do not
Other Rainy Weather Tips swing wide or cross the
Besides slowing down, other wet
{ Warning center line.
weather driving tips include: Using the brakes to slow the . Be alert on top of hills;
vehicle on a long downhill slope something could be in your lane
. Allow extra following distance. (e.g., stalled car, accident).
can cause brake overheating, can
. Pass with caution. reduce brake performance, and . Pay attention to special road
. Keep windshield wiping could result in a loss of braking. signs (e.g., falling rocks area,
equipment in good shape. Shift the transmission to a lower winding roads, long grades,
. gear to let the engine assist the passing or no-passing zones)
Keep the windshield washer fluid
brakes on a steep downhill slope. and take appropriate action.
reservoir filled.
. Have good tires with proper
tread depth. See Tires 0 317.
. Turn off cruise control.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Winter Driving clear roads in shaded areas.

The surface of a curve or an { Warning
Driving on Snow or Ice overpass can remain icy when
the surrounding roads are clear. Snow can trap engine exhaust
Snow or ice between the tires and under the vehicle. This may
the road creates less traction or Avoid sudden steering
maneuvers and braking while cause exhaust gases to get
grip, so drive carefully. Wet ice can inside. Engine exhaust contains
occur at about 0 °C (32 °F) when on ice.
carbon monoxide (CO), which
freezing rain begins to fall. Avoid . Turn off cruise control. cannot be seen or smelled. It can
driving on wet ice or in freezing rain
Blizzard Conditions cause unconsciousness and even
until roads can be treated.
death.
For Slippery Road Driving: Stop the vehicle in a safe place and
signal for help. Stay with the vehicle If the vehicle is stuck in snow:
. Accelerate gently. Accelerating unless there is help nearby. . Clear snow from the base of
too quickly causes the wheels to If possible, use Roadside the vehicle, especially any
spin and makes the surface Assistance. See Roadside blocking the exhaust pipe.
under the tires slick. Assistance Program 0 387. To get
help and keep everyone in the . Open a window about 5 cm
. Turn on Traction Control. See
vehicle safe: (2 in) on the vehicle side
Traction Control/Electronic
that is away from the wind,
Stability Control 0 241. . Turn on the hazard warning to bring in fresh air.
. The Antilock Brake System flashers.
. Fully open the air outlets on
(ABS) improves vehicle stability . Tie a red cloth to an outside or under the instrument
during hard stops, but the mirror. panel.
brakes should be applied sooner
than when on dry pavement. . Adjust the climate control
See Antilock Brake System system to circulate the air
(ABS) 0 236. inside the vehicle and set
. Allow greater following distance (Continued)
and watch for slippery spots. Icy
patches can occur on otherwise
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Warning (Continued)
If the Vehicle Is Stuck Rocking the Vehicle to Get
it Out
Slowly and cautiously spin the
the fan speed to the highest wheels to free the vehicle when Turn the steering wheel left and
setting. See “Climate stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. right to clear the area around the
Control Systems.” front wheels. Turn off any traction
If stuck too severely for the traction
For more information about CO, system. Shift back and forth
system to free the vehicle, turn the
between R (Reverse) and a low
see Engine Exhaust 0 232. traction system off and use the
forward gear, spinning the wheels
rocking method. See Traction
as little as possible. To prevent
To save fuel, run the engine for Control/Electronic Stability
transmission wear, wait until the
short periods to warm the vehicle Control 0 241.
wheels stop spinning before shifting
and then shut the engine off and gears. Release the accelerator
partially close the window. Moving { Warning pedal while shifting, and press
about to keep warm also helps. lightly on the accelerator pedal
If the vehicle's tires spin at high when the transmission is in gear.
If it takes time for help to arrive, speed, they can explode, and you
when running the engine, push the Slowly spinning the wheels in the
or others could be injured. The forward and reverse directions
accelerator pedal slightly so the vehicle can overheat, causing an
engine runs faster than the idle causes a rocking motion that could
engine compartment fire or other free the vehicle. If that does not get
speed. This keeps the battery
damage. Spin the wheels as little the vehicle out after a few tries, it
charged to restart the vehicle and to
signal for help with the headlamps. as possible and avoid going might need to be towed out. If the
Do this as little as possible, to above 56 km/h (35 mph). vehicle does need to be towed out,
save fuel. see Towing the Vehicle 0 355.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Vehicle Load Limits Warning (Continued)

the number of occupant seating
positions (1), and the maximum
It is very important to know how vehicle capacity weight (2) in
much weight the vehicle can crash. Overloading can also
reduce stopping distance, kilograms and pounds.
carry. This weight is called the
vehicle capacity weight and damage the tires, and shorten The Tire and Loading
includes the weight of all the life of the vehicle. Information label also shows the
occupants, cargo, and all tire size of the original
nonfactory-installed options. Tire and Loading Information equipment tires (3) and the
Two labels on the vehicle may Label recommended cold tire inflation
show how much weight it may pressures (4). For more
properly carry: the Tire and information on tires and inflation
Loading Information label and see Tires 0 317 and Tire
the Certification label. Pressure 0 325.
There is also important loading
{ Warning information on the Certification
label. It may show the Gross
Do not load the vehicle any Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR)
heavier than the Gross and the Gross Axle Weight
Vehicle Weight Rating Rating (GAWR) for the front and
(GVWR), or either the rear axle. See “Certification
maximum front or rear Gross Label” later in this section.
Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). Label Example
This can cause systems to A vehicle-specific Tire and
break and change the way the Loading Information label is
vehicle handles. This could attached to the vehicle's center
cause loss of control and a pillar (B-pillar). The Tire and
(Continued) Loading Information label shows
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
“Steps for Determining Correct load capacity is 650 lbs.

Load Limit– (1400-750 (5 x 150) =
1. Locate the statement "The 650 lbs.)
combined weight of 5. Determine the combined
occupants and cargo should weight of luggage and cargo
never exceed XXX kg or being loaded on the vehicle.
XXX lbs." on your vehicle’s That weight may not safely
placard. exceed the available cargo
2. Determine the combined and luggage load capacity
weight of the driver and calculated in Step 4.
passengers that will be 6. If your vehicle will be towing Example 1
riding in your vehicle. a trailer, load from your
3. Subtract the combined trailer will be transferred to 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight
weight of the driver and your vehicle. Consult this for Example 1 = 453 kg
passengers from XXX kg or manual to determine how (1,000 lbs).
XXX lbs. this reduces the available 2. Subtract Occupant
cargo and luggage load Weight @ 68 kg (150 lbs)
4. The resulting figure equals capacity of your vehicle.” ◊ 2 = 136 kg (300 lbs).
the available amount of
cargo and luggage load See Trailer Towing 0 275 for 3. Available Occupant and
important information on towing Cargo Weight = 317 kg
capacity. For example, if the
a trailer, towing safety rules, and (700 lbs).
"XXX" amount equals
1400 lbs. and there will be trailering tips.
five 150 lb passengers in
your vehicle, the amount of
available cargo and luggage
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
weight of the driver, passengers,

and cargo should never exceed
the vehicle's capacity weight.
Certification Label
Example 2 Example 3
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight

for Example 2 = 453 kg for Example 3 = 453 kg
(1,000 lbs). (1,000 lbs).
2. Subtract Occupant 2. Subtract Occupant Label Example
Weight @ 68 kg (150 lbs) Weight @ 91 kg A vehicle-specific Certification
◊ 5 = 340 kg (750 lbs). (200 lbs) ◊ 5 = 453 kg label is attached to the vehicle's
3. Available Cargo Weight (1,000 lbs). center pillar (B-pillar). The label
= 113 kg (250 lbs). 3. Available Cargo Weight may show the gross weight
= 0 kg (0 lbs). capacity of the vehicle, called
Refer to the vehicle's Tire and the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
Loading Information label for (GVWR). The GVWR includes
specific information about the the weight of the vehicle, all
vehicle's capacity weight and occupants, fuel, and cargo.
seating positions. The combined
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
{ Warning Starting and Caution (Continued)

Operating
Things inside the vehicle can breaking-in guideline every
strike and injure people in a time you get new brake
New Vehicle Break-In linings.
sudden stop or turn, or in a
crash. Following break-in, engine speed
Caution
. Put things in the cargo and load can be gradually
The vehicle does not need an increased.
area of the vehicle. In the
cargo area, put them as elaborate break-in. But it will
far forward as possible. perform better in the long run if Ignition Positions
Try to spread the weight you follow these guidelines:
evenly. . Do not drive at any one
constant speed, fast or slow,
. Never stack heavier for the first 805 km (500 mi).
things, like suitcases, Do not make full-throttle
inside the vehicle so that starts. Avoid downshifting to
some of them are above brake or slow the vehicle.
the tops of the seats. . Avoid making hard stops for
. Do not leave an the first 322 km (200 mi) or
unsecured child restraint so. During this time the new
in the vehicle. brake linings are not yet
broken in. Hard stops with
. Secure loose items in the new linings can mean
vehicle. premature wear and earlier The vehicle has an electronic
replacement. Follow this keyless ignition with pushbutton
. Do not leave a seat
folded down unless (Continued) start.
needed.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Pressing the button cycles it through If the vehicle is not in P (Park), the 3. Come to a complete stop, shift
three modes: ACC/ACCESSORY, ignition will return to ACC/ to P (Park), and turn the
ON/RUN/START, and Stopping the ACCESSORY and display the ignition to OFF. On vehicles
Engine/LOCK/OFF. message SHIFT TO PARK in the with an automatic transmission,
The RKE transmitter must be in the Driver Information Center (DIC). the shift lever must be in
vehicle for the system to operate. See Transmission Messages 0 146. P (Park) to turn the ignition
If the pushbutton start is not When the vehicle is shifted into switch to the OFF position.
working, the vehicle may be near a P (Park), the ignition system will 4. Set the parking brake. See
strong radio antenna signal causing switch to OFF. Parking Brake 0 237.
interference to the Keyless Access Do not turn the engine off when the
system. See Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System Operation 0 32.
vehicle is moving. This will cause a
loss of power assist in the brake
{ Warning
To shift out of P (Park), the vehicle and steering systems and disable Turning off the vehicle while
must be in ACC/ACCESSORY or the airbags. moving may cause loss of power
ON/RUN and the brake pedal must If the vehicle must be shut off in an assist in the brake and steering
be applied. emergency: systems and disable the airbags.
While driving, only shut the
Stopping the Engine/LOCK/ 1. Brake using a firm and steady
vehicle off in an emergency.
OFF (No Indicator Lights) : When pressure. Do not pump the
the vehicle is stopped, press brakes repeatedly. This may
ENGINE START/STOP once to turn deplete power assist, requiring If the vehicle cannot be pulled over
the engine off. increased brake pedal force. and must be shut off while driving,
If the vehicle is in P (Park), the 2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral). press and hold ENGINE START/
ignition will turn off, and Retained This can be done while the STOP for longer than two seconds,
Accessory Power (RAP) will remain vehicle is moving. After shifting or press twice in five seconds.
active. See Retained Accessory to N (Neutral), firmly apply the ACC/ACCESSORY (Amber
Power (RAP) 0 230. brakes and steer the vehicle to Indicator Light) : This mode allows
a safe location. you to use some electrical
accessories when the engine is off.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
With the ignition off, pressing the the vehicle in Service Only Mode.
button one time without the brake The instruments and audio systems Caution
pedal applied will place the ignition will operate as they do in ON/RUN,
system in ACC/ACCESSORY. but the vehicle will not be able to be If you add electrical parts or
driven. The engine will not start in accessories, you could change
The ignition will switch from ACC/ the way the engine operates. Any
ACCESSORY to OFF after Service Only Mode. Press the
button again to turn the vehicle off. resulting damage would not be
five minutes to prevent battery covered by the vehicle warranty.
run down. See Add-On Electrical
Starting the Engine
ON/RUN/START (Green Indicator Equipment 0 277.
Light) : This mode is for driving and Move the shift lever to P (Park) or
starting. With the ignition off, and N (Neutral). The engine will not start
in any other position. To restart the Starting Procedure
the brake pedal applied, pressing
the button once will place the engine when the vehicle is already 1. With the Keyless Access
ignition system in ON/RUN/START. moving, use N (Neutral) only. system, the RKE transmitter
Once engine cranking begins, For hybrid vehicles, the engine will must be in the vehicle. Press
release the button. Engine cranking only start if required for cabin ENGINE START/STOP with the
will continue until the engine starts. warming or high voltage battery brake pedal applied. When the
See Starting the Engine 0 227. The charging. The vehicle ready light will engine begins cranking, let go
ignition will then remain in ON/RUN. be illuminated when the vehicle is of the button.
Service Only Mode ready to be driven. The idle speed will go down as
the engine gets warm. Do not
This power mode is available for race the engine immediately
service and diagnostics, and to
Caution
after starting it.
verify the proper operation of the Do not try to shift to P (Park) if the
malfunction indicator lamp as may vehicle is moving. If you do, you
be required for emission inspection could damage the transmission.
purposes. With the vehicle off, and
Shift to P (Park) only when the
the brake pedal not applied,
vehicle is stopped.
pressing and holding the button for
more than five seconds will place
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
If the RKE transmitter is not in gasoline. Try pushing the The engine may remain
the vehicle, if there is accelerator pedal all the way to running when:
interference, or the RKE the floor and holding it there as . Accelerating aggressively or
transmitter battery is low, the you hold ENGINE START/ climbing hills.
Driver Information Center (DIC) STOP, for up to a maximum of
will display a message. See 15 seconds. Wait at least . Vehicle speed is greater than
Driver Information Center (DIC) 15 seconds between each try, 88 km/h (55 mph).
(Base Level) 0 131 or Driver to allow the cranking motor to . Charging the high voltage
Information Center (DIC) cool down. When the engine battery.
(Uplevel) 0 134 and Remote starts, let go of the button and
Keyless Entry (RKE) System the accelerator. If the vehicle . The heater is being used.
Operation 0 32. starts briefly but then stops The engine and transmission work
again, do the same thing. This together to provide propulsion
Caution clears the extra gasoline from power at the highest efficiency. This
the engine. Do not race the may result in higher engine speeds.
Cranking the engine for long engine immediately after
periods of time, by returning the starting it. Operate the engine Stop/Start System
ignition to the START position and transmission gently until
immediately after cranking has the oil warms up and lubricates { Warning
ended, can overheat and damage all moving parts.
the cranking motor, and drain the Exiting the vehicle without first
Hybrid Operation shifting into P (Park) may cause
battery. Wait at least 15 seconds
between each try, to let the This vehicle combines gasoline and the vehicle to move. You or others
cranking motor cool down. electric propulsion. The gasoline may be injured. Because the
engine will automatically start to vehicle has the auto engine stop/
provide power and then shut off to start feature, the vehicle's engine
2. If the engine does not start save fuel. might seem to be shut off;
after five to 10 seconds,
(Continued)
especially in very cold weather
(below ✓18 °C or 0 °F), it could
be flooded with too much
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Warning (Continued)
. The engine or transmission is Engine Heater
not at the required operating
temperature. The engine coolant heater,
however, once the brake pedal is if available, can help in cold weather
released, the engine will start up . The outside temperature is not conditions at or below ✓18 °C (0 °F)
again. in the required operating range, for easier starting and better fuel
typically below ✓10 °C (14 °F) or economy during engine warm-up.
Shift to P (Park) and turn the above 50 °C (122 °F). Plug in the coolant heater at least
ignition to LOCK/OFF, before
. The shift lever is in any gear four hours before starting the
exiting the vehicle. vehicle. An internal thermostat in
other than D (Drive).
the plug end of the cord will prevent
. The battery has been recently
If equipped with the 1.5L L4 engine, engine coolant heater operation at
disconnected. temperatures above ✓18 °C (0 °F).
the vehicle has a fuel saving stop/
start system to shut off the engine to . The battery charge is low.
help conserve fuel. To Use the Engine Coolant
. The interior comfort level has not Heater
Auto Engine Stop/Start reached the required level for
the climate control system or 1. Turn off the engine.
When the brakes are applied and defog settings. Use the eco
the vehicle is at a complete stop, 2. Open the hood and unwrap the
(green indicator on) air electrical cord.
the engine may turn off. When conditioning mode for better
stopped, the tachometer displays efficiency. See Climate Control
AUTO STOP. See Tachometer Systems 0 205 and Dual
(Non-Hybrid) 0 117. When the brake Automatic Climate Control
pedal is released or the accelerator System 0 208.
pedal pushed, the engine will
restart. . The Auto Stop time is greater
than two minutes.
Auto Stop may be deactivated if:
. A minimum vehicle speed is not
reached.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
These features continue to work up

Warning (Continued) to 10 minutes after the ignition is
turned to LOCK/OFF.
three-prong 110-volt AC outlet.
If the cord will not reach, use a The power windows and sunroof will
heavy-duty three-prong extension work until any door is opened.
cord rated for at least 15 amps. The radio continues to work until the
driver door is opened.
4. Before starting the engine, be All these features operate when the
sure to unplug and store the key is in ON/RUN or ACC/
cord as it was before to keep it ACCESSORY.
away from moving engine
The electrical cord is on the parts. Shifting Into Park
passenger side of the engine The length of time the heater should
compartment, between the 1. Hold the brake pedal down and
remain plugged in depends on set the parking brake. See
fender and the air cleaner. several factors. Ask a dealer in the Parking Brake 0 237.
3. Plug it into a normal, grounded area where you will be parking the
110-volt AC outlet. vehicle for the best advice on this. 2. Move the shift lever into
P (Park) by holding in the
{ Warning Retained Accessory button on the shift lever and
pushing the shift lever all the
Power (RAP) way toward the front of the
Plugging the cord into an
These vehicle accessories can be vehicle.
ungrounded outlet could cause an
electrical shock. Also, the wrong used for up to 10 minutes after the 3. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.
kind of extension cord could engine is turned off:
overheat and cause a fire. You . Audio System
could be seriously injured. Plug . Power Windows
the cord into a properly grounded
. Sunroof (if equipped)
(Continued)
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Leaving the Vehicle with the the shift lever into P (Park), hold the If you are towing a trailer and
Engine Running regular brake pedal down. Then, parking on a hill, see Driving
see if you can move the shift lever Characteristics and Towing
{ Warning away from P (Park) without first
pressing the button.
Tips 0 272.
It can be dangerous to leave the If you can, it means that the shift Shifting out of Park
vehicle with the engine running. lever was not fully locked in This vehicle is equipped with an
It could overheat and catch fire. P (Park). electronic shift lock release system.
It is dangerous to get out of the Torque Lock The shift lock release is designed to
vehicle if the shift lever is not fully prevent movement of the shift lever
in P (Park) with the parking brake Torque lock is when the weight of out of P (Park), unless the ignition is
the vehicle puts too much force on in ON/RUN and the brake pedal is
firmly set. The vehicle can roll.
the parking pawl in the applied.
Do not leave the vehicle when the transmission. This happens when
The shift lock release is always
engine is running. If you have left parking on a hill and shifting the
transmission into P (Park) is not functional except in the case of an
the engine running, the vehicle
done properly, then it is difficult to uncharged or low voltage (less than
can move suddenly. You or others 9-volt) battery.
could be injured. To be sure the shift out of P (Park). To prevent
vehicle will not move, even when torque lock, set the parking brake If the vehicle has an uncharged
you are on fairly level ground, and then shift into P (Park). To find battery or a battery with low voltage,
always set the parking brake and out how, see “Shifting Into Park” try charging or jump starting the
move the shift lever to P (Park). listed previously. battery. See Jump Starting - North
America 0 352.
See Shifting Into Park 0 230. If torque lock does occur, your
vehicle may need to be pushed To shift out of P (Park):
uphill by another vehicle to relieve 1. Apply the brake pedal.
If you have to leave the vehicle with
the parking pawl pressure, so you
the engine running, be sure the 2. Place the ignition in ON/RUN.
can shift out of P (Park).
vehicle is in P (Park) and the
parking brake is firmly set before 3. Press the shift lever button.
you leave it. After you have moved
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
4. Move the shift lever to the

desired position.
Extended Parking Engine Exhaust
It is better not to park with the
If still unable to shift out of P (Park): vehicle running. If the vehicle is left { Warning
1. Fully release the shift lever while running, follow the proper
button. steps to be sure the vehicle will not Engine exhaust contains carbon
move and there is adequate monoxide (CO), which cannot be
2. Hold the brake pedal down and seen or smelled. Exposure to CO
ventilation. See Shifting Into Park
press the shift lever button 0 230 and Engine Exhaust 0 232. can cause unconsciousness and
again.
If the vehicle is left in P (Park) while even death.
3. Move the shift lever to the
running and the Remote Keyless Exhaust may enter the vehicle if:
desired position.
Entry (RKE) transmitter is outside
. The vehicle idles in areas
If you are still having a problem the vehicle, the vehicle will turn off
shifting, see your dealer. after one hour. with poor ventilation
(parking garages, tunnels,
If the vehicle is left in P (Park) while deep snow that may block
Parking over Things running and the RKE transmitter is underbody airflow or tail
That Burn inside, the vehicle will run for two pipes).
hours. At the end of the second
. The exhaust smells or
{ Warning hour, the vehicle will turn off.
sounds strange or different.
The timer will reset if the vehicle is
Things that can burn could touch . The exhaust system leaks
taken out of P (Park) while it is
hot exhaust parts under the running. due to corrosion or damage.
vehicle and ignite. Do not park . The vehicle exhaust system
over papers, leaves, dry grass, has been modified,
or other things that can burn. damaged, or improperly
repaired.
(Continued)
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Warning (Continued)
Running the Vehicle Automatic
While Parked Transmission
. There are holes or openings
It is better not to park with the
in the vehicle body from
engine running.
damage or aftermarket
modifications that are not If the vehicle is left with the engine
completely sealed. running, follow the proper steps to
be sure the vehicle will not move.
If unusual fumes are detected or
See Shifting Into Park 0 230 and
if it is suspected that exhaust is Engine Exhaust 0 232.
coming into the vehicle:
If parking on a hill and pulling a
. Drive it only with the trailer, see Driving Characteristics
windows completely down. and Towing Tips 0 272.
. Have the vehicle repaired
immediately.
Never park the vehicle with the
engine running in an enclosed P : This position locks the front
area such as a garage or a wheels. It is the best position to use
building that has no fresh air when you start the engine because
ventilation. the vehicle cannot move easily.
{ Warning
It is dangerous to get out of the
vehicle if the shift lever is not fully
in P (Park) with the parking brake
firmly set. The vehicle can roll.
(Continued)
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Warning (Continued) Caution { Warning

Do not leave the vehicle when the Shifting to R (Reverse) while the Shifting into a drive gear while the
engine is running. If you have left vehicle is moving forward could engine is running at high speed is
the engine running, the vehicle damage the transmission. The dangerous. Unless your foot is
can move suddenly. You or others repairs would not be covered by firmly on the brake pedal, the
could be injured. To be sure the the vehicle warranty. Shift to vehicle could move very rapidly.
vehicle will not move, even when R (Reverse) only after the vehicle You could lose control and hit
you are on fairly level ground, is stopped. people or objects. Do not shift
always set the parking brake and into a drive gear while the engine
move the shift lever to P (Park). To rock the vehicle back and forth to is running at high speed.
See Shifting Into Park 0 230. get out of snow, ice, or sand without
damaging the transmission, see If
Make sure the shift lever is fully in the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 221. Caution
P (Park) before starting the engine. N : In this position, the engine does
The vehicle has an automatic not connect with the wheels. To Shifting out of P (Park) or
transmission shift lock control restart the engine when the vehicle N (Neutral) with the engine
system. The brake pedal must be is already moving, use running at high speed may
fully applied, then press the shift N (Neutral) only. damage the transmission. The
lever button before shifting from repairs would not be covered by
P (Park) while the ignition is in ON/ If equipped with the 1.8L Hybrid
engine and the hood is opened the vehicle warranty. Be sure the
RUN. If the vehicle will not shift out engine is not running at high
of P (Park), ease pressure on the while in N (Neutral), the vehicle will
shut down. The vehicle will have to speed when shifting the vehicle.
shift lever and push the shift lever
all the way into P (Park) while be restarted after closing the hood.
maintaining brake application. Then For hybrid vehicles, the engine will
move the shift lever into another always be off while in N (Neutral).
gear. See Shifting out of Park 0 231. The vehicle cannot charge the high
voltage battery while the shift lever
R : Use this gear to back up.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
is in N (Neutral). Only use Operating Modes

N (Neutral) when required. If the The transmission may operate in a
high voltage battery state of charge lower gear than normal to improve
is low, the Driver Information Center vehicle performance. The engine
(DIC) will display a message to shift speed may be higher and there may
out of N (Neutral). Shift to P (Park), be an increase in noise during the
R (Reverse), D (Drive), or L (Low) following conditions:
depending on the situation. If the
high voltage battery is depleted too . When climbing a grade.
far, the vehicle will shut down, . When driving downhill.
requiring a shift to P (Park) to restart
the vehicle. . When driving in hot
temperatures or at high altitude.
D : This position is for normal To use this feature:
driving. It provides the best fuel Manual Mode
economy. If you need more power 1. Move the shift lever to L (Low).
for passing, and you are: Electronic Range Select 2. Press + (Plus) or ✓ (Minus) on
. Accelerating slowly or (ERS) Mode the shift lever to increase or
maintaining a constant speed, decrease the gear range
ERS mode allows you to choose the available.
push the accelerator pedal about top-gear limit of the transmission
halfway down. and the vehicle's speed while When you shift from D (Drive) to
. Accelerating quickly or passing, driving downhill or towing a trailer. L (Low), the transmission will shift to
push the accelerator all the The vehicle has an electronic shift a pre-determined lower gear range.
way down. position indicator within the The highest gear available for this
instrument cluster. When using the pre-determined range is displayed
L : This position allows you to ERS mode a number will display next to the L in the DIC. See Driver
change gears similar to a manual next to the L, indicating the current Information Center (DIC) (Base
transmission. If the vehicle has this gear that has been selected. Level) 0 131 or Driver Information
feature, see Manual Mode 0 235. Center (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 134. The
number displayed in the DIC is the
highest gear that the transmission
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
will be allowed to operate in. This

means that all gears below that
stop-and-go traffic. When the
battery reaches full charge the
Brakes
number are available. For example, engine may run to maintain braking.
when 4 (Fourth) is shown next to the Antilock Brake
L, 1 (First) through 4 (Fourth) gears System (ABS)
are automatically shifted by the
This vehicle has an Antilock Brake
vehicle. The transmission will not
System (ABS), an advanced
shift into 5 (Fifth) until the + (Plus)
electronic braking system that helps
button is used or you shift back into
prevent a braking skid.
D (Drive).
When the vehicle begins to drive
While in L (Low), the transmission
away, ABS checks itself.
will prevent shifting to a lower gear
A momentary motor or clicking noise
range if the engine speed is too
may be heard while this test is going
high. You have a brief period of time
on, and it may even be noticed that
to slow the vehicle. If vehicle speed
the brake pedal moves a little. This
is not reduced within the time
is normal.
allowed, the lower gear range shift To use this feature:
will not be completed. You must
further slow the vehicle, then press 1. Move the shift lever to L (Low).
the ✓ (Minus) button to the desired The transmission will enter
lower gear range. L2 (Low 2).
2. Press + (Plus) or ✓ (Minus) on
Hybrid Low Mode the shift lever to shift between
L2 (Low 2) provides the ability to L2 (Low 2) and L1 (Low 1).
slow the vehicle without using the If there is a problem with ABS, this
brakes. L1 (Low 1) provides warning light stays on. See Antilock
maximum braking below 80 km/h Brake System (ABS) Warning
(50 mph). Use L (Low) when Light 0 125.
descending steep grades or in
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
If driving safely on a wet road and it Using ABS To set the parking brake,
becomes necessary to slam on the if equipped. Hold the regular brake
Do not pump the brakes. Just hold
brakes and continue braking to pedal down, then push the parking
the brake pedal down firmly and let
avoid a sudden obstacle, a brake pedal down.
ABS work. You may hear the ABS
computer senses the wheels are If the ignition is on, the brake
pump or motor operating and feel
slowing down. If one of the wheels system warning light will come on.
the brake pedal pulsate. This is
is about to stop rolling, the computer See Brake System Warning
normal.
will separately work the brakes at Light 0 124.
each wheel. Braking in Emergencies
ABS can change the brake pressure ABS allows you to steer and brake Caution
to each wheel, as required, faster at the same time. In many
than any driver could. This can help emergencies, steering can help Driving with the parking brake on
you steer around the obstacle while more than even the very best can overheat the brake system
braking hard. braking. and cause premature wear or
As the brakes are applied, the damage to brake system parts.
computer keeps receiving updates Parking Brake Make sure that the parking brake
on wheel speed and controls is fully released and the brake
braking pressure accordingly. warning light is off before driving.
Remember: ABS does not change
the time needed to get a foot up to To release the parking brake, hold
the brake pedal or always decrease the regular brake pedal down, then
stopping distance. If you get too push down momentarily on the
close to the vehicle in front of you, parking brake pedal until you feel
there will not be enough time to the pedal release. Slowly pull your
apply the brakes if that vehicle foot up off the parking brake pedal.
suddenly slows or stops. Always If the parking brake is not released
leave enough room up ahead to when you begin to drive, the brake
stop, even with ABS.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
system warning light will be on and The system has a red parking brake message will display. Release the
a chime will sound warning you that status light and an amber parking EPB and try to apply it again. If the
the parking brake is still on. brake warning light. See Electric light does not come on, or keeps
If you are towing a trailer and are Parking Brake Light 0 124 and flashing, have the vehicle serviced.
parking on a hill, see Driving Service Electric Parking Brake Light Do not drive the vehicle if the red
Characteristics and Towing 0 125. There are also parking parking brake status light is flashing.
Tips 0 272. brake-related Driver Information See your dealer. See Electric
Center (DIC) messages. See Brake Parking Brake Light 0 124.
System Messages 0 138. In case of
Electric Parking Brake insufficient electrical power, the EPB
If the amber parking brake warning
light is on, lift up on the EPB switch
cannot be applied or released. and hold it up. Continue to hold the
Before leaving the vehicle, check switch until the red parking brake
the red parking brake status light to status light remains on. If the amber
ensure that the parking brake is parking brake warning light remains
applied. on, see your dealer.
EPB Apply If the EPB is applied while the
vehicle is moving, the vehicle will
To apply the EPB: decelerate as long as the switch is
1. Be sure the vehicle is at a held up. If the switch is held up until
complete stop. the vehicle comes to a stop, the
EPB will remain applied.
2. Lift up the EPB switch
momentarily. The vehicle may automatically apply
If equipped, the Electric Parking the EPB in some situations when
The red parking brake status light
Brake (EPB) switch is on the the vehicle is not moving. This is
will flash and then stay on once the
console. The EPB can always be normal, and is done to periodically
EPB is fully applied. If the red
activated, even if the ignition is off. check the correct operation of the
parking brake status light flashes
To prevent draining the battery, EPB system.
continuously, then the EPB is only
avoid repeated cycles of the EPB
partially applied or there is a
when the engine is not running.
problem with the EPB. A DIC
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
If the EPB fails to apply, the rear

Caution
Brake Assist
wheels should be blocked to
prevent vehicle movement. The Brake Assist feature is
Driving with the parking brake on designed to assist the driver in
EPB Release can overheat the brake system stopping or decreasing vehicle
To release the EPB: and cause premature wear or speed in emergency driving
damage to brake system parts. conditions. This feature uses the
1. Place the ignition in the ACC/ Make sure that the parking brake stability system hydraulic brake
ACCESSORY or ON/RUN is fully released and the brake control module to supplement the
position. warning light is off before driving. power brake system under
2. Apply and hold the brake conditions where the driver has
pedal. quickly and forcefully applied the
Automatic EPB Release brake pedal in an attempt to quickly
3. Push down momentarily on the stop or slow down the vehicle. The
EPB switch. The EPB will automatically release if
the vehicle is running, placed into stability system hydraulic brake
The EPB is released when the red gear, and an attempt is made to control module increases brake
parking brake status light is off. drive away. Avoid rapid acceleration pressure at each corner of the
when the EPB is applied, to vehicle until the ABS activates.
If the amber parking brake warning
preserve parking brake lining life. Minor brake pedal pulsation or
light is on, release the EPB by
pedal movement during this time is
pushing down on the EPB switch If parking on a hill, or if the vehicle normal and the driver should
and holding it down. Continue to is pulling a trailer, see Driving continue to apply the brake pedal as
hold the switch until the red parking Characteristics and Towing the driving situation dictates. The
brake status light is off. If either light Tips 0 272. Brake Assist feature will
stays on after release is attempted,
automatically disengage when the
see your dealer.
brake pedal is released or brake
pedal pressure is quickly
decreased.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Hill Start Assist (HSA) selected, the vehicle is held Regenerative Braking
stationary for up to five minutes
The Hill Start Assist (HSA) feature after the brake pedal is released. In
(Hybrid Only)
will activate when the vehicle is either case, override the hold Regenerative braking takes some of
stopped on a moderate to steep feature by pressing the accelerator the energy from the moving vehicle
grade to help prevent it from rolling pedal and attempting to drive away. and turns it back into electrical
in an unintended direction. After the energy. This energy is then stored
brake pedal has been released and If Hill Start Assist is selected in the
Settings menu, it will hold the back into the high voltage battery
before the accelerator pedal has system, contributing to increased
been pressed, HSA uses braking vehicle for two seconds unless the
driver door is opened or the driver energy efficiency.
pressure to hold the vehicle
stationary. If HSA is holding the safety belt is unbuckled after The hydraulic disc brakes work with
vehicle, a DIC message displays. releasing the brake pedal. the regenerative braking to ensure
HSA will not activate in a forward If Extended Hill Start Assist is effective braking, such as when a
drive gear when facing downhill, selected, it will hold the vehicle for high braking demand is requested.
or in R (Reverse) when facing uphill. five minutes unless the driver door
The braking system is computer
is opened and the driver safety belt
controlled and blends the
Extended Hill Start is unbuckled prior to releasing the
regenerative braking with the
Assist (EHSA) brake pedal. When EHSA is
conventional hydraulic disc brakes
deactivated after five minutes, or if it
Select the duration of the HSA to meet any requirements for
is deactivated when the driver
feature on the center stack deceleration. The controller
safety belt is unlatched or the driver
touchscreen by choosing the interprets the braking request and
door is opened, the Electric Parking
submenu for Hill Start Assist or uses regenerative braking,
Brake will engage to prevent vehicle
Extended Hill Start Assist (EHSA). conventional hydraulic braking, or a
movement.
See “Extended Hill Start Assist" combination of both as necessary.
under “Comfort and Convenience” in When EHSA is active on a hill, Because the hydraulic braking
Vehicle Personalization 0 147. apply enough brake pressure to system uses an electronic booster
When Standard Hold is selected, keep the vehicle stationary. If this is for boost assist on demand, under
the vehicle is held stationary for up not done, a pump noise may be certain conditions a motor noise
to two seconds after the brake pedal heard. may be heard. This is normal
is released. When Extended Hold is operation.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
See Warning Lights, Gauges, and

Indicators 0 111 and Driver
Ride Control Systems vehicle wheel brakes to assist the
driver in keeping the vehicle on the
Information Center (DIC) (Base intended path.
Level) 0 131 or Driver Information Traction Control/
If cruise control is being used and
Center (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 134. In the Electronic Stability traction control or StabiliTrak begins
event of a controller problem, the Control to limit wheel spin, cruise control will
brake pedal may be harder to push disengage. Cruise control may be
and the stopping distance may be System Operation turned back on when road
longer. conditions allow.
The vehicle has a Traction Control
System (TCS) and StabiliTrak®, an Both systems come on
electronic stability control system. automatically when the vehicle is
These systems help limit wheel slip started and begins to move. The
and assist the driver in maintaining systems may be heard or felt while
control, especially on slippery road they are operating or while
conditions. performing diagnostic checks. This
TCS activates if it senses that any is normal and does not mean there
of the drive wheels are spinning or is a problem with the vehicle.
beginning to lose traction. When this It is recommended to leave both
happens, TCS applies the brakes to systems on for normal driving
the spinning wheels and reduces conditions, but it may be necessary
engine power to limit wheel spin. to turn TCS off if the vehicle gets
StabiliTrak activates when the stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.
vehicle senses a difference between See If the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 221
the intended path and the direction and “Turning the Systems Off and
the vehicle is actually traveling. On” later in this section.
StabiliTrak selectively applies
braking pressure to any one of the
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
2. Turn the engine off and wait

15 seconds. Caution
3. Start the engine. Do not repeatedly brake or
Drive the vehicle. If d comes on accelerate heavily when TCS is
and stays on, the vehicle may need off. The vehicle driveline could be
more time to diagnose the problem. damaged.
The indicator light for both systems
is in the instrument cluster. This If the condition persists, see your
light will: dealer. To turn off only TCS, press and
. Flash when TCS is limiting Turning the Systems Off release g. The traction off light i
wheel spin. and On displays in the instrument cluster.
. Flash when StabiliTrak is To turn TCS on again, press and
activated. release g. The traction off light i
. Turn on and stay on when either displayed in the instrument cluster
system is not working. will turn off.
If either system fails to turn on or to
activate, a message displays in the
Driver Information Center (DIC),
and d comes on and stays on to
indicate that the system is inactive
and is not assisting the driver in
maintaining control. The vehicle is
safe to drive, but driving should be
adjusted accordingly. The button for TCS and StabiliTrak
If d comes on and stays on: is on the center console.
1. Stop the vehicle.

10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak, Cruise Control disengage. See Traction Control/
Electronic Stability Control 0 241.
press and hold g until the traction
Cruise control lets the vehicle If a collision alert occurs when
off light i and StabiliTrak OFF maintain a speed of about 40 km/h cruise control is activated, cruise
light g come on and stay on in the (25 mph) or more without keeping control is disengaged. See Forward
instrument cluster. your foot on the accelerator. Cruise Collision Alert (FCA) System 0 258.
To turn TCS and StabiliTrak on control does not work at speeds When road conditions allow you to
below 40 km/h (25 mph). safely use it again, cruise control
again, press and release g. The can be turned back on.
traction off light i and StabiliTrak { Warning If the brakes are applied, cruise
OFF light g in the instrument cluster control disengages.
turn off. Cruise control can be dangerous
where you cannot drive safely at
Adding accessories can affect the
a steady speed. Do not use
vehicle performance. See
cruise control on winding roads or
Accessories and
Modifications 0 280. in heavy traffic.
Cruise control can be dangerous
on slippery roads. On such roads,
fast changes in tire traction can
cause excessive wheel slip, and
you could lose control. Do not use
cruise control on slippery roads.
With the Traction Control System

(TCS) or Electronic Stability Control 5 : Press to turn the cruise control
(ESC), the system may begin to system on and off. A white indicator
limit wheel spin while you are using comes on in the instrument cluster
cruise control. If this happens, when cruise is turned on.
cruise control will automatically
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
* : Press to disengage cruise 4. Remove your foot from the . To increase the speed in small
control without erasing the set accelerator pedal. increments, briefly press +RES.
speed from memory. The cruise control indicator on the For each press, the vehicle goes
instrument cluster turns green after about 1 km/h (1 mph) faster.
+RES : If there is a set speed in
memory, press to resume that cruise control has been set to the The speedometer reading can be
speed or press and hold to desired speed. See Instrument displayed in either English or metric
accelerate. If cruise control is Cluster (Base Level) 0 112 or units. See Driver Information Center
already active, use to increase Instrument Cluster (Uplevel) 0 114. (DIC) (Base Level) 0 131 or Driver
vehicle speed. Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel)
Resuming a Set Speed 0 134. The increment value used
✓SET : Press briefly to set the If cruise control is set at a desired depends on the units displayed.
speed and activate cruise control. speed and then the brakes are
If cruise control is already active, applied, cruise control is Reducing Speed While Using
use to decrease vehicle speed. disengaged without erasing the set Cruise Control
Setting Cruise Control speed from memory. If the cruise control system is
Once the vehicle speed reaches already activated:
If 5 is on when not in use, -SET or . Press and hold -SET until the
about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more,
+RES could get bumped and go into
briefly press +RES. The vehicle desired lower speed is reached,
cruise when not desired. Keep 5 returns to the previous set speed. then release it.
off when cruise is not being used.
Increasing Speed While Using . To slow down in small
To set a speed: Cruise Control increments, briefly press -SET.
For each press, the vehicle goes
1. Press 5 to turn the cruise If the cruise control system is about 1 km/h (1 mph) slower.
system on. already activated:
2. Get up to the desired speed. . Press and hold +RES until the
3. Press and release -SET. The vehicle accelerates to the
desired set speed briefly desired speed, then release it.
appears in the instrument
cluster.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
The speedometer reading can be vehicle speed. When going Adaptive Cruise Control
displayed in either English or metric downhill, you might have to brake or
units. See Driver Information Center shift to a lower gear to keep your If equipped with Adaptive Cruise
(DIC) (Base Level) 0 131 or Driver speed down. If the brake pedal is Control (ACC), it allows you to
Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) applied, cruise control will select the cruise control set speed
0 134. The increment value used disengage. and following gap. Read this entire
depends on the units displayed. section before using this system.
Ending Cruise Control The following gap is the following
Passing Another Vehicle While There are four ways to end cruise time between your vehicle and a
Using Cruise Control control: vehicle detected directly ahead in
Use the accelerator pedal to your path moving in the same
. Step lightly on the brake pedal. direction. If no vehicle is detected in
increase the vehicle speed. When
you take your foot off the pedal, the . Press *. your path, ACC works like regular
vehicle will slow down to the cruise control. ACC uses camera
. Shift the transmission to and radar sensors. See Radio
previous set cruise speed. While
pressing the accelerator pedal or N (Neutral). Frequency Statement 0 393.
shortly following the release to . Press 5 to turn cruise control If a vehicle is detected in your path,
override cruise control, briefly system off completely. ACC can apply acceleration or
pressing -SET will result in cruise limited, moderate braking to
control set to the current vehicle Erasing Speed Memory maintain the selected following gap.
speed. The cruise control set speed is To disengage ACC, apply the brake.
Using Cruise Control on Hills erased from memory if 5 is pressed If ACC is controlling your vehicle
or if the vehicle is turned off. speed when the Traction Control
How well the cruise control works System (TCS) or StabiliTrak system
on hills depends upon the vehicle activates, the ACC may
speed, load, and the steepness of automatically disengage. See
the hills. When going up steep hills, Traction Control/Electronic Stability
you might have to step on the Control 0 241. When road
accelerator pedal to maintain the
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
conditions allow ACC to be safely

used, the ACC can be turned { Warning
back on.
ACC will not detect or brake for
ACC will not engage if the TCS or children, pedestrians, animals,
StabiliTrak system is disabled. or other objects.
{ Warning Do not use ACC when:

. On winding and hilly roads
ACC has limited braking ability or when the sensors are
and may not have time to slow blocked by snow, ice, or dirt.
the vehicle down enough to avoid The system may not detect
a collision with another vehicle a vehicle ahead. Keep the
you are following. This can occur entire front of the vehicle
when vehicles suddenly slow or clean. 5 : Press to turn the system on or
off. A white cruise control indicator
stop ahead, or enter your lane. . Visibility is low, such as in comes on in the instrument cluster.
Also see “Alerting the Driver” in fog, rain, or snow
this section. Complete attention is conditions. ACC +RES : If there is a set speed in
always required while driving and performance is limited under memory, press to resume that
you should be ready to take these conditions. speed or press and hold to
action and apply the brakes. See accelerate. If ACC is already active,
. On slippery roads where use to increase vehicle speed.
Defensive Driving 0 216. fast changes in tire traction
can cause excessive ✓SET : Press briefly to set the
wheel slip. speed and activate ACC. If ACC is
already active, use to decrease
vehicle speed.
* : Press to disengage ACC
without erasing the set speed from
memory.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
[ : Press to select a following gap After ACC is set, it may immediately Increasing Speed While ACC is at
time (or distance) setting for ACC of apply the brakes if a vehicle ahead a Set Speed
Far, Medium, or Near. is detected closer than the selected If ACC is already activated, do one
following gap. of the following:
Setting Adaptive Cruise Control
. Use the accelerator to get to the
If ACC is on when not in use, 5 higher speed. Press -SET.
could get pressed and ACC could Release the control and the
become active when not desired. accelerator pedal. The vehicle
Keep ACC off when it is not will now cruise at the higher
being used. speed.
Select the set speed desired for The ACC indicator displays in the When the accelerator pedal is
cruise. This is the vehicle speed instrument cluster. When the ACC is pressed, ACC will not brake
when no vehicle is detected in active, the indicator turns green. because it is overridden.
its path. A warning message will appear
Be mindful of speed limits,
ACC will not set at a speed less on the Driver Information Center
surrounding traffic speeds, and
than 25 km/h (16 mph), although it (DIC). See Cruise Control
weather conditions when selecting
can be resumed when driving at Messages 0 139.
the set speed.
lower speeds. . Press and hold +RES until the
To set ACC: Resuming a Set Speed desired set speed appears on
If the ACC is set at a desired speed the display, then release it.
1. Press 5. and then the brakes are applied, the . To increase vehicle speed in
2. Get up to the desired speed. ACC is disengaged without erasing small increments, briefly press
the set speed from memory. +RES. For each press, the
3. Press and release -SET.
To begin using ACC again, briefly vehicle goes 1 km/h or (1 mph)
4. Remove your foot from the press +RES. The vehicle returns to faster.
accelerator. the previous set speed.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
When it is determined that there is vehicle's speed and attempt to or Near) for the Forward Collision
no vehicle ahead inside the selected maintain the follow distance gap Alert (FCA) feature. See Forward
following gap, then the vehicle selected. Collision Alert (FCA) System 0 258.
speed will increase to the set speed.
Press [ on the steering wheel to Alerting the Driver
Reducing Speed While ACC is at a adjust the following gap. When
Set Speed pressed, the current gap setting
If ACC is already activated, do one displays briefly on the instrument
of the following: cluster. Subsequent presses cycle
the gap button through three
. Use the brake to get to the settings: Far, Medium, or Near. The
desired lower speed. Press -SET gap setting will be maintained until it
and release the accelerator is changed.
pedal. The vehicle will now If ACC is engaged, driver action
cruise at the lower speed. Since each gap setting corresponds may be required when ACC cannot
to a following time (Far, Medium, apply sufficient braking because of
. Press and hold -SET until the or Near), the following distance will approaching a vehicle too rapidly.
desired lower speed is reached, vary based on vehicle speed. The
then release it. When this condition occurs, eight
faster the vehicle speed, the further
beeps will sound from the front.
. To decrease the vehicle speed in back your vehicle will follow a
smaller increments, press -SET vehicle detected ahead. Consider See Defensive Driving 0 216.
down briefly. For each press, the traffic and weather conditions when
vehicle goes about 1 km/h or selecting the following gap. The
(1 mph) slower. range of selectable gaps may not be
appropriate for all drivers and
Selecting the Follow Distance driving conditions.
When a slower moving vehicle is Changing the gap setting
detected ahead within the selected automatically changes the alert
following gap, ACC will adjust the timing sensitivity (Far, Medium,
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Approaching and Following a braking may feel or sound different ACC Automatically Disengages
Vehicle than if the brakes were applied ACC may automatically disengage
manually. This is normal. and the driver will need to manually
Stationary or Very Slow-Moving apply the brakes to slow the
Objects vehicle when:
. The sensors are blocked.
{ Warning . The Traction Control System
ACC may not detect and react to (TCS) or StabiliTrak system has
The vehicle ahead indicator is in the stopped or slow-moving vehicles activated or been disabled.
instrument cluster. ahead of you. For example, the . No traffic or other objects are
It only displays when a vehicle is system may not brake for a being detected.
detected in your vehicle’s path vehicle it has never detected . There is a fault in the system.
moving in the same direction. moving. This can occur in
stop-and-go traffic or when a The ACC active indicator will not be
If this symbol is not displaying, ACC displayed when ACC is no longer
will not respond to or brake to vehicle suddenly appears due to
active.
vehicles ahead. a vehicle ahead changing lanes.
Your vehicle may not stop and Notification to Resume ACC
ACC automatically slows the vehicle
could cause a crash. Use caution ACC will maintain a following gap
down and adjusts vehicle speed to
follow the vehicle in front at the when using ACC. Your complete behind a detected vehicle and slow
selected following gap. The vehicle attention is always required while your vehicle to a stop behind that
speed increases or decreases to driving and you should be ready vehicle.
follow the vehicle in front of you, but to take action and apply the
brakes. If the stopped vehicle ahead has
will not exceed the set speed. It may driven away and ACC has not
apply limited braking, if necessary. resumed, the vehicle ahead
When braking is active, the brake indicator will flash as a reminder to
lamps will come on. The automatic check traffic before proceeding. In
addition, three beeps will sound.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
See “Go Notifier” in “Collision/

Detection Systems” under Vehicle Warning (Continued) { Warning
holding the vehicle at a stop, The ACC will not automatically
When the vehicle ahead drives always be prepared to manually apply the brakes if your foot is
away, press +RES or the apply the brakes. resting on the accelerator pedal.
accelerator pedal to resume ACC. You could crash into a vehicle
If stopped for more than ahead of you.
two minutes or if the driver door is
opened and the driver safety belt is { Warning Curves in the Road
unbuckled, the ACC automatically
applies the Electric Parking Brake Leaving the vehicle without
(EPB) to hold the vehicle. The
Electric Parking Brake status light
placing it in P (Park) can be
dangerous. Do not leave the
{ Warning
will turn on. See Electric Parking vehicle while it is being held at a On curves, ACC may not detect a
Brake 0 238. To release the EPB, stop by ACC. Always place the vehicle ahead in your lane. You
press the accelerator pedal. vehicle in P (Park) and turn off could be startled if the vehicle
A DIC warning message may the ignition before leaving the accelerates up to the set speed,
display indicating to shift to P (Park) vehicle. especially when following a
before exiting the vehicle. See vehicle exiting or entering exit
Cruise Control Messages 0 139. ramps. You could lose control of
ACC Override
the vehicle or crash. Do not use
{ Warning If using the accelerator pedal while
ACC is active, a warning message
ACC while driving on an entrance
or exit ramp. Always be ready to
If ACC has stopped the vehicle, on the DIC will indicate that use the brakes if necessary.
and if ACC is disengaged, turned automatic braking will not occur.
See Cruise Control Messages
off, or canceled, the vehicle will
0 139. ACC will resume operation
no longer be held at a stop. The
when the accelerator pedal is not
vehicle can move. When ACC is being pressed.
(Continued)
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
ACC may occasionally provide an

{ Warning alert and/or braking that is
considered unnecessary. It could
On curves, ACC may respond to respond to vehicles in different
a vehicle in another lane, or may lanes, signs, guardrails, and other
not have time to react to a vehicle stationary objects when entering or
in your lane. You could crash into exiting a curve. This is normal
a vehicle ahead of you, or lose operation. The vehicle does not
control of your vehicle. Give extra need service.
attention in curves and be ready When following a vehicle and
to use the brakes if necessary. Other Vehicle Lane Changes
entering a curve, ACC may not
Select an appropriate speed while detect the vehicle ahead and
driving in curves. accelerate to the set speed. When
this happens the vehicle ahead
ACC may operate differently in a indicator will not appear.
sharp curve. It may reduce the
vehicle speed if the curve is too
sharp.
ACC will not detect a vehicle ahead

until it is completely in the lane. The
brake may need to be manually
applied.
ACC may detect a vehicle that is
not in your lane and apply the
brakes.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Do Not Use ACC on Hills and

When Towing a Trailer
Erasing Speed Memory Driver Assistance
The cruise control set speed is
Systems
erased from memory if 5 is pressed
or if the ignition is turned off. This vehicle may have features that
work together to help avoid crashes
Cleaning the Sensing System or reduce crash damage while
The camera sensor on the driving, backing, and parking. Read
windshield ahead of the rearview this entire section before using
mirror and the radar sensors on the these systems.
front of the vehicle can become
blocked by snow, ice, dirt, or mud. { Warning
These areas need to be cleaned for
Do not use ACC when driving on Do not rely on the Driver
ACC to operate properly.
steep hills or when towing a trailer. Assistance Systems. These
ACC will not detect a vehicle in the For cleaning instructions, see
systems do not replace the need
lane while driving on steep hills. The “Washing the Vehicle” under
Exterior Care 0 358. for paying attention and driving
driver will often need to take over
acceleration and braking on steep safely. You may not hear or see
System operation may also be alerts or warnings provided by
hills, especially when towing a limited under snow, heavy rain,
trailer. If the brakes are applied, the these systems. Failure to use
or road spray conditions. proper care when driving may
ACC disengages.
result in injury, death, or vehicle
Ending ACC damage. See Defensive
There are three ways to Driving 0 216.
disengage ACC: (Continued)
. Step lightly on the brake pedal.
. Press *.
. Press 5.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)

Assistance Systems for
Parking or Backing
Under many conditions, these . Work if the detection sensor If equipped, the Rear Vision Camera
systems will not: is covered up, such as with (RVC), Front and Rear Parking
. Detect children, a sticker, magnet, or metal Assist (FRPA), Rear Cross Traffic
pedestrians, bicyclists, plate. Alert (RCTA), and Automatic
or animals. . Parking Assist (APA) may help the
Work if the area surrounding
driver park or avoid objects. Always
. Detect vehicles or objects the detection sensor is
check around the vehicle when
outside the area monitored damaged or not properly
parking or backing.
by the system. repaired.
Complete attention is always Rear Vision Camera (RVC)
. Work at all driving speeds.
required while driving, and you When the vehicle is shifted into
. Warn you or provide you R (Reverse), the RVC displays an
should be ready to take action
with enough time to avoid a and apply the brakes and/or steer image of the area behind the vehicle
crash. in the center stack display. The
the vehicle to avoid crashes.
. Work under poor visibility or previous screen displays when the
bad weather conditions. vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse)
Audible Alert after a short delay. To return to the
. Work if the detection sensor
Some driver assistance features previous screen sooner, press a
is not cleaned or is covered button on the infotainment system,
alert the driver of obstacles by
by ice, snow, mud, or dirt. shift into P (Park), or reach a vehicle
beeping. To change the volume of
(Continued) the warning chime, see “Comfort speed of 8 km/h (5 mph).
and Convenience” under Vehicle
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Displayed images may be farther or Parking Assist

closer than they appear. The area With Front and Rear Parking Assist
displayed is limited and objects that (FRPA), as the vehicle moves at
are close to either corner of the speeds of less than 8 km/h (5 mph)
bumper or under the bumper do not the sensors on the bumpers may
display. detect objects up to 1.2 m (4 ft) in
A warning triangle may display on front and 2.5 m (8 ft) behind the
the RVC screen to show that Rear vehicle within a zone 25 cm (10 in)
Parking Assist (RPA) has detected high off the ground and below
an object. This triangle changes bumper level. These detection
from amber to red and increases in distances may be shorter during
size the closer the object. warmer or humid weather. Blocked
1. View Displayed by the sensors will not detect objects and
Camera { Warning can also cause false detections.
Keep the sensors clean of mud, dirt,
The camera(s) do not display snow, ice, and slush; and clean
children, pedestrians, bicyclists, sensors after a car wash in freezing
crossing traffic, animals, or any temperatures.
other object outside of the
cameras’ field of view, below the { Warning
bumper, or under the vehicle.
Shown distances may be different The Parking Assist system does
from actual distances. Do not not detect children, pedestrians,
drive or park the vehicle using bicyclists, animals, or objects
1. View Displayed by the only these camera(s). Always located below the bumper or that
Camera check behind and around the are too close or too far from the
2. Corners of the Rear Bumper vehicle before driving. Failure to vehicle. It is not available at
use proper care may result in speeds greater than 8 km/h
injury, death, or vehicle damage. (Continued)
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
very close (<0.6 m (2 ft) in the Turning the Features On or Off

Warning (Continued) vehicle rear, or <0.3 m (1 ft) in the
vehicle front), five beeps will sound
(5 mph). To prevent injury, death, from the front or rear depending on
or vehicle damage, even with where the object is detected. Beeps
Parking Assist, always check the for Front Parking Assist (FPA) are
area around the vehicle and higher pitched than for Rear Parking
check all mirrors before moving Assist (RPA).
forward or backing.
Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) The X button on the center
If equipped, when the vehicle is console is used to turn on or off the
shifted into R (Reverse), RCTA Front and Rear Parking Assist and
displays a red warning triangle with Rear Cross Traffic Alert at the same
a left or right pointing arrow on the time. The indicator light next to the
RVC screen to warn of traffic button comes on when the features
coming from the left or right. This are on and turns off when the
system detects objects coming from features have been disabled.
up to 20 m (65 ft) from the left or To turn the rear parking assist
right side of the vehicle. When an symbols or guidance lines on or off,
object is detected, three beeps see “Rear Camera” under Vehicle
The instrument cluster may have a sound from either the left or right, Personalization 0 147.
parking assist display with bars that depending on the direction of the
detected vehicle. RCTA can also be turned on or off
show “distance to object” and object
through vehicle personalization. See
location information. As the object
“Collision/Detection Systems” under
gets closer, more bars light up and
Vehicle Personalization 0 147.
the bars may change color from
yellow to amber to red.
When an object is first detected in
the rear, one beep will be heard
from the rear. When an object is
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Automatic Parking If the vehicle is equipped with

Assist (APA) Warning (Continued) perpendicular parking mode, press
If equipped, APA searches for and detect or avoid traffic that is and hold O during the search
steers the vehicle into parallel or behind or alongside of the process to switch the APA parking
perpendicular parking spots. When vehicle. Always be prepared to mode between perpendicular and
using APA, you must still shift gears, parallel parking.
stop the vehicle during the
and control the brakes and parking maneuver. APA searches for parking spaces to
accelerator. The Driver information the right of the vehicle. To search for
Center (DIC) and audible beeps a parking space to the left, turn on
help to guide parking maneuvers. Press O on the center console to the left turn signal.
enable the system to search for a
{ Warning parking space that is large enough
and within 1.5 m (5 ft) of the vehicle.
APA does not apply the brakes. The vehicle speed must be below
APA may not detect objects in the 30 km/h (18 mph).
parking space, objects that are The system cannot:
soft or narrow, objects high off the
. Detect whether it is a legal
ground such as flatbed trucks,
parking space.
or objects below ground level
such as large potholes. Always . Park exactly lined up with the
verify that the parking space is vehicle next to it if the spot is After completely passing a large
appropriate for parking a vehicle. approached at an angle or if the enough space bordered by two
APA does not respond to changes parking space is angled. vehicles or other objects, an audible
in the parking space, such as . Park exactly centered in a spot beep occurs and a red symbol
movement of an adjacent vehicle, that is marked too large. displays in the DIC.
or a person or object entering the . Always detect short curbs.
parking space. APA does not
(Continued)
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
If the vehicle exceeds 10 km/h To cancel APA, press O again.

(6 mph), APA is automatically
disengaged and automatic steering When the System Does Not Seem
will turn off. A DIC progress arrow to Work Properly
displays the status of the parking The APA system may require a
maneuver. Depending on the space short period of driving along curves
size, additional maneuvers may be to calibrate.
required, and there will be additional
instructions. When changing gears, Assistance Systems for
APA will instruct the vehicle to stop allow the automatic steering to
once a large enough space is found. complete before continuing the Driving
Follow the instructions in the DIC. parking maneuver. Upon successful If equipped, when driving the
When instructed to drive in reverse, completion of a maneuver, APA will vehicle in a forward gear, Forward
shift to R (Reverse) to engage beep and display a PARKING Collision Alert (FCA), Lane
automatic steering. The steering COMPLETE message. Place the Departure Warning (LDW), Lane
wheel will briefly vibrate as a vehicle in P (Park). Keep Assist (LKA), Side Blind Zone
reminder to remove hands from the APA may automatically disengage if: Alert (SBZA), Lane Change Alert
steering wheel. Check surroundings (LCA), Forward Automatic Braking
and continue braking or accelerating . The steering wheel is used by
(FAB), and/or the Front Pedestrian
as needed, and be prepared to stop the driver. Braking (FPB) System can help to
to avoid vehicles, pedestrians, . The maximum allowed speed is avoid a crash or reduce crash
or objects. exceeded. damage.
If the vehicle is in R (Reverse), but . There is a failure with the APA
does not steer into the expected system.
space, this may be because the . Electronic stability control or
system is maneuvering the vehicle
antilock brakes are activated.
into a previously detected space.
The APA system does not need . A high priority vehicle message
service. is displayed in the DIC.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Forward Collision Alert Detecting the Vehicle Ahead

(FCA) System
{ Warning
If equipped, the FCA system may FCA is a warning system and
help to avoid or reduce the harm does not apply the brakes. When
caused by front-end crashes. When approaching a slower-moving or
approaching a vehicle ahead too stopped vehicle ahead too rapidly,
quickly, FCA provides a flashing red or when following a vehicle too
alert on the windshield and rapidly closely, FCA may not provide a
warning with enough time to help FCA warnings will not occur unless
beeps. FCA also lights an amber the FCA system detects a vehicle
visual alert if following another avoid a crash. It also may not
ahead. When a vehicle is detected,
vehicle much too closely. provide any warning at all. FCA
the vehicle ahead indicator will
FCA detects vehicles within a does not warn of pedestrians, display green. Vehicles may not be
distance of approximately 60 m animals, signs, guardrails, detected on curves, highway exit
(197 ft) and operates at speeds bridges, construction barrels, ramps, or hills, due to poor visibility;
above 8 km/h (5 mph). If the vehicle or other objects. Be ready to take or if a vehicle ahead is partially
has Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC), action and apply the brakes. See blocked by pedestrians or other
it can detect vehicles to distances of Defensive Driving 0 216. objects. FCA will not detect another
approximately 110 m (360 ft) and vehicle ahead until it is completely
operates at all speeds. See FCA can be disabled with the FCA in the driving lane.
Adaptive Cruise Control 0 245. steering wheel control.
{ Warning
FCA does not provide a warning
to help avoid a crash, unless it
detects a vehicle. FCA may not
detect a vehicle ahead if the FCA
sensor is blocked by dirt, snow,
(Continued)
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
more rapidly which can cause a Alert features. The timing of both
Warning (Continued) brief, mild deceleration. Continue to alerts will vary based on vehicle
apply the brake pedal as the driving speed. The faster the vehicle speed,
or ice, or if the windshield is situation dictates. Cruise control the farther away the alert will occur.
damaged. It may also not detect a may be disengaged when the Consider traffic and weather
vehicle on winding or hilly roads, Collision Alert occurs. conditions when selecting the alert
or in conditions that can limit timing. The range of selectable alert
visibility such as fog, rain, Tailgating Alert timing may not be appropriate for all
or snow, or if the headlamps or drivers and driving conditions.
windshield are not cleaned or in
proper condition. Keep the Following Distance Indication
windshield, headlamps, and FCA The following distance to a moving
sensors clean and in good repair. vehicle you are following is
indicated in following time in
Collision Alert seconds on the Driver Information
The vehicle ahead indicator will
Center (DIC). See Driver
display amber when you are
Information Center (DIC) (Base
following a detected vehicle ahead
Level) 0 131 or Driver Information
much too closely.
Center (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 134. The
Selecting the Alert Timing minimum following time is
0.5 seconds away. If there is no
The Collision Alert control is on the vehicle detected ahead, or the
steering wheel. Press [ to set the vehicle ahead is out of sensor
When your vehicle approaches FCA timing to far, medium, near, range, dashes will be displayed.
another detected vehicle too rapidly, or off. The first button press shows
the red FCA display will flash on the the current control setting on the Unnecessary Alerts
windshield. Also, eight rapid DIC. Additional button presses will FCA may provide unnecessary
high-pitched beeps will sound from change this setting. The chosen alerts to turning vehicles, vehicles in
the front. When this Collision Alert setting will remain until it is changed other lanes, objects that are not
occurs, the brake system may and will affect the timing of both the
prepare for driver braking to occur Collision Alert and the Tailgating
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
vehicles, or shadows. These alerts detected. This is shown by the FCA

are normal operation and the vehicle ahead indicator being lit. Warning (Continued)
vehicle does not need service. See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
. Detect all vehicles,
System 0 258.
Cleaning the System especially vehicles with a
The system works when driving in a trailer, tractors, muddy
If the FCA system does not seem to forward gear between 8 km/h vehicles, etc.
operate properly, cleaning the (5 mph) and 80 km/h (50 mph),
outside of the windshield in front of . Detect a vehicle when
or on vehicles with Adaptive Cruise
the camera sensor may correct the Control (ACC), above 4 km/h weather limits visibility, such
issue (2 mph). It can detect vehicles up to as in fog, rain, or snow.
approximately 60 m (197 ft). . Detect a vehicle ahead if it
Forward Automatic is partially blocked by
Braking (FAB) { Warning pedestrians or other objects.
If the vehicle has Forward Collision Complete attention is always
FAB is an emergency crash required while driving, and you
Alert (FCA), it also has FAB, which
preparation feature and is not should be ready to take action
includes Intelligent Brake
Assist (IBA). When the system designed to avoid crashes. Do and apply the brakes and/or steer
detects a vehicle ahead in your path not rely on FAB to brake the the vehicle to avoid crashes.
that is traveling in the same vehicle. FAB will not brake
direction that you may be about to outside of its operating speed
range and only responds to FAB may slow the vehicle to a
crash into, it can provide a boost to
detected vehicles. complete stop to try to avoid a
braking or automatically brake the
potential crash. If this happens, FAB
vehicle. This can help avoid or FAB may not: may engage the Electric Parking
lessen the severity of crashes when
. Detect a vehicle ahead on Brake (EPB) to hold the vehicle at a
driving in a forward gear. Depending
winding or hilly roads. stop. Release the EPB or firmly
on the situation, the vehicle may
press the accelerator pedal.
automatically brake moderately or (Continued)
hard. This forward automatic
braking can only occur if a vehicle is
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Front Pedestrian Braking

{ Warning { Warning (FPB) System
FAB may automatically brake the IBA may increase vehicle braking If equipped, the Front Pedestrian
vehicle suddenly in situations in situations when it may not be Braking (FPB) system may help
where it is unexpected and necessary. You could block the avoid or reduce the harm caused by
undesired. It could respond to a flow of traffic. If this occurs, take front-end crashes with nearby
turning vehicle ahead, guardrails, your foot off the brake pedal and pedestrians when driving in a
signs, and other non-moving then apply the brakes as needed. forward gear. FPB displays a
objects. To override FAB, firmly pedestrian ahead indicator when a
press the accelerator pedal, if it is FAB and IBA can be disabled nearby pedestrian is detected
safe to do so. through vehicle personalization. See directly ahead. When approaching a
“Collision/Detection Systems” under detected pedestrian too quickly,
Vehicle Personalization 0 147. FPB provides a red flashing alert on
Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA) the windshield and rapidly beeps.
IBA may activate when the brake
pedal is applied quickly by providing { Warning FPB can provide a boost to braking
or automatically brake the vehicle.
a boost to braking based on the Using FAB or IBA while towing a This system includes Intelligent
speed of approach and distance to Brake Assist (IBA), and the Forward
trailer could cause you to lose
a vehicle ahead. Automatic Braking (FAB) may also
control of the vehicle and crash.
Minor brake pedal pulsations or respond to pedestrians. See
Turn the system to Alert, or if the Forward Automatic Braking
pedal movement during this time is vehicle has ACC to Off, when
normal and the brake pedal should (FAB) 0 260.
towing a trailer.
continue to be applied as needed. The FPB system can detect and
IBA will automatically disengage alert to pedestrians in a forward
only when the brake pedal is gear at speeds between 8 km/h
released. (5 mph) and 80 km/h (50 mph).
During daytime driving, the system
detects pedestrians up to a distance
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
of approximately 40 m (131 ft).

During nighttime driving, system Warning (Continued)
performance is very limited.
Be ready to take action and apply
{ Warning the brakes. For more information,
see Defensive Driving 0 216.
FPB does not provide an alert or Keep the windshield, headlamps,
FPB alerts and automatic braking
automatically brake the vehicle, and FPB sensor clean and in
will not occur unless the FPB
unless it detects a pedestrian. good repair.
system detects a pedestrian. When
FPB may not detect pedestrians, a nearby pedestrian is detected
including children: FPB can be set to Off, Alert and directly in front of the vehicle, the
. When the pedestrian is not Brake, or Alert Only through vehicle pedestrian ahead indicator will
directly ahead, fully visible, personalization. See “Front display.
or standing upright, or when Pedestrian Detection” in “Collision/
Detection Systems” under Vehicle Front Pedestrian Alert
part of a group.
. Due to poor visibility,
including nighttime Detecting the Pedestrian
conditions, fog, rain, Ahead
or snow.
. If the FPB sensor is blocked
by dirt, snow, or ice.
. If the headlamps or When the vehicle approaches a
windshield are not cleaned pedestrian ahead too rapidly, the
or in proper condition. red FPB alert display will flash on
the windshield. Eight rapid
(Continued) high-pitched beeps will sound from
the front. When this Pedestrian Alert
occurs, the brake system may
prepare for driver braking to occur
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
more rapidly which can cause a

brief, mild deceleration. Continue to { Warning Warning (Continued)
apply the brake pedal as needed.
Cruise control may be disengaged FPB may alert or automatically control of the vehicle and crash.
when the Front Pedestrian Alert brake the vehicle suddenly in Turn the system to Alert or Off
occurs. situations where it is unexpected when towing a trailer.
and undesired. It could falsely
Automatic Braking alert or brake for objects similar in
Cleaning the System
If FPB detects it is about to crash shape or size to pedestrians,
into a pedestrian directly ahead of including shadows. This is normal If FPB does not seem to operate
the vehicle, and the brakes have not operation and the vehicle does properly, cleaning the outside of the
been applied, it may automatically not need service. To override windshield in front of the rearview
brake moderately or brake hard. Automatic Braking, firmly press mirror may correct the issue.
This can help to avoid some very the accelerator pedal, if it is safe
low-speed pedestrian crashes or to do so. Side Blind Zone
reduce pedestrian injury. FPB can Alert (SBZA)
automatically brake to detected
pedestrians between 8 km/h (5 mph) Automatic Braking can be disabled If equipped, the SBZA system is a
and 80 km/h (50 mph). Automatic through vehicle personalization. See lane-changing aid that assists
braking levels may be reduced “Front Pedestrian Detection” in drivers with avoiding crashes that
under certain conditions, such as “Collision/Detection Systems” under occur with moving vehicles in the
higher speeds. Vehicle Personalization 0 147. side blind zone (or spot) areas.
When the vehicle is in a forward
If this happens, Automatic Braking
may engage the Electric Parking
{ Warning gear, the left or right side mirror
display will light up if a moving
Brake (EPB) to hold the vehicle at a Using the Front Pedestrian vehicle is detected in that blind
stop. Release the EPB. A firm press Braking system while towing a zone. If the turn signal is activated
of the accelerator pedal will also trailer could cause you to lose and a vehicle is also detected on
release Automatic Braking and the same side, the display will flash
the EPB. (Continued)
as an extra warning not to change
lanes. Since this system is part of
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
the Lane Change Alert (LCA) the middle of the vehicle and goes
system, read the entire LCA section Warning (Continued) back 5 m (16 ft). Drivers are also
before using this feature. warned of vehicles rapidly
Before making a lane change, approaching from up to 25 m (82 ft)
always check mirrors, glance over
Lane Change Alert (LCA) your shoulder, and use the turn
behind the vehicle.
If equipped, the LCA system is a signals. How the System Works
lane-changing aid that assists
The LCA symbol lights up in the
drivers with avoiding lane change side mirrors when the system
crashes that occur with moving LCA Detection Zones
detects a moving vehicle in the next
vehicles in the side blind zone (or
lane over that is in the side blind
spot) areas or with vehicles rapidly zone or rapidly approaching that
approaching these areas from zone from behind. A lit LCA symbol
behind. The LCA warning display
indicates it may be unsafe to
will light up in the corresponding
change lanes. Before making a lane
outside side mirror and will flash if change, check the LCA display,
the turn signal is on. check mirrors, glance over your
shoulder, and use the turn signals.
{ Warning
LCA does not alert the driver to 1. SBZA Detection Zone
vehicles outside of the system 2. LCA Detection Zone
detection zones, pedestrians, The LCA sensor covers a zone of
bicyclists, or animals. It may not approximately one lane over from
provide alerts when changing both sides of the vehicle, or 3.5 m Left Side Mirror Right Side Mirror
lanes under all driving conditions. (11 ft). The height of the zone is Display Display
Failure to use proper care when approximately between 0.5 m (1.5 ft)
changing lanes may result in and 2 m (6 ft) off the ground. The When the vehicle is started, both
injury, death, or vehicle damage. Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) outside mirror LCA displays will
(Continued) warning area starts at approximately briefly come on to indicate the
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
system is operating. When the LCA displays may not come on heavy rainstorms. For cleaning
vehicle is in a forward gear, the left when passing a vehicle quickly, for instructions, see "Washing the
or right side mirror display will light a stopped vehicle, or when towing a Vehicle" under Exterior Care 0 358.
up if a moving vehicle is detected in trailer. The LCA detection zones If the DIC still displays the system
the next lane over in that blind zone that extend back from the side of unavailable message after cleaning
or rapidly approaching that zone. the vehicle do not move further back both sides of the vehicle toward the
If the turn signal is activated in the when a trailer is towed. Use caution rear corners of the vehicle, see your
same direction as a detected while changing lanes when towing a dealer.
vehicle, this display will flash as an trailer. LCA may alert to objects If the LCA displays do not light up
extra warning not to change lanes. attached to the vehicle, such as a when moving vehicles are in the
LCA can be disabled through trailer, bicycle, or object extending side blind zone or rapidly
vehicle personalization. See out to either side of the vehicle. approaching this zone and the
“Collision/Detection Systems” under Attached objects may also interfere system is clean, the system may
Vehicle Personalization 0 147. with the detection of vehicles. This need service. Take the vehicle to
If LCA is disabled by the driver, the is normal system operation; the your dealer.
LCA mirror displays will not light up. vehicle does not need service.
When LCA is disabled for any
LCA may not always alert the driver reason other than the driver turning
When the System Does Not to vehicles in the next lane over,
Seem to Work Properly it off, the Lane Change Alert On
especially in wet conditions or when option will not be available on the
The LCA system requires some driving on sharp curves. The system personalization menu.
driving for the system to calibrate to does not need to be serviced. The
maximum performance. This system may light up due to Radio Frequency Information
calibration may occur more quickly if guardrails, signs, trees, shrubs, and
See Radio Frequency
the vehicle is driven on a straight other non-moving objects. This is
Statement 0 393.
highway road with traffic and normal system operation; the
roadside objects (e.g., guardrails, vehicle does not need service.
barriers). During a trip, the LCA LCA may not operate when the LCA
system is not operational until the sensors in the left or right corners of
vehicle first reaches a speed of the rear bumper are covered with
24 km/h (15 mph). mud, dirt, snow, ice, or slush, or in
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Lane Departure camera to detect lane markings

Warning (Continued)
between 60 km/h (37 mph) and
Warning (LDW) 180 km/h (112 mph).
. Detect lanes on winding or
If equipped, LDW may help avoid
hilly roads.
crashes due to unintentional lane
departures. It may provide a
{ Warning If LKA only detects lane markings
warning if the vehicle is crossing a The LKA system does not on one side of the road, it will
detected lane marking without using continuously steer the vehicle. only assist or provide an LDW
a turn signal in the lane departure It may not keep the vehicle in the alert when approaching the lane
direction. Since this system is part lane or give a Lane Departure on the side where it has detected
of the Lane Keep Assist (LKA) Warning (LDW) alert, even if a a lane marking. Even with LKA
system, read the entire LKA section lane marking is detected. and LDW, you must steer the
before using this feature. vehicle. Always keep your
The LKA and LDW systems
may not: attention on the road and
Lane Keep Assist (LKA) maintain proper vehicle position
. Provide an alert or enough within the lane, or vehicle
If equipped, LKA may help avoid
crashes due to unintentional lane steering assist to avoid a damage, injury, or death could
departures. It may assist by gently lane departure or crash. occur. Always keep the
turning the steering wheel if the . Detect lane markings under windshield, headlamps, and
vehicle approaches a detected lane poor weather or visibility camera sensors clean and in
marking without using a turn signal conditions. This can occur if good repair. Do not use LKA in
in that direction. It may also provide the windshield or bad weather conditions.
a Lane Departure Warning (LDW) headlamps are blocked by
system alert as the lane marking is dirt, snow, or ice, if they are
crossed. The LKA system will not not in proper condition, or if
assist or provide an LDW alert if it the sun shines directly into
detects that you are actively the camera.
steering. Override LKA by turning . Detect road edges.
the steering wheel. LKA uses a
(Continued)
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
The LKA system does not If the LKA system is not functioning
{ Warning continuously steer the vehicle. properly when lane markings are
If LKA does not detect active driver clearly visible, cleaning the
Using LKA while towing a trailer steering, an alert and chime may be windshield may help.
or on slippery roads could cause provided. Move the steering wheel
loss of control of the vehicle and LKA assistance and/or LDW alerts
to dismiss. may occur due to tar marks,
a crash. Turn the system off.
When the System Does Not shadows, cracks in the road,
Seem to Work Properly temporary or construction lane
How the System Works markings, or other road
The system performance may be imperfections. This is normal system
The LKA camera sensor is on the affected by:
windshield ahead of the rearview operation; the vehicle does not need
mirror. . Close vehicles ahead. service. Turn LKA off if these
conditions continue.
. Sudden lighting changes, such
To turn LKA on and off, press A
as when driving through tunnels.
on the steering wheel.
. Banked roads.
When on, A is green if LKA is
available to assist and provide LDW . Roads with poor lane markings,
alerts. It may assist by gently such as two-lane roads.
turning the steering wheel and
display A as amber if the vehicle
approaches a detected lane marking
without using a turn signal in that
direction. It may also provide an
LDW alert by flashing A amber
as the lane marking is crossed.
Additionally, there will be three
beeps on the right or left, depending
on the lane departure direction.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Fuel octane rating of 87 or higher. Do not

use gasoline with a posted octane
Prohibited Fuels
GM recommends the use of TOP rating of less than 87, as this may Caution
TIER® detergent gasoline to keep cause engine knock and will lower
the engine cleaner and reduce fuel economy. Do not use fuels with any of the
engine deposits. See following conditions; doing so
For vehicles with the 2.0L L4
www.toptiergas.com for a list of TOP may damage the vehicle and void
engine, premium unleaded gasoline
TIER Detergent Gasoline marketers its warranty:
meeting ASTM specification D4814
and applicable countries.
with a posted octane rating of 93 is . For vehicles which are not
highly recommended for best FlexFuel, fuel labeled
performance and fuel economy. greater than 15% ethanol by
Unleaded gasoline with an octane volume, such as mid-level
rated as low as 87 can be used. ethanol blends (16 – 50%
Using unleaded gasoline rated ethanol), E85, or FlexFuel.
below 93 octane, however, will lead
to reduced acceleration and fuel . Fuel with any amount of
economy. If knocking occurs, use a methanol, methylal, and
gasoline rated at 93 octane as soon aniline. These fuels can
as possible, otherwise, the engine corrode metal fuel system
could be damaged. If heavy parts or damage plastic and
knocking is heard when using rubber parts.
gasoline with a 93 octane rating, the . Fuel containing metals such
Do not use any fuel labeled E85 or engine needs service. as methylcyclopentadienyl
FlexFuel. Do not use gasoline with manganese tricarbonyl
ethanol levels greater than 15% by (MMT), which can damage
volume. the emissions control
For vehicles with the 1.5L L4 engine system and spark plugs.
and the 1.8L Hybrid, use regular (Continued)
unleaded gasoline meeting ASTM
specification D4814 with a posted
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Caution (Continued)
occurs, return to your authorized Filling the Tank
dealer for diagnosis. If it is
determined that the condition is
. Fuel with a posted octane caused by the type of fuel used,
rating of less than the repairs may not be covered by the
recommended fuel. Using vehicle warranty.
this fuel will lower fuel
economy and performance,
and may decrease the life of Fuels in Foreign
the emissions catalyst. Countries
The U.S., Canada, and Mexico post
California Fuel fuel octane ratings in anti-knock
index (AKI). For fuel not to use in a
Requirements foreign country, see “Prohibited
If the vehicle is certified to meet Fuels” in Fuel 0 268.
California Emissions Standards, it is The fuel door is on the passenger
designed to operate on fuels that Fuel Additives side of the vehicle. To open the fuel
meet California specifications. See door, push and release the rearward
To keep fuel systems clean, TOP center edge of the door.
the underhood emission control
TIER Detergent Gasoline is
label. If this fuel is not available in
recommended. See Fuel 0 268.
states adopting California Emissions
Standards, the vehicle will operate If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is
satisfactorily on fuels meeting not available, one bottle of GM Fuel
federal specifications, but emission System Treatment Cleaner added to
control system performance may be the fuel tank at every engine oil
affected. The malfunction indicator change, can help. GM Fuel System
lamp could turn on and the vehicle Treatment Cleaner is the only
may not pass a smog-check test. gasoline additive recommended by
See Malfunction Indicator Lamp General Motors. It is available at
(Check Engine Light) 0 122. If this your dealer.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
{ Warning { Warning Warning (Continued)

Overfilling the fuel tank by more Fuel vapors and fuel fires burn . Fuel can spray out if the
than three clicks of a standard fill violently and can cause injury or refueling nozzle is inserted
nozzle may cause: death. too quickly. This spray can
. Vehicle performance issues, . To help avoid injuries to you happen if the tank is nearly
full, and is more likely in hot
including engine stalling and and others, read and follow
weather. Insert the refueling
damage to the fuel system. all the instructions on the
nozzle slowly and wait for
. Fuel spills. fuel pump island.
any hiss noise to stop prior
. . Turn off the engine when to beginning to flow fuel.
Potential fuel fires.
refueling.
. Keep sparks, flames, and
Be careful not to spill fuel. Wait a
smoking materials away
few seconds after you have finished
from fuel.
pumping before removing the
nozzle. Clean fuel from painted . Do not leave the fuel pump
surfaces as soon as possible. See unattended.
Exterior Care 0 358. . Do not use a cell phone
while refueling.
. Do not reenter the vehicle
while pumping fuel.
. Keep children away from
the fuel pump and never let
children pump fuel.
(Continued)
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
The vehicle has a capless refueling 1. Locate the capless funnel Filling a Portable Fuel
system and does not have a fuel adapter from under the carpet
cap. The filling nozzle must be fully in the trunk.
Container
inserted and latched prior to starting
fuel flow.
2. Insert and latch the funnel into
the capless fuel system.
{ Warning
{ Warning { Warning
Filling a portable fuel container
while it is in the vehicle can cause
If a fire starts while you are fuel vapors that can ignite either
Attempting to refuel without using by static electricity or other
refueling, do not remove the the funnel adapter may cause fuel
nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel by means. You or others could be
spillage and damage the capless badly burned and the vehicle
shutting off the pump or by fuel system. This could cause a
notifying the station attendant. could be damaged. Always:
fire and you or others could be
Leave the area immediately. badly burned and the vehicle . Use approved fuel
could be damaged. containers.
Filling the Tank With a Portable . Remove the container from
Gas Can the vehicle, trunk, or pickup
3. Remove and clean the funnel
If the vehicle runs out of fuel and adapter and return it to the bed before filling.
must be filled from a portable storage location. . Place the container on the
gas can: ground.
. Place the nozzle inside the
fill opening of the container
before dispensing fuel, and
keep it in contact with the fill
opening until filling is
complete.
(Continued)
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Warning (Continued) Trailer Towing Driving Characteristics

and Towing Tips
. Fill the container no more General Towing
than 95% full to allow for Driving with a Trailer
expansion.
Information
When towing a trailer:
. Only use towing equipment that has
Do not smoke, light . Become familiar with the state
been designed for the vehicle.
matches, or use lighters and local laws that apply
Contact your dealer or trailering
while pumping fuel. specifically to trailer towing.
dealer for assistance with preparing
. Avoid using cell phones or the vehicle for towing a trailer. Read . Do not tow a trailer during the
other electronic devices. the entire section before towing a first 800 km (500 mi), to prevent
trailer. damage to the engine, axle,
When towing with the 2.0L L4 or other parts.
engine, only use unleaded gasoline . Then, during the first 800 km
with an octane rating of 89 or (500 mi) of trailer towing, do not
higher. Using gasoline with a lower drive over 80 km/h (50 mph) and
octane rating while towing may do not make starts at full throttle.
damage the engine and may not be . The vehicle can tow in D (Drive)
but Manual Mode is
See Fuel 0 268.
recommended. See Manual
For towing a disabled vehicle, see Mode 0 235. Use a lower gear if
Towing the Vehicle 0 355. For the transmission shifts too often.
towing the vehicle behind another . Turn off Parking Assist when
vehicle such as a motor home, see
towing.
Recreational Vehicle Towing 0 356.
. Do not use Adaptive Cruise
Control when towing.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16

. Turn off Forward Automatic During the trip, check occasionally
Braking when towing. See Warning (Continued) to be sure that the load is secure
Forward Automatic Braking and the lamps and any trailer
. Also adjust the climate
(FAB) 0 260. brakes still work.
control system to a setting
. The Front Pedestrian Braking that brings in only outside Towing with a Stability Control
system should be set to Alert or air. See “Climate Control System
Off when towing. See Front Systems” in the Index.
Pedestrian Braking (FPB) When towing, the sound of the
System 0 261. For information about carbon stability control system might be
monoxide, see Engine heard. The system is reacting to the
{ Warning Exhaust 0 232. vehicle movement caused by the
trailer, which mainly occurs during
When towing a trailer, exhaust Towing a trailer requires a certain cornering. This is normal when
gases may collect at the rear of amount of experience. The towing heavier trailers.
the vehicle and enter if the combination you are driving is Following Distance
liftgate, trunk/hatch, or rear-most longer and not as responsive as the
window is open. vehicle itself. Get acquainted with Stay at least twice as far behind the
the handling and braking of the rig vehicle ahead as you would when
When towing a trailer: before setting out for the open road. driving the vehicle without a trailer.
. Do not drive with the This can help to avoid situations
Before starting, check all trailer hitch that require heavy braking and
liftgate, trunk/hatch, parts and attachments, safety
or rear-most window open. sudden turns.
chains, electrical connectors, lamps,
. Fully open the air outlets on tires, and mirrors. If the trailer has Passing
or under the instrument electric brakes, start the More passing distance is needed
panel. combination moving and then apply when towing a trailer. Because the
(Continued) the trailer brake controller by hand rig is longer, it is necessary to go
to be sure the brakes work. farther beyond the passed vehicle
before returning to the lane.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Backing Up Turn Signals When Towing a When towing at high altitude on

Trailer steep uphill grades, engine coolant
Hold the bottom of the steering
boils at a lower temperature than at
wheel with one hand. To move the The turn signal indicators on the normal altitudes. If the engine is
trailer to the left, move your hand to instrument cluster flash whenever turned off immediately after towing
the left. To move the trailer to the signaling a turn or lane change. at high altitude on steep uphill
right, move your hand to the right. Properly hooked up, the trailer grades, the vehicle could show
Always back up slowly and, lamps also flash, telling other signs similar to engine overheating.
if possible, have someone drivers the vehicle is turning, To avoid this, let the engine run
guide you. changing lanes, or stopping. while parked, preferably on level
Making Turns When towing a trailer, the arrows on ground, with the transmission in
the instrument cluster flash for turns P (Park) for a few minutes before
even if the bulbs on the trailer are turning the engine off. If the
Caution
burned out. Check occasionally to overheat warning comes on, see
Making very sharp turns while be sure the trailer bulbs are still Engine Overheating 0 297.
trailering could cause the trailer to working.
Parking on Hills
come in contact with the vehicle. Driving on Grades
The vehicle could be damaged.
Avoid making very sharp turns Reduce speed and shift to a lower { Warning
while trailering. gear before starting down a long or
steep downgrade. If the Parking the vehicle on a hill with
transmission is not shifted down, the the trailer attached can be
When turning with a trailer, make brakes might have to be used so dangerous. If something goes
wider turns than normal so the much that they would get hot and no wrong, the rig could start to move.
trailer will not strike soft shoulders, longer work well. People can be injured, and both
curbs, road signs, trees, or other the vehicle and the trailer can be
The vehicle can tow in D (Drive).
objects. Use the turn signal well in damaged. When possible, always
Use a lower gear if the transmission
advance and avoid jerky or sudden park the rig on a flat surface.
shifts too often.
maneuvers.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
If parking the rig on a hill: 3. Drive slowly until the trailer is Trailer Towing
1. Press the brake pedal, but do clear of the chocks.
Before pulling a trailer, three
not shift into P (Park) yet. Turn 4. Stop and have someone pick important considerations have to do
the wheels into the curb if up and store the chocks. with weight:
facing downhill or into traffic if
facing uphill. Maintenance When Trailer . Weight of the trailer.
Towing . Weight of the trailer tongue.
2. Have someone place chocks
under the trailer wheels. The vehicle needs service more . Total weight on your vehicle's
often when pulling a trailer. See the tires.
3. When the wheel chocks are in Maintenance Schedule 0 369.
place, release the brake pedal Things that are especially important Weight of the Trailer
until the chocks absorb in trailer operation are automatic
the load. How heavy can a trailer safely be?
transmission fluid, engine oil, axle
4. Reapply the brake pedal. Then lubricant, belts, cooling system, and It should never weigh more than
apply the parking brake and brake system. Inspect these before 454 kg (1,000 lb). But even that can
shift into P (Park). and during the trip. be too heavy.
5. Release the brake pedal. Check periodically to see that all It depends on how the rig is used.
hitch nuts and bolts are tight. For example, speed, altitude, road
Leaving After Parking on a Hill grades, outside temperature, and
Engine Cooling When Trailer how much the vehicle is used to pull
1. Apply and hold the brake pedal
while you: Towing a trailer are all important. It can
The cooling system may temporarily depend on any special equipment
1.1. Start the engine. on the vehicle, and the amount of
overheat during severe operating
1.2. Shift into a gear. conditions. See Engine tongue weight the vehicle can carry.
Overheating 0 297. See “Weight of the Trailer Tongue”
1.3. Release the parking
following.
brake.
Maximum trailer weight is calculated
2. Let up on the brake pedal.
assuming the tow vehicle has the
driver, a front seat passenger and
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
all the required tow equipment. and the GVW because the vehicle will Total Weight on Your Vehicle's
it has all the required trailering be carrying that weight, too. See Tires
equipment. The weight of additional Vehicle Load Limits 0 222.
optional equipment, passengers, Be sure the vehicle's tires are
and cargo in the tow vehicle must inflated to the upper limit for cold
be subtracted from the maximum tires. These numbers can be found
trailer weight. on the Tire and Loading Information
label. See Vehicle Load Limits
Ask your dealer for trailering 0 222. Make sure not to go over the
information or advice, or write us at GVW limit for the vehicle, including
our Customer Assistance Offices. the weight of the trailer tongue.
See Customer Assistance
Offices 0 385. Towing Equipment
Weight of the Trailer Tongue Hitches
The tongue load (1) of any trailer is Use the correct hitch equipment.
an important weight to measure See your dealer or a hitch dealer for
because it affects the total gross The trailer tongue (1) should weigh assistance.
weight of the vehicle. The Gross 10 % of the total loaded trailer
Vehicle Weight (GVW) includes the weight (2). . The rear bumper on the vehicle
curb weight of the vehicle, any is not intended for hitches. Do
After loading the trailer, weigh the not attach rental hitches or other
cargo carried in it, and the people
trailer and then the tongue, bumper-type hitches to it. Use
who will be riding in the vehicle.
separately, to see if the weights are only a frame-mounted hitch that
If there are a lot of options,
proper. If they are not, adjustments does not attach to the bumper.
equipment, passengers, or cargo in
might be made by moving some
the vehicle, it will reduce the tongue . Will any holes be made in the
items around in the trailer.
weight the vehicle can carry, which body of the vehicle when the
will also reduce the trailer weight the trailer hitch is installed? If so,
vehicle can tow. If towing a trailer, seal the holes when the hitch is
the tongue load must be added to removed. If the holes are not
sealed, dirt, water, and deadly
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
carbon monoxide (CO) from the

exhaust can get into the vehicle.
Conversions and Caution
See Engine Exhaust 0 232. Add-Ons Some electrical equipment can
Safety Chains damage the vehicle or cause
Add-On Electrical components to not work and
Always attach chains between the Equipment
vehicle and the trailer. Cross the would not be covered by the
safety chains under the tongue of vehicle warranty. Always check
the trailer to help prevent the tongue { Warning with your dealer before adding
from contacting the road if it electrical equipment.
becomes separated from the hitch. The Data Link Connector (DLC) is
Leave enough slack so the rig can used for vehicle service and
Emission Inspection/Maintenance Add-on equipment can drain the
turn. Never allow safety chains to vehicle's 12-volt battery, even if the
drag on the ground. testing. See Malfunction Indicator
vehicle is not operating.
Lamp (Check Engine Light)
Trailer Brakes 0 122. A device connected to the The vehicle has an airbag system.
Does the trailer have its own DLC — such as an aftermarket Before attempting to add anything
brakes? Be sure to read and follow fleet or driver-behavior tracking electrical to the vehicle, see
the instructions for the trailer brakes device — may interfere with Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
so they are installed, adjusted, and vehicle systems. This could affect Vehicle 0 81 and Adding Equipment
maintained properly. vehicle operation and cause a to the Airbag-Equipped
crash. Such devices may also Vehicle 0 81.
Because the vehicle has antilock
brakes, do not tap into the vehicle's access information stored in the
brake system. If this is done, both vehicle’s systems.
brake systems will not work well or
at all.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
278 Vehicle Care
Vehicle Care Battery - North America . . . . . . 301

Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . 303
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Engine Compartment Fuse
Automatic Transmission Shift Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
Lock Control Function Instrument Panel Fuse
General Information Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303 Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 279 Park Brake and P (Park)
California Proposition Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 303 Wheels and Tires
65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279 Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 304 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
California Perchlorate All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
Materials Requirements . . . . . 279 Headlamp Aiming Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
Accessories and Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . 305 Low-Profile Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280 Summer Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
Bulb Replacement Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . 320
Vehicle Checks Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 305 Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
Doing Your Own Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305 Tire Terminology and
Service Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280 LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305 Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281 Headlamps, Front Turn Signal, Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
Engine Compartment Sidemarker, and Parking Tire Pressure for High-Speed
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283 Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288 Taillamps, Turn Signal, Tire Pressure Monitor
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 291 Stoplamps, and Back-Up System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
Automatic Transmission Lamps (LS and LT) . . . . . . . . . . 307 Tire Pressure Monitor
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292 Taillamps, Turn Signal, Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . 292 Stoplamps, and Back-Up Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
Cooling System (Engine) . . . . . 293 Lamps (LTZ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308 Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
Cooling System (Power License Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . . . 308 When It Is Time for New
Electronics) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294 Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . 309 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295 Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . . . 297 Electrical System
High Voltage Devices and Different Size Tires and
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299 Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299 Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300 Electrical System Overload . . . 310
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Vehicle Care 279
Uniform Tire Quality

Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
General Information cause cancer and birth defects or
other reproductive harm. Engine
Wheel Alignment and Tire For service and parts needs, visit exhaust, many parts and systems,
Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336 your dealer. You will receive many fluids, and some component
Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 336 genuine GM parts and GM-trained wear by-products contain and/or
Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337 and supported service people. emit these chemicals.
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 338 Genuine GM parts have one of See Battery - North America 0 301
Tire Sealant and these marks: and Jump Starting - North
Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
America 0 352.
Storing the Tire Sealant and
Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
Tire Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346 California Perchlorate
Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . 351 Materials Requirements
Jump Starting Certain types of automotive
Jump Starting - North applications, such as airbag
America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352 initiators, safety belt pretensioners,
and lithium batteries contained in
Towing the Vehicle Remote Keyless Entry transmitters,
Towing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 355 may contain perchlorate materials.
Recreational Vehicle Special handling may be necessary.
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356 For additional information, see
Appearance Care www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358 California Proposition perchlorate.
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363 65 Warning
Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366 WARNING: Most motor vehicles,
including this one, as well as many
of its service parts and fluids,
contain and/or emit chemicals
known to the State of California to
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
280 Vehicle Care
Accessories and Damage to vehicle components

resulting from modifications or the
Vehicle Checks
Modifications installation or use of non-GM
Adding non-dealer accessories or certified parts, including control Doing Your Own
making modifications to the vehicle module or software modifications, is Service Work
can affect vehicle performance and not covered under the terms of the
safety, including such things as
airbags, braking, stability, ride and
vehicle warranty and may affect
remaining warranty coverage for
{ Warning
handling, emissions systems, affected parts. It can be dangerous to work on
aerodynamics, durability, and GM Accessories are designed to your vehicle if you do not have
electronic systems like antilock complement and function with other the proper knowledge, service
brakes, traction control, and stability systems on the vehicle. See your manual, tools, or parts. Always
control. These accessories or dealer to accessorize the vehicle follow owner manual procedures
modifications could even cause using genuine GM Accessories and consult the service manual
malfunction or damage not covered installed by a dealer technician. for your vehicle before doing any
by the vehicle warranty. service work.
Also, see Adding Equipment to the
Damage to suspension components Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 81.
caused by modifying vehicle height
If doing some of your own service
outside of factory settings will not be
work, use the proper service
manual. It tells you much more
about how to service the vehicle
than this manual can. To order the
proper service manual, see Service
Publications Ordering
Information 0 392.
This vehicle has an airbag system.
Before attempting to do your own
service work, see Servicing the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 81.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Vehicle Care 281
Keep a record with all parts receipts

and list the mileage and the date of
any service work performed. See
Maintenance Records 0 379.
Caution
Even small amounts of
contamination can cause damage
to vehicle systems. Do not allow
contaminants to contact the fluids,
reservoir caps, or dipsticks.
2. Go to the front of the vehicle to 3. Lift the hood and pull the prop
Hood find the secondary release rod by the sleeve from the
handle. The handle is under retainer, located above the
To open the hood: the front edge of the hood near radiator.
the center. Slide the secondary
hood release handle toward
the driver side of the vehicle.
1. Pull the hood release handle

with this symbol on it. It is
inside the vehicle to the left of
the steering column.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
282 Vehicle Care
2. Lower the hood 20 cm (8 in)

above the vehicle and release
it so it fully latches. Check to
make sure the hood is closed
and repeat the process if
necessary.
4. Securely place the hood prop

rod into the slot on the
underside of the hood.
To close the hood:
1. Before closing the hood, be
sure all the filler caps are on
properly. Then, lift the hood to
relieve pressure on the hood
prop rod. Remove the hood
prop rod by the sleeve from the
retainer slot on the underside
of the hood and return the
hood prop rod to its retainer
above the radiator. The hood
prop rod must click into place
when returning it to the retainer
to prevent hood damage.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Vehicle Care 283
Engine Compartment Overview
1.5L L4 Turbo Engine

10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
284 Vehicle Care
1. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 292. 11. Remote Negative (-) Battery

2. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See Terminal. See Jump Starting -
Engine Oil 0 288. North America 0 352.
3. Engine Oil Dipstick. See

Engine Oil 0 288.
4. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of
View). See Cooling System
(Engine) 0 293 or Cooling
System (Power
Electronics) 0 294.
5. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See
Brakes 0 299.
6. Coolant Surge Tank and
Pressure Cap. See Engine
Coolant 0 295.
7. Battery - North America 0 301.
8. Remote Positive (+) Battery
Terminal (Under Cover). See
Jump Starting - North
America 0 352.
9. Engine Compartment Fuse
Block 0 311.
10. Windshield Washer Fluid
Reservoir. See Washer
Fluid 0 299.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Vehicle Care 285
1.8L L4 Hybrid Engine

10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
286 Vehicle Care
1. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 292. 10. Engine Compartment Fuse

2. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of Block 0 311.
View). See Cooling System 11. Windshield Washer Fluid
(Engine) 0 293 or Cooling Reservoir. See Washer
System (Power Fluid 0 299.
Electronics) 0 294. 12. Remote Negative (-) Battery
3. Engine Oil Dipstick. See Terminal. See Jump Starting -
4. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See
Engine Oil 0 288.
5. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See
Brakes 0 299.
6. Automatic Transmission Fluid
Fill Cap. See Automatic
Transmission Fluid 0 292.
7. Coolant Surge Tank and
Pressure Cap. See Engine
Coolant 0 295.
Jump Starting - North
America 0 352.
9. Power Electronics Coolant
Reservoir. See Cooling System
System (Power
Electronics) 0 294.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Vehicle Care 287
2.0L L4 Turbo Engine

10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
288 Vehicle Care
1. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 292. 11. Remote Negative (-) Battery Checking Engine Oil
2. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See Terminal. See Jump Starting -
Check the engine oil level regularly
(every 650 km (400 mi), especially
3. Engine Oil Dipstick. See prior to a long trip. The engine oil
Engine Oil dipstick handle is a loop. See
Engine Oil 0 288.
To ensure proper engine Engine Compartment Overview
4. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of performance and long life, careful 0 283 for the location.
View). See Cooling System attention must be paid to engine oil.
System (Power
Following these simple, but
important steps will help protect
{ Warning
Electronics) 0 294. your investment: The engine oil dipstick handle
5. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See . Use engine oil approved to the may be hot; it could burn you.
Brakes 0 299. proper specification and of the Use a towel or glove to touch the
6. Coolant Surge Tank and proper viscosity grade. See dipstick handle.
Pressure Cap. See Engine “Selecting the Right Engine Oil”
Coolant 0 295. in this section. If a low oil Driver Information Center
7. Battery - North America 0 301. . Check the engine oil level (DIC) message displays, check the
regularly and maintain the oil level.
proper oil level. See “Checking Follow these guidelines:
Engine Oil” and “When to Add
Jump Starting - North . To get an accurate reading, park
Engine Oil” in this section.
America 0 352. the vehicle on level ground.
. Change the engine oil at the Check the engine oil level after
9. Engine Compartment Fuse
appropriate time. See Engine Oil the engine has been off for at
Block 0 311.
Life System 0 291. least two hours. Checking the
10. Windshield Washer Fluid . Always dispose of engine oil engine oil level on steep grades
Reservoir. See Washer or too soon after engine shutoff
properly. See “What to Do with
Fluid 0 299. can result in incorrect readings.
Used Oil” later in this section.
Accuracy improves when
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Vehicle Care 289
checking a cold engine prior to

starting. Remove the dipstick Caution
and check the level.
Do not add too much oil. Oil
. If unable to wait two hours, the levels above or below the
engine must be off for at least acceptable operating range
15 minutes if the engine is shown on the dipstick are harmful
warm, or at least 30 minutes if 1.8L L4 Hybrid Engine to the engine. If you find that you
the engine is not warm. Pull out have an oil level above the
the dipstick, wipe it with a clean
operating range, i.e., the engine
paper towel or cloth, then push it
has so much oil that the oil level
back in all the way. Remove it
again, keeping the tip down, and gets above the upper mark that
check the level. shows the proper operating
range, the engine could be
When to Add Engine Oil 2.0L L4 Turbo Engine damaged. You should drain out
the excess oil or limit driving of
If the oil is below the cross-hatched
the vehicle and seek a service
area at the tip of the dipstick and
the engine has been off for at least professional to remove the
15 minutes, add 1 L (1 qt) of the excess amount of oil.
recommended oil and then recheck
the level. See “Selecting the Right See Engine Compartment Overview
Engine Oil” later in this section for 0 283 for the location of the engine
an explanation of what kind of oil to oil fill cap.
use. For engine oil crankcase
1.5L L4 Turbo Engine capacity, see Capacities and Add enough oil to put the level
Specifications 0 381. somewhere in the proper operating
range. Push the dipstick all the way
back in when through.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
290 Vehicle Care
Selecting the Right Engine Oil Viscosity Grade Engine oil system flushes are not
Use SAE 5W-20 viscosity grade recommended and could cause
Selecting the right engine oil
engine oil for the 1.8L L4 Hybrid. engine damage not covered by the
depends on both the proper oil
SAE 0W-20 may be used as an vehicle warranty.
specification and viscosity grade.
See Recommended Fluids and alternative. What to Do with Used Oil
Lubricants 0 377. Use SAE 5W-30 viscosity grade Used engine oil contains certain
Specification engine oil for all engines except the elements that can be unhealthy for
1.8L L4 Hybrid. your skin and could even cause
Ask for and use engine oils that
meet the dexos1™ specification. Cold Temperature Operation: In an cancer. Do not let used oil stay on
Engine oils that have been area of extreme cold, where the your skin for very long. Clean your
approved by GM as meeting the temperature falls below ✓29 °C skin and nails with soap and water,
dexos1 specification are marked (✓20 °F), an SAE 0W-30 oil may be or a good hand cleaner. Wash or
with the dexos1 approved logo. See used. An oil of this viscosity grade properly dispose of clothing or rags
www.gmdexos.com. will provide easier cold starting for containing used engine oil. See the
the engine at extremely low manufacturer's warnings about the
temperatures. When selecting an oil use and disposal of oil products.
of the appropriate viscosity grade, it Used oil can be a threat to the
is recommended to select an oil of environment. If you change your
the correct specification. See own oil, be sure to drain all the oil
“Specification” earlier in this section. from the filter before disposal. Never
Engine Oil Additives/Engine dispose of oil by putting it in the
trash or pouring it on the ground,
Oil Flushes
Caution into sewers, or into streams or
Do not add anything to the oil. The bodies of water. Recycle it by taking
Failure to use the recommended recommended oils meeting the it to a place that collects used oil.
engine oil or equivalent can result dexos1 specification are all that is
in engine damage not covered by needed for good performance and
the vehicle warranty. engine protection.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Vehicle Care 291
Engine Oil Life System be reset. Your dealer has trained 2. Press V on the DIC controls
service people who will perform this and hold down for a few
When to Change Engine Oil work and reset the system. It is also seconds to clear the CHANGE
This vehicle has a computer system important to check the oil regularly ENGINE OIL SOON message
that indicates when to change the over the course of an oil drain and reset the oil life at 100%.
engine oil and filter. This is based interval and keep it at the proper
level. Be careful not to reset the oil
on a combination of factors which life display accidentally at any
include engine revolutions, engine If the system is ever reset time other than after the oil is
temperature, and miles driven. accidentally, the oil must be changed. It cannot be reset
Based on driving conditions, the changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi) accurately until the next oil
mileage at which an oil change is since the last oil change. change.
indicated can vary considerably. For Remember to reset the oil life
the oil life system to work properly, system whenever the oil is changed. The system is reset when the
the system must be reset every time CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
the oil is changed. How to Reset the Engine Oil message is off and the REMAINING
Life System OIL LIFE message is displayed.
When the system has calculated
that oil life has been diminished, it 1. Using the DIC controls on the If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
indicates that an oil change is right side of the steering wheel, message comes back on when the
necessary. A CHANGE ENGINE display REMAINING OIL LIFE vehicle is started, the engine oil life
OIL SOON message comes on. See on the DIC. See Driver system has not been reset. Repeat
Engine Oil Messages 0 141. Information Center (DIC) (Base the procedure.
Change the oil as soon as possible Level) 0 131 or Driver
within the next 1 000 km (600 mi). Information Center (DIC)
It is possible that, if driving under (Uplevel) 0 134. When
the best conditions, the oil life remaining oil life is low, the
system might indicate that an oil CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
change is not necessary for up to a message will appear on the
year. The engine oil and filter must display. See Engine Oil
be changed at least once a year Messages 0 141.
and, at this time, the system must
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
292 Vehicle Care
Automatic Transmission When to Inspect the Engine Air To inspect or replace the engine air
Cleaner/Filter cleaner/filter:
Fluid
It is not necessary to check the For intervals on changing and
transmission fluid level. inspecting the engine air cleaner/
A transmission fluid leak is the only filter, see Maintenance
reason for fluid loss. If a leak Schedule 0 369.
occurs, take the vehicle to your How to Inspect the Engine Air
dealer and have it repaired as soon Cleaner/Filter
as possible.
Do not start the engine or have the
Change the fluid at the intervals engine running with the engine air
listed in Maintenance Schedule cleaner/filter housing open. Before
0 369, and be sure to use the fluid removing the engine air cleaner/
listed in Recommended Fluids and filter, make sure that the engine air
Lubricants 0 377. cleaner/filter housing and nearby 1.5L L4 Turbo Engine
components are free of dirt and
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter debris. Remove the engine air
The engine air cleaner/filter is in the cleaner/filter. Lightly tap and shake
engine compartment on the the engine air cleaner/filter (away
passenger side of the vehicle. See from the vehicle), to release loose
Engine Compartment dust and dirt. Inspect the engine air
Overview 0 283. cleaner/filter for damage, and
replace if damaged. Do not clean
the engine air cleaner/filter or
components with water or
compressed air.
1.8L L4 Hybrid Engine

10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Vehicle Care 293
{ Warning
Operating the engine with the air
cleaner/filter off can cause you or
others to be burned. The air
cleaner not only cleans the air; it
helps to stop flames if the engine
backfires. Use caution when
working on the engine and do not
drive with the air cleaner/filter off.
2.0L L4 Turbo Engine 1.5L L4 Turbo Engine

1. Remove the air cleaner Caution
housing cover screws.
If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirt
2. Raise the air cleaner housing can easily get into the engine,
cover and remove the air which could damage it. Always
cleaner/filter from the air
have the air cleaner/filter in place
cleaner housing.
when you are driving.
3. Clean the filter sealing surface
and the housing.
4. Install the new engine air
Cooling System (Engine)
cleaner/filter. The cooling system allows the
engine to maintain the correct
5. Lower the air cleaner housing
working temperature. 1.8L L4 Hybrid Engine
cover and secure with the
screws.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
294 Vehicle Care
Cooling System (Power

{ Warning Electronics)
Heater and radiator hoses, and The power electronics cooling
other engine parts, can be very system keeps the hybrid propulsion
hot. Do not touch them. If you do, system within a normal operating
you can be burned. temperature range.
Do not run the engine if there is a
What to Use
leak. If you run the engine, it
could lose all coolant. That could The power electronics coolant
cause an engine fire, and you reservoir in the vehicle is filled with
could be burned. Get any leak a 50/50 mixture of DEX-COOL®
2.0L L4 Turbo Engine fixed before you drive the vehicle. engine coolant and deionized water.
If using this mixture, nothing else
1. Engine Cooling Fan (Out needs to be added.
of View) The coolant needs to be replaced at
2. Coolant Surge Tank and Caution the appropriate interval. See
Pressure Cap Maintenance Schedule 0 369.
Using coolant other than
{ Warning DEX-COOL® can cause
premature engine, heater core,
Checking Coolant
The vehicle must be on a level
An electric engine cooling fan or radiator corrosion. In addition, surface when checking the coolant
under the hood can start up even the engine coolant could require level.
when the engine is not running changing sooner. Any repairs
would not be covered by the The power electronics coolant
and can cause injury. Keep
vehicle warranty. Always use reservoir is located in the engine
hands, clothing, and tools away
DEX-COOL (silicate-free) coolant compartment. See Engine
from any underhood electric fan. Compartment Overview 0 283.
in the vehicle.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Vehicle Care 295
The following explains the cooling This mixture:

system and how to check and add . Gives freezing protection down
coolant when it is low. If there is a to ✓37 °C (✓34 °F), outside
problem with engine overheating, temperature.
see Engine Overheating 0 297.
. Gives boiling protection up to
What to Use 129 °C (265 °F), engine
temperature.
{ Warning . Protects against rust and
corrosion.
Adding only plain water or some
other liquid to the cooling system . Will not damage aluminum parts.
can be dangerous. Plain water . Helps keep the proper engine
Check to see if coolant is visible in and other liquids, can boil before temperature.
the power electronics coolant the proper coolant mixture will.
reservoir. If coolant is visible but the The coolant warning system is set
coolant level is below the cold fill Caution
for the proper coolant mixture.
line, there could be a leak in the
With plain water or the wrong If improper coolant mixture,
cooling system.
mixture, the engine could get too inhibitors, or additives are used in
The power electronics coolant hot but you would not get the the vehicle cooling system, the
should only be serviced by a overheat warning. The engine engine could overheat and be
qualified technician. could catch fire and you or others damaged. Too much water in the
could be burned. Use a 50/ mixture can freeze and crack
Engine Coolant 50 mixture of clean, drinkable engine cooling parts. The repairs
The cooling system in the vehicle is water and DEX-COOL coolant. would not be covered by the
filled with DEX-COOL® engine vehicle warranty. Use only the
coolant mixture. See Recommended Use a 50/50 mixture of clean, proper mixture of engine coolant
Fluids and Lubricants 0 377 and drinkable water and DEX-COOL (Continued)
Maintenance Schedule 0 369. coolant. If using this mixture,
nothing else needs to be added.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
296 Vehicle Care
If coolant is visible but the coolant

Caution (Continued) level is not at or above the mark Caution
pointed to, add a 50/50 mixture of
for the cooling system. See clean, drinkable water and This vehicle has a specific
Recommended Fluids and DEX-COOL coolant. coolant fill procedure. Failure to
Lubricants 0 377. follow this procedure could cause
Be sure the cooling system is cool the engine to overheat and be
before this is done. severely damaged.
Never dispose of engine coolant by
putting it in the trash, or by pouring If no coolant is visible in the coolant
it on the ground, or into sewers, surge tank, add coolant as follows:
streams or bodies of water. Have
the coolant changed by an
How to Add Coolant to the { Warning
Coolant Surge Tank
authorized service center, familiar Steam and scalding liquids from a
with legal requirements regarding
used coolant disposal. This will help { Warning hot cooling system can blow out
and burn you badly. Never turn
protect the environment and your the cap when the cooling system,
You can be burned if you spill
health. including the surge tank pressure
coolant on hot engine parts.
Checking Coolant Coolant contains ethylene glycol cap, is hot. Wait for the cooling
and it will burn if the engine parts system and surge tank pressure
The vehicle must be on a level
are hot enough. Do not spill cap to cool.
surface when checking the coolant
level. coolant on a hot engine.
Check to see if coolant is visible in
the coolant surge tank. If the coolant
inside the coolant surge tank is
boiling, do not do anything else until
it cools down.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Vehicle Care 297
The coolant surge tank pressure tank until the level reaches the
cap can be removed when the mark pointed to on the coolant
cooling system, including the surge surge tank.
tank pressure cap and upper 5. Replace the cap tightly.
radiator hose, is no longer hot.
1. Turn the pressure cap slowly Caution
counterclockwise. If a hiss is
heard, wait for that to stop. If the pressure cap is not tightly
A hiss means there is still installed, coolant loss and
some pressure left. possible engine damage may
2. Keep turning the cap and occur. Be sure the cap is properly
remove it. and tightly secured.
1.8L L4 Hybrid Coolant
Surge Tank
3. Fill the coolant surge tank with Engine Overheating
the proper mixture to the mark The vehicle has an engine coolant
pointed to on the coolant temperature gauge on the
surge tank. instrument cluster to warn of engine
4. With the coolant surge tank overheating. See Engine Coolant
cap off, start the engine and let Temperature Gauge 0 119.
it run until the upper radiator If the decision is made not to lift the
hose starts getting hot. Watch hood when this warning appears,
out for the engine cooling fan. get service help right away. Contact
By this time, the coolant level your dealer for additional
1.5L L4 Turbo and 2.0L L4 Turbo inside the coolant surge tank information.
Coolant Surge Tank may be lower. If the level is
If the decision is made to lift the
lower, add more of the proper
hood, make sure the vehicle is
mixture to the coolant surge
parked on a level surface.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
298 Vehicle Care
Then check to see if the engine 1. Turn the air conditioning off.
cooling fans are running. If the Warning (Continued)
2. Turn the heater on to the
engine is overheating, both fans highest temperature and to the
should be running. If they are not, Wait until there is no sign of
steam or coolant before you open highest fan speed. Open the
do not continue to run the engine windows as necessary.
and have the vehicle serviced. the hood.
If you keep driving when the 3. When it is safe to do so, pull off
Caution engine is overheated, the liquids the road, shift to P (Park) or
in it can catch fire. You or others N (Neutral), and let the
Running the engine without engine idle.
could be badly burned. Stop the
coolant may cause damage or a engine if it overheats, and get out If the engine coolant temperature
fire. Vehicle damage would not be of the vehicle until the engine gauge is no longer in the overheat
covered by the vehicle warranty. is cool. zone, the vehicle can be driven.
Continue to drive the vehicle slowly
for about 10 minutes. Keep a safe
If Steam Is Coming from the If No Steam Is Coming from distance from the vehicle in front.
Engine Compartment the Engine Compartment If the warning does not come back
on, continue to drive normally and
{ Warning If an engine overheat warning is
displayed but no steam can be seen have the cooling system checked
or heard, the problem may not be for proper fill and function.
Steam from an overheated engine
too serious. Sometimes the engine If the warning continues, pull over,
can burn you badly, even if you
can get a little too hot when the stop, and park the vehicle
just open the hood. Stay away
vehicle: right away.
from the engine if you see or hear
steam coming from it. Just turn it . Climbs a long hill on a hot day. If there is no sign of steam, idle the
off and get everyone away from . Stops after high-speed driving. engine for three minutes while
the vehicle until it cools down. parked. If the warning is still
. Idles for long periods in traffic. displayed, turn off the engine until it
(Continued)
If the overheat warning is displayed cools down.
with no sign of steam:
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Vehicle Care 299
Washer Fluid Caution Caution (Continued)

What to Use
. Do not use washer fluid that freezing occurs, which could
When windshield washer fluid is contains any type of water damage the tank if it is
needed, be sure to read the repellent coating. This can completely full.
manufacturer's instructions before cause the wiper blades to
use. If operating the vehicle in an chatter or skip.
area where the temperature may fall Brakes
. Do not use engine coolant
below freezing, use a fluid that has Disc brake pads have built-in wear
sufficient protection against (antifreeze) in the
windshield washer. It can indicators that make a high-pitched
freezing. warning sound when the brake pads
damage the windshield
Adding Washer Fluid washer system and paint. are worn and new pads are needed.
The sound can come and go or can
. Do not mix water with be heard all the time when the
ready-to-use washer fluid. vehicle is moving, except when
Water can cause the applying the brake pedal firmly.
solution to freeze and
damage the washer fluid
tank and other parts of the { Warning
washer system.
The brake wear warning sound
Open the cap with the washer . When using concentrated means that soon the brakes will
symbol on it. Add washer fluid until washer fluid, follow the
the tank is full. See Engine not work well. That could lead to
manufacturer instructions for a crash. When the brake wear
Compartment Overview 0 283 for adding water.
reservoir location. warning sound is heard, have the
. Fill the washer fluid tank vehicle serviced.
only three-quarters full when
it is very cold. This allows
for fluid expansion if
(Continued)
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
300 Vehicle Care
Replacing Brake System Parts Checking Brake Fluid

Caution
Always replace brake system parts With the vehicle in P (Park) on a
Continuing to drive with worn-out with new, approved replacement level surface, the brake fluid level
brake pads could result in costly parts. If this is not done, the brakes should be between the minimum
brake repair. may not work properly. The braking and maximum marks on the brake
performance expected can change fluid reservoir.
in many other ways if the wrong There are only two reasons why the
Some driving conditions or climates replacement brake parts are
can cause a brake squeal when the brake fluid level in the reservoir may
installed or if parts are improperly go down:
brakes are first applied or lightly installed.
applied. This does not mean . Normal brake lining wear. When
something is wrong with the brakes. new linings are installed, the
Brake Fluid
Properly torqued wheel nuts are fluid level goes back up.
necessary to help prevent brake . A fluid leak in the brake
pulsation. When tires are rotated, hydraulic system. Have the
inspect brake pads for wear and brake hydraulic system fixed.
evenly tighten wheel nuts in the With a leak, the brakes will not
proper sequence to torque work well.
specifications. See Capacities and
Always clean the brake fluid
Specifications 0 381.
The brake master cylinder reservoir reservoir cap and the area around
Brake pads should be replaced as is filled with GM approved DOT 3 the cap before removing it.
complete sets. brake fluid as indicated on the
Do not top off the brake fluid.
reservoir cap. See Engine
Brake Pedal Travel Adding fluid does not correct a leak.
Compartment Overview 0 283 for
If fluid is added when the linings are
See your dealer if the brake pedal the location of the reservoir.
worn, there will be too much fluid
does not return to normal height, when new brake linings are
or if there is a rapid increase in installed. Add or remove fluid, as
pedal travel. This could be a sign necessary, only when work is done
that brake service may be required. on the brake hydraulic system.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Vehicle Care 301
Refer to the replacement number

{ Warning { Warning shown on the original battery label
when a new 12-volt battery is
If too much brake fluid is added, it The wrong or contaminated brake needed.
can spill on the engine and burn, fluid could result in damage to the
if the engine is hot enough. You brake system. This could result in Hybrid Vehicle
or others could be burned, and the loss of braking leading to a The hybrid vehicle 12-volt battery is
the vehicle could be damaged. possible injury. Always use the in the trunk on the driver side.
Add brake fluid only when work is proper GM approved brake fluid. Hybrid vehicles also have a high
done on the brake hydraulic voltage battery. Only a trained
system. service technician with the proper
knowledge and tools should inspect,
Caution test, or replace the high voltage
When the brake fluid falls to a low
battery. See your dealer if the high
level, the brake warning light comes If brake fluid is spilled on the
voltage battery needs service. The
on. See Brake System Warning vehicle's painted surfaces, the
dealer has information on how to
Light 0 124. paint finish can be damaged. recycle the high voltage battery.
Brake fluid absorbs water over time Immediately wash off any painted
surface. The hybrid high voltage battery is
which degrades the effectiveness of
cooled with air drawn from the
the brake fluid. Replace brake fluid
vehicle interior. The cold air intake
at the specified intervals to prevent
increased stopping distance. See
Battery - North America for the battery is under the rear
seat. Do not block the area in front
Maintenance Schedule 0 369. The original equipment battery is
of the cold air intake.
maintenance free. Do not remove
What to Add
the cap and do not add fluid.
Use only GM approved DOT 3
The non-hybrid vehicle has a
brake fluid from a clean, sealed
standard 12-volt battery under the
container. See Recommended
hood. See Engine Compartment
Fluids and Lubricants 0 377.
Overview 0 283.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
302 Vehicle Care
Stop/Start System
{ Warning If equipped with the 1.5L L4 engine,
Warning (Continued)
Damage to the high voltage the vehicle has a stop/start system reproductive harm. Batteries also
battery or high voltage system to shut off the engine to help contain other chemicals known to
can create a risk of electric shock, conserve fuel. See Starting the the State of California to cause
overheating, or fire. Engine 0 227. cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER
If the vehicle is damaged from a Vehicles with a 1.5L engine have an HANDLING.
moderate to severe crash, flood, Absorbed Glass Mat (AGM) 12-volt See California Proposition
battery. Installation of a standard
fire, or other event, the vehicle 65 Warning 0 279.
12-volt battery will result in reduced
should be inspected as soon as
12-volt battery life.
possible. Until the vehicle has
When using a 12-volt battery Vehicle Storage
been inspected, store it outside at
charger on the 12-volt AGM battery,
least 15 m (50 ft) from any
structure or anything that can some chargers have an AGM { Warning
burn. Ventilate the vehicle by battery setting on the charger.
If available, use the AGM setting on Batteries have acid that can burn
opening a window or a door. you and gas that can explode.
the charger, to limit charge voltage
Contact Customer Assistance as to 14.8 volts. You can be badly hurt if you are
soon as possible to determine not careful. See Jump Starting -
whether an inspection is needed.
See Customer Assistance
{ Warning North America 0 352 for tips on
working around a battery without
Offices 0 385. WARNING: Battery posts, getting hurt.
terminals, and related
accessories contain lead and lead Infrequent Usage: Remove the
compounds, chemicals known to 12-volt battery black, negative (✓)
the State of California to cause cable from the battery to keep the
cancer and birth defects or other battery from running down.
(Continued)
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Vehicle Care 303
Extended Storage: Remove the 3. Try to start the engine in each 3. With the engine off, turn the
12-volt battery black, negative (✓) gear. The vehicle should start ignition on, but do not start the
cable from the battery or use a only in P (Park) or N (Neutral). engine. Without applying the
battery trickle charger. If the vehicle starts in any other regular brake, try to move the
Remember to reconnect the battery position, contact your dealer for shift lever out of P (Park) with
when ready to drive the vehicle. service. normal effort. If the shift lever
moves out of P (Park), contact
Starter Switch Check Automatic Transmission your dealer for service.
Shift Lock Control
Park Brake and P (Park)
{ Warning Function Check
Mechanism Check
When you are doing this
inspection, the vehicle could
{ Warning { Warning
move suddenly. If the vehicle When you are doing this
moves, you or others could be inspection, the vehicle could When you are doing this check,
injured. move suddenly. If the vehicle the vehicle could begin to move.
moves, you or others could be You or others could be injured
injured. and property could be damaged.
1. Before starting this check, be Make sure there is room in front
sure there is enough room of the vehicle in case it begins to
around the vehicle. 1. Before starting this check, be roll. Be ready to apply the regular
2. Apply both the parking brake sure there is enough room brake at once should the vehicle
and the regular brake. around the vehicle. It should be begin to move.
parked on a level surface.
Do not use the accelerator
pedal, and be ready to turn off 2. Apply the parking brake. Be
the engine immediately if it ready to apply the regular
starts. brake immediately if the vehicle
begins to move.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
304 Vehicle Care
Park on a fairly steep hill, with the Wiper Blade Replacement

vehicle facing downhill. Keeping
your foot on the regular brake, set Windshield wiper blades should be
the parking brake. inspected for wear or cracking.
. To check the parking brake's It is a good idea to clean the wiper
holding ability: With the engine blade assembly on a regular basis.
running and the transmission in When worn, or when cleaning is
N (Neutral), slowly remove foot ineffective, replace the wiper blade.
pressure from the regular brake For proper windshield wiper blade
pedal. Do this until the vehicle is length and type, see Maintenance
held by the parking brake only. Replacement Parts 0 378.
. To check the P (Park)
mechanism's holding ability: Caution 2. Lift up on the latch in the
With the engine running, shift to middle of the wiper blade
Allowing the wiper arm to touch where the wiper arm attaches.
P (Park). Then release the
the windshield when no wiper
parking brake followed by the 3. With the latch open, pull the
blade is installed could damage
regular brake. wiper blade down toward the
the windshield. Any damage that
Contact your dealer if service is occurs would not be covered by windshield far enough to
required. release it from the J-hooked
the vehicle warranty. Do not allow
end of the wiper arm.
the wiper arm to touch the
windshield. 4. Remove the wiper blade.
5. Reverse Steps 1–3 for wiper
To replace the wiper blade: blade replacement.
1. Pull the wiper assembly away
from the windshield.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Vehicle Care 305
Headlamp Aiming Bulb Replacement Headlamps, Front Turn

Headlamp aim has been preset and For the proper type of replacement Signal, Sidemarker, and
should need no further adjustment. bulbs, see Replacement Parking Lamps
If the vehicle is damaged in a crash, Bulbs 0 309.
the headlamp aim may be affected. For any bulb-changing procedure
If adjustment to the headlamps is not listed in this section, contact
necessary, see your dealer. your dealer.
Halogen Bulbs
{ Warning
Halogen bulbs have pressurized
gas inside and can burst if you
drop or scratch the bulb. You or
others could be injured. Be sure Passenger Side Shown, Driver
to read and follow the instructions Side Similar
on the bulb package.
1. Parking/Turn Signal Lamp
2. Low/High-Beam Headlamp
LED Lighting 3. Sidemarker Lamp
This vehicle has several LED lamps. To replace one of the headlamp
For replacement of any LED lighting bulbs:
assembly, contact your dealer.
1. Open the hood. See
Hood 0 281.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
306 Vehicle Care
2. For the driver side bulb, 10. For the driver side, reinstall the 4. Remove the bulb from the
remove the windshield washer windshield washer bottle filler socket.
bottle filler neck by firmly neck by firmly pushing it 5. Replace the bulb in the bulb
pulling it straight up and out of straight into the bottle. Make socket.
the bottle. sure that the filler neck clip
engages into the bracket on 6. Install the bulb socket in the
3. For hybrid vehicles, remove the headlamp assembly by turning
engine air cleaner housing by the upper tie-bar.
it clockwise.
gripping firmly and pulling 11. Replace the engine air cleaner
straight up. housing by aligning the pegs 7. For the driver side, reinstall the
with the grommets and windshield washer bottle filler
4. Remove the cover from the neck by firmly pushing it
back of the headlamp pressing firmly down.
straight into the bottle. Make
assembly by turning it Front Turn Signal, Parking, and sure that the filler neck clip
counterclockwise. Sidemarker Lamps engages into the bracket on
5. Disconnect the electrical To replace one of these lamps: the upper tie-bar.
connector. 8. Replace the engine air cleaner
1. For the driver side bulb,
6. Remove the bulb from the lamp remove the windshield washer housing by aligning the pegs
assembly by turning bottle filler neck by firmly with the grommets and
counterclockwise. pulling it straight up and out of pressing firmly down.
7. Install a new bulb in the lamp the bottle.
assembly. 2. For hybrid vehicles, remove the
8. Connect the electrical engine air cleaner housing by
connector. gripping firmly and pulling
straight up.
9. Replace the cover from the
back of the headlamp 3. Remove the bulb socket from
assembly by turning it the headlamp assembly by
clockwise. turning it counterclockwise.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Vehicle Care 307
Taillamps, Turn Signal, 4. Remove the bulb from the

Caution
socket.
Stoplamps, and Back-Up
Lamps (LS and LT) 5. Install the new bulb in the bulb Improper lamp assembly removal
socket. and installation can cause leaks
Trunk Deck Inboard Taillamp and 6. Install the bulb socket by and water intrusion which may
Back-Up Lamp turning clockwise. cause damage to the taillamp. Do
not remove the taillamp assembly
7. Install the trunk deck trim.
to replace a bulb. Use the trunk
Stoplamp/Taillamp and Turn opening to access the bulb.
Signal Lamp
To replace any one of these bulbs:
1. Open the trunk. See
Trunk 0 44.
2. Remove the push pins and pull
the trunk trim away from the
taillamp assembly.
3. Remove three hex-nuts from
each stud.
1. Back-Up Lamp
2. Taillamp 4. Remove the lamp by pulling it
straight back.
Trunk 0 44. 5. Remove the bulb socket from
1. Stop/Tail/Turn Signal Lamp the taillamp assembly by
2. Remove the push pins and pull turning it counterclockwise.
2. Sidemarker Lamp
back the trunk deck trim.
6. Remove the bulb from the
3. Remove the bulb socket by socket by turning the bulb
turning counterclockwise and counterclockwise one-quarter
pulling straight out. turn and pulling it straight out.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
308 Vehicle Care
7. Install a new bulb into the Back-Up Lamp 7. Install the trunk deck trim.
socket. 1. Open the trunk. See
8. Install the bulb socket into the Trunk 0 44. License Plate Lamp
taillamp assembly by turning it 2. Remove the push pins and pull To replace one of these bulbs:
clockwise. back the trunk deck trim.
9. Install the trunk trim, hex nuts,
and push pins.
Taillamps, Turn Signal,

Stoplamps, and Back-Up
Lamps (LTZ)
Caution
Improper lamp assembly removal
and installation can cause leaks
Passenger Side Shown, Driver
and water intrusion which may
Side Similar
cause damage to the taillamp. Do
3. Remove the bulb socket by 1. Push the release tab toward
not remove the taillamp assembly
turning counterclockwise and the lamp assembly.
to replace a bulb. Use the trunk pulling straight out.
opening to access the bulb. 2. Pull the lamp assembly down
4. Remove the bulb from the to remove.
socket.
The stoplamp/taillamp and trunk
deck inboard taillamp are LEDs. To 5. Install the new bulb in the bulb
replace, see your dealer. socket.
6. Install the bulb socket by
turning clockwise.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Vehicle Care 309
Replacement Bulbs Electrical System

Bulb
Exterior Lamp
Number High Voltage Devices and
Low-Beam and 9005SL+ Wiring
High-Beam
Headlamp { Warning
Front Turn Signal 7444NA
Exposure to high voltage can
Lamp and Parking
Lamp (LS Only) cause shock, burns, and even
death. The high voltage
Front and Rear 194 components in the vehicle can
Sidemarker Lamp only be serviced by technicians
3. Turn the bulb socket
counterclockwise to remove it Stoplamp/Taillamp/ W21WLL with special training.
from the lamp assembly. Rear Turn Signal High voltage components are
4. Pull the bulb straight out of the Lamp (LS and LT) identified by labels. Do not
bulb socket. Back-up Lamp W16W remove, open, take apart,
5. Push the replacement bulb or modify these components.
License Plate Lamp W5WLL
straight into the bulb socket High voltage cable or wiring has
and Deck Taillamp
and turn the bulb socket (LS and LT) orange covering or labels. Do not
clockwise to install it into the probe, tamper with, cut, or modify
lamp assembly. For replacement bulbs not listed high voltage cable or wiring.
6. Push the lamp assembly back here, contact your dealer.
into position until the release
tab locks into place.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
310 Vehicle Care
Electrical System Headlamp Wiring Fuses

Overload An electrical overload may cause The wiring circuits in the vehicle are
the lamps to go on and off, or in protected from short circuits by
The vehicle has fuses and circuit
some cases to remain off. Have the fuses. This greatly reduces the
breakers to protect against an
headlamp wiring checked chance of damage caused by
electrical system overload.
right away. electrical problems.
When the current electrical load is
too heavy, the circuit breaker opens Windshield Wipers To check a fuse, look at the
and closes, protecting the circuit silver-colored band inside the fuse.
If the wiper motor overheats due to
until the current load returns to If the band is broken or melted,
heavy snow or ice, the windshield
normal or the problem is fixed. This replace the fuse. Be sure to replace
wipers will stop until the motor cools
greatly reduces the chance of circuit a bad fuse with a new one of the
and will then restart.
overload and fire caused by identical size and rating.
electrical problems. Although the circuit is protected
Fuses of the same amperage can
from electrical overload, overload
Fuses and circuit breakers protect be temporarily borrowed from
due to heavy snow or ice may
power devices in the vehicle. another fuse location, if a fuse goes
cause wiper linkage damage.
out. Replace the fuse as soon as
Replace a bad fuse with a new one Always clear ice and heavy snow
possible.
of the identical size and rating. from the windshield before using the
windshield wipers. To identify and check fuses, circuit
If there is a problem on the road and breakers, and relays, see Engine
a fuse needs to be replaced, the If the overload is caused by an
Compartment Fuse Block 0 311 and
same amperage fuse can be electrical problem and not snow or
Instrument Panel Fuse Block 0 315.
borrowed. Choose some feature of ice, be sure to get it fixed.
the vehicle that is not needed and
replace it as soon as possible.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Vehicle Care 311
Engine Compartment
Fuse Block
The engine compartment fuse block

is on the driver side of the engine
compartment.
Caution
Spilling liquid on any electrical
component on the vehicle may
damage it. Always keep the
covers on any electrical
component.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
312 Vehicle Care

10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Vehicle Care 313
The vehicle may not be equipped Fuses Usage Fuses Usage

with all of the fuses, relays, and
features shown. 19 Driver power seat 38 –
Fuses Usage 21 Sunroof 39 –
1 – 22 Parking lamp 40 Steering column lock
2 – 23 Active headlamp 41 –
leveling 43 Heated steering wheel
3 ABS pump
24 – 44 Active headlamp
5 AC DC inverter
26 Transmission control leveling
6 Rear closure
module/Ignition 45 –
7 ATWS/Horn
27 Instrument panel 46 Engine control
8 Window/Mirror/Seats body/Ignition module/Ignition
9 Eboost 28 Fuel pump 47 –
10 Left seat lumbar/ 29 Regulated voltage 48 Eboost (HEV)
Airbag HEV control/Ventilation
49 DC DC battery 2
11 DC DC battery 1 30 Malfunction indicator
lamp/SS 50 –
12 Rear defogger
32 CVS 51 –
13 Heated mirror
33 Front heated seat 52 –
14 –
34 Rear heated seat/ 53 –
15 Passive entry/Passive
start BSM/ESS fan 54 –
16 Front wiper 35 Body control 55 –
module 6/Body control
17 Passenger power seat module 7 56 –
18 ABS valve 36 Fuel module
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
314 Vehicle Care
Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Relays Usage

57 Transmission 78 Horn 04 AC DC inverter
auxiliary pump 79 Washer pump 20 Rear defogger
58 – 81 Transmission control 25 Front wiper control
59 High-beam module/Engine control 31 Run/Crank
headlamps module
37 Front wiper speed
60 Cooling fan 83 Ignition coil
42 Transmission
61 – 84 Powertrain on engine auxiliary pump
62 – 85 Engine control module 64 A/C control
63 – switch 2
66 Powertrain
65 A/C (HEV) 86 Engine control module
switch 1 71 Low-beam HID
67 – headlamps
87 SAIR pump
68 – 73 Starter motor
88 Aeroshutter
69 Right low-beam HID 80 Starter pinion
headlamp 89 Headlamp washer
90 SAIR solenoid
70 Left low-beam HID 91 –
94 Headlamp washer
headlamp 92 TPIM MGU pump
98 SAIR pump
72 Starter pinion 93 Active headlamp
74 Starter motor leveling
75 Engine control module 95 SAIR solenoid
76 Powertrain off engine 96 Fuel heater
77 – 97 –
99 Coolant pump
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Vehicle Care 315
Instrument Panel Fuse

Block
The instrument panel fuse block is

on the driver side of the instrument
panel. To access the fuses: The vehicle may not be equipped Fuses Amps Usage
1. Pull out at the center of the with all of the fuses, relays, and
right edge, and swing the cover features shown. F5 15 Body control
out and to the left. module 2
Fuses Amps Usage
2. Remove the cover. F6 – –
F1 30 Left power
To reinstall the cover, line up the windows F7 – –
tabs on the left edge, and press the F2 30 Right power F8 15 Body control
cover into place. windows module 3
F3 – –
F4 40 HVAC blower
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
316 Vehicle Care
Fuses Amps Usage Fuses Amps Usage Fuses Amps Usage

F9 5 Engine control F22 – – F35 – –
module/Rear F23 10 Electric F36 5 Wireless
battery steering charger
F10 15 Body control column lock F37 20 Front
module 2 (China only) accessory
F11 – – F24 10 Airbag power outlets/
F12 – – F25 7.5 Data link Cigar lighter
connector (China only)
F13 – –
F26 – – F38 5 OnStar
F14 – –
F27 30 AC DC inverter F39 7.5 Display
F15 20 Transmission
control module F28 – – F40 10 Obstacle
(Stop/Start) detection
F29 20 Body control
F16 30 Amplifier module 8 F41 15 Body control
module 1
F17 – Seat power F30 10 Overhead (Stop/Start)
lumbar console
F42 15 Radio
F18 – – F31 2 Steering wheel
controls CB1 – –
F19 – –
F32 – – CB2 15 Console
F20 15 Body control accessory
module 1 F33 10 HVAC power outlet
F21 15 Body control F34 – –
module 4
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Vehicle Care 317
Relays Usage Wheels and Tires Warning (Continued)

K1 –
K2 Retained accessory
Tires . Underinflated tires pose
power relay Every new GM vehicle has the same danger as
high-quality tires made by a overloaded tires. The
K3 – resulting crash could
leading tire manufacturer. See
K4 –
the warranty manual for cause serious injury.
K5 – information regarding the tire Check all tires frequently
warranty and where to get to maintain the
service. For additional recommended pressure.
information refer to the tire Tire pressure should be
manufacturer. checked when the tires
are cold.
{ Warning . Overinflated tires are
more likely to be cut,
. Poorly maintained and punctured, or broken by
improperly used tires are a sudden impact — such
dangerous. as when hitting a pothole.
. Overloading the tires can Keep tires at the
cause overheating as a recommended pressure.
result of too much . Worn or old tires can
flexing. There could be a cause a crash. If the
blowout and a serious tread is badly worn,
crash. See Vehicle Load replace them.
Limits 0 222. (Continued)
(Continued)
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
318 Vehicle Care
Warning (Continued)
All-Season Tires Winter Tires
This vehicle may come with This vehicle was not originally
. Replace any tires that all-season tires. These tires are equipped with winter tires. Winter
have been damaged by designed to provide good overall tires are designed for increased
impacts with potholes, performance on most road surfaces traction on snow and ice-covered
curbs, etc. and weather conditions. Original roads. Consider installing winter
equipment tires designed to GM's tires on the vehicle if frequent
. Improperly repaired tires specific tire performance criteria driving on ice or snow covered
can cause a crash. Only have a TPC specification code roads is expected. See your dealer
the dealer or an molded onto the sidewall. Original for details regarding winter tire
authorized tire service equipment all-season tires can be availability and proper tire selection.
center should repair, identified by the last two characters Also, see Buying New Tires 0 333.
replace, dismount, and of this TPC code, which will With winter tires, there may be
mount the tires. be “MS.” decreased dry road traction,
Consider installing winter tires on increased road noise, and shorter
. Do not spin the tires in
the vehicle if frequent driving on tread life. After changing to winter
excess of 56 km/h snow or ice-covered roads is tires, be alert for changes in vehicle
(35 mph) on slippery expected. All-season tires provide handling and braking.
surfaces such as snow, adequate performance for most If using winter tires:
mud, ice, etc. Excessive winter driving conditions, but they
spinning may cause the may not offer the same level of . Use tires of the same brand and
tires to explode. traction or performance as winter tread type on all four wheel
tires on snow or ice-covered roads. positions.
See Winter Tires 0 318. . Use only radial ply tires of the
See Tire Pressure for
same size, load range, and
High-Speed Operation 0 326 for speed rating as the original
inflation pressure adjustment for equipment tires.
high-speed driving.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Vehicle Care 319
Winter tires with the same speed

rating as the original equipment tires Caution (Continued) Caution
may not be available for H, V, W, Y,
and ZR speed rated tires. If winter when possible, avoid contact with High performance summer tires
tires with a lower speed rating are curbs, potholes, and other road have rubber compounds that lose
chosen, never exceed the tire's hazards. flexibility and may develop
maximum speed capability. surface cracks in the tread area
at temperatures below ✓7 °C
Summer Tires (20 °F). Always store high
Low-Profile Tires
This vehicle may come with high performance summer tires
If the vehicle has 245/45R18 or performance summer tires. These indoors and at temperatures
245/40R19 size tires, they are tires have a special tread and above ✓7 °C (20 °F) when not in
classified as low-profile tires. compound that are optimized for use. If the tires have been
maximum dry and wet road subjected to ✓7 °C (20 °F) or less,
Caution performance. This special tread and let them warm up in a heated
compound will have decreased space to at least 5 °C (40 °F) for
Low-profile tires are more performance in cold climates, and 24 hours or more before being
susceptible to damage from road on ice and snow. It is recommended installed or driving a vehicle on
hazards or curb impact than that winter tires be installed on the which they are installed. Do not
standard profile tires. Tire and/or vehicle if frequent driving at apply heat or blow heated air
wheel assembly damage can temperatures below approximately
directly on the tires. Always
occur when coming into contact 5 °C (40 °F) or on ice or snow
covered roads is expected. See inspect tires before use. See Tire
with road hazards like potholes, Inspection 0 331.
or sharp edged objects, or when Winter Tires 0 318.
sliding into a curb. The warranty
does not cover this type of
damage. Keep tires set to the
correct inflation pressure and
(Continued)
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
320 Vehicle Care
Tire Sidewall Labeling (2) TPC Spec (Tire week of the year 2010 would
Performance Criteria have a four-digit DOT date
Useful information about a tire is Specification) : Original of 0310.
molded into its sidewall. The equipment tires designed to
examples show a typical (4) Tire Identification Number
GM's specific tire performance (TIN) : The letters and numbers
passenger vehicle tire and a criteria have a TPC specification
compact spare tire sidewall. following the DOT (Department
code molded onto the sidewall. of Transportation) code are the
GM's TPC specifications meet or Tire Identification Number (TIN).
exceed all federal safety The TIN shows the
guidelines. manufacturer and plant code,
(3) DOT (Department of tire size, and date the tire was
Transportation) : The manufactured. The TIN is
Department of Transportation molded onto both sides of the
(DOT) code indicates that the tire, although only one side may
tire is in compliance with the have the date of manufacture.
U.S. Department of (5) Tire Ply Material : The type
Transportation Motor Vehicle of cord and number of plies in
Safety Standards. the sidewall and under the tread.
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire Example
DOT Tire Date of (6) Uniform Tire Quality
(1) Tire Size : The tire size is a Manufacture : The last four
combination of letters and Grading (UTQG) : Tire
digits of the TIN indicate the tire manufacturers are required to
numbers used to define a manufactured date. The first two
particular tire's width, height, grade tires based on three
digits represent the week (01– performance factors: treadwear,
aspect ratio, construction type, 52) and the last two digits, the
and service description. See the traction, and temperature
year. For example, the third resistance. For more information
“Tire Size” illustration later in this
section. see Uniform Tire Quality
Grading 0 335.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Vehicle Care 321
(7) Maximum Cold Inflation road tire has lost air and gone information on tire pressure and
Load Limit : Maximum load that flat. If the vehicle has a compact inflation see Tire
can be carried and the spare tire, see Compact Spare Pressure 0 325.
maximum pressure needed to Tire 0 351 and If a Tire Goes (6) Tire Size : A combination of
support that load. Flat 0 338. letters and numbers define a
(3) Tire Identification Number tire's width, height, aspect ratio,
(TIN) : The letters and numbers construction type, and service
following the DOT (Department description. The letter T as the
of Transportation) code are the first character in the tire size
Tire Identification Number (TIN). means the tire is for temporary
The TIN shows the use only.
manufacturer and plant code, (7) TPC Spec (Tire
tire size, and date the tire was Performance Criteria
manufactured. The TIN is Specification) : Original
molded onto both sides of the equipment tires designed to
tire, although only one side may GM's specific tire performance
Compact Spare Tire Example have the date of manufacture. criteria have a TPC specification
(1) Tire Ply Material : The type (4) Maximum Cold Inflation code molded onto the sidewall.
of cord and number of plies in Load Limit : Maximum load that GM's TPC specifications meet or
the sidewall and under the tread. can be carried and the exceed all federal safety
maximum pressure needed to guidelines.
(2) Temporary Use Only : The
support that load.
compact spare tire or temporary
use tire should not be driven at (5) Tire Inflation : The
speeds over 80 km/h (50 mph). temporary use tire or compact
The compact spare tire is for spare tire should be inflated to
emergency use when a regular 420 kPa (60 psi). For more
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
322 Vehicle Care
Tire Designations (3) Aspect Ratio : A two-digit Tire Terminology and

number that indicates the tire Definitions
Tire Size height-to-width measurements.
The following is an example of a For example, if the tire size Air Pressure : The amount of
typical passenger vehicle aspect ratio is 60, as shown in air inside the tire pressing
tire size. item 3 of the illustration, it would outward on each square inch of
mean that the tire's sidewall is the tire. Air pressure is
60 percent as high as it is wide. expressed in kPa (kilopascal)
or psi (pounds per square inch).
(4) Construction Code : A letter
code is used to indicate the type Accessory Weight : The
of ply construction in the tire. combined weight of optional
The letter R means radial ply accessories. Some examples of
construction; the letter D means optional accessories are
(1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : automatic transmission, power
The United States version of a diagonal or bias ply
construction; and the letter B windows, power seats, and air
metric tire sizing system. The conditioning.
letter P as the first character in means belted-bias ply
the tire size means a passenger construction. Aspect Ratio : The relationship
vehicle tire engineered to (5) Rim Diameter : Diameter of of a tire's height to its width.
standards set by the U.S. Tire the wheel in inches. Belt : A rubber coated layer of
and Rim Association. (6) Service Description : These cords between the plies and the
(2) Tire Width : The three-digit characters represent the load tread. Cords may be made from
number indicates the tire section index and speed rating of the steel or other reinforcing
width in millimeters from tire. The load index represents materials.
sidewall to sidewall. the load carrying capacity a tire
is certified to carry. The speed
rating is the maximum speed a
tire is certified to carry a load.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Vehicle Care 323
Bead : The tire bead contains Department of Transportation Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : A
steel wires wrapped by steel (DOT) Motor Vehicle Safety tire used on light duty trucks and
cords that hold the tire onto Standards. The DOT code some multipurpose passenger
the rim. includes the Tire Identification vehicles.
Bias Ply Tire : A pneumatic tire Number (TIN), an alphanumeric Load Index : An assigned
in which the plies are laid at designator which can also number ranging from 1 to 279
alternate angles less than identify the tire manufacturer, that corresponds to the load
90 degrees to the centerline of production plant, brand, and carrying capacity of a tire.
the tread. date of production.
Maximum Inflation Pressure :
Cold Tire Pressure : The GVWR : Gross Vehicle Weight The maximum air pressure to
amount of air pressure in a tire, Rating. See Vehicle Load which a cold tire can be inflated.
measured in kPa (kilopascal) Limits 0 222. The maximum air pressure is
or psi (pounds per square inch) GAWR FRT : Gross Axle Weight molded onto the sidewall.
before a tire has built up heat Rating for the front axle. See Maximum Load Rating : The
from driving. See Tire Vehicle Load Limits 0 222. load rating for a tire at the
Pressure 0 325. GAWR RR : Gross Axle Weight maximum permissible inflation
Curb Weight : The weight of a Rating for the rear axle. See pressure for that tire.
motor vehicle with standard and Vehicle Load Limits 0 222. Maximum Loaded Vehicle
optional equipment including the Intended Outboard Sidewall : Weight : The sum of curb
maximum capacity of fuel, oil, The side of an asymmetrical tire weight, accessory weight,
and coolant, but without that must always face outward vehicle capacity weight, and
passengers and cargo. when mounted on a vehicle. production options weight.
DOT Markings : A code molded Kilopascal (kPa) : The metric
into the sidewall of a tire unit for air pressure.
signifying that the tire is in
compliance with the U.S.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
324 Vehicle Care
Normal Occupant Weight : The tire inflation pressure as shown Treadwear Indicators : Narrow
number of occupants a vehicle on the tire placard. See Tire bands, sometimes called wear
is designed to seat multiplied by Pressure 0 325 and Vehicle bars, that show across the tread
68 kg (150 lb). See Vehicle Load Load Limits 0 222. of a tire when only 1.6 mm
Limits 0 222. Radial Ply Tire : A pneumatic (1/16 in) of tread remains. See
Occupant Distribution : tire in which the ply cords that When It Is Time for New
Designated seating positions. extend to the beads are laid at Tires 0 332.
Outward Facing Sidewall : The 90 degrees to the centerline of UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality
side of an asymmetrical tire that the tread. Grading Standards) : A tire
has a particular side that faces Rim : A metal support for a tire information system that provides
outward when mounted on a and upon which the tire beads consumers with ratings for a
vehicle. The side of the tire that are seated. tire's traction, temperature, and
contains a whitewall, bears treadwear. Ratings are
Sidewall : The portion of a tire determined by tire
white lettering, or bears between the tread and the bead.
manufacturer, brand, and/or manufacturers using
model name molding that is Speed Rating : An government testing procedures.
higher or deeper than the same alphanumeric code assigned to The ratings are molded into the
moldings on the other sidewall a tire indicating the maximum sidewall of the tire. See Uniform
of the tire. speed at which a tire can Tire Quality Grading 0 335.
operate. Vehicle Capacity Weight : The
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : A
tire used on passenger cars and Traction : The friction between number of designated seating
some light duty trucks and the tire and the road surface. positions multiplied by
multipurpose vehicles. The amount of grip provided. 68 kg (150 lb) plus the rated
cargo load. See Vehicle Load
Recommended Inflation Tread : The portion of a tire that Limits 0 222.
Pressure : Vehicle comes into contact with
manufacturer's recommended the road.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Vehicle Care 325
Vehicle Maximum Load on the The Tire and Loading

Tire : Load on an individual tire Caution Information label on the vehicle
due to curb weight, accessory Neither tire underinflation nor indicates the original equipment
weight, occupant weight, and overinflation is good. tires and the correct cold tire
cargo weight. Underinflated tires, or tires inflation pressures. The
Vehicle Placard : A label that do not have enough air, recommended pressure is the
permanently attached to a can result in: minimum air pressure needed to
vehicle showing the vehicle support the vehicle's maximum
. Tire overloading and load carrying capacity. See
capacity weight and the original overheating which could
equipment tire size and Vehicle Load Limits 0 222.
lead to a blowout.
recommended inflation pressure. How the vehicle is loaded
See “Tire and Loading . Premature or affects vehicle handling and ride
Information Label” under Vehicle irregular wear. comfort. Never load the vehicle
Load Limits 0 222. . Poor handling. with more weight than it was
designed to carry.
Tire Pressure . Reduced fuel economy.
Overinflated tires, or tires that When to Check
Tires need the correct amount of
have too much air, can Check the tires once a month or
air pressure to operate
result in: more. Do not forget the compact
effectively.
. Unusual wear. spare, if the vehicle has one.
The cold compact spare tire
. Poor handling. pressure should be at 420 kPa
. Rough ride. (60 psi). See Compact Spare
Tire 0 351.
. Needless damage from
road hazards.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
326 Vehicle Care
How to Check Put the valve caps back on the

valve stems to keep out dirt and Warning (Continued)
Use a good quality pocket-type
gauge to check tire pressure. moisture and prevent leaks. Use to be driven at high speeds, make
Proper tire inflation cannot be only valve caps designed for the sure the tires are rated for
determined by looking at the tire. vehicle by GM. TPMS sensors high-speed operation, are in
Check the tire inflation pressure could be damaged and would excellent condition, and are set to
when the tires are cold, meaning not be covered by the vehicle the correct cold tire inflation
the vehicle has not been driven warranty. pressure for the vehicle load.
for at least three hours or no
more than 1.6 km (1 mi). Tire Pressure for Vehicles with 245/40R19 size tires
High-Speed Operation require inflation pressure adjustment
Remove the valve cap from the when driving the vehicle at speeds
tire valve stem. Press the tire
gauge firmly onto the valve to { Warning of 160 km/h (100 mph) or higher.
Set the cold tire inflation pressure to
get a pressure measurement. Driving at high speeds, 160 km/h 20 kPa (3 psi) above the
If the cold tire inflation pressure (100 mph) or higher, puts recommended cold tire pressure
matches the recommended additional strain on tires. shown on the Tire and Loading
pressure on the Tire and Sustained high-speed driving Information label.
Loading Information label, no causes excessive heat buildup Return the tires to the
further adjustment is necessary. and can cause sudden tire failure. recommended cold tire inflation
If the inflation pressure is low, This could cause a crash, and pressure when high-speed driving
add air until the recommended you or others could be killed. has ended. See Vehicle Load Limits
pressure is reached. If the Some high-speed rated tires 0 222 and Tire Pressure 0 325.
inflation pressure is high, press require inflation pressure
on the metal stem in the center adjustment for high-speed
of the tire valve to release air. operation. When speed limits and
road conditions allow the vehicle
Recheck the tire pressure with (Continued)
the tire gauge.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Vehicle Care 327
Tire Pressure Monitor Accordingly, when the low tire This sequence will continue upon
pressure telltale illuminates, you subsequent vehicle start-ups as
System should stop and check your tires as long as the malfunction exists.
The Tire Pressure Monitor System soon as possible, and inflate them When the malfunction indicator is
(TPMS) uses radio and sensor to the proper pressure. Driving on a illuminated, the system may not be
technology to check tire pressure significantly under-inflated tire able to detect or signal low tire
levels. The TPMS sensors monitor causes the tire to overheat and can pressure as intended. TPMS
the air pressure in your tires and lead to tire failure. Under-inflation malfunctions may occur for a variety
transmit tire pressure readings to a also reduces fuel efficiency and tire of reasons, including the installation
receiver located in the vehicle. tread life, and may affect the of replacement or alternate tires or
vehicle's handling and stopping wheels on the vehicle that prevent
Each tire, including the spare (if
ability. the TPMS from functioning properly.
provided), should be checked
monthly when cold and inflated to Please note that the TPMS is not a Always check the TPMS malfunction
the inflation pressure recommended substitute for proper tire telltale after replacing one or more
by the vehicle manufacturer on the maintenance, and it is the driver's tires or wheels on your vehicle to
vehicle placard or tire inflation responsibility to maintain correct tire ensure that the replacement or
pressure label. (If your vehicle has pressure, even if under-inflation has alternate tires and wheels allow the
tires of a different size than the size not reached the level to trigger TPMS to continue to function
indicated on the vehicle placard or illumination of the TPMS low tire properly.
tire inflation pressure label, you pressure telltale. See Tire Pressure Monitor
should determine the proper tire Your vehicle has also been Operation 0 328.
inflation pressure for those tires.) equipped with a TPMS malfunction See Radio Frequency
As an added safety feature, your indicator to indicate when the Statement 0 393.
vehicle has been equipped with a system is not operating properly.
tire pressure monitoring system The TPMS malfunction indicator is
(TPMS) that illuminates a low tire combined with the low tire pressure
pressure telltale when one or more telltale. When the system detects a
of your tires is significantly malfunction, the telltale will flash for
under-inflated. approximately one minute and then
remain continuously illuminated.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
328 Vehicle Care
Tire Pressure Monitor shown on the Tire and Loading equipment tires and the correct
Information label. See Vehicle Load inflation pressure for the tires when
Operation Limits 0 222. they are cold. See Vehicle Load
This vehicle may have a Tire A message to check the pressure in Limits 0 222, for an example of the
Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). a specific tire displays in the Driver Tire and Loading Information label
The TPMS is designed to warn the Information Center (DIC). The low and its location. Also see Tire
driver when a low tire pressure tire pressure warning light and the Pressure 0 325.
condition exists. TPMS sensors are DIC warning message come on at The TPMS can warn about a low
mounted onto each tire and wheel each ignition cycle until the tires are tire pressure condition but it does
assembly, excluding the spare tire inflated to the correct inflation not replace normal tire
and wheel assembly. The TPMS pressure. Using the DIC, tire maintenance. See Tire Inspection
sensors monitor the air pressure in pressure levels can be viewed. For 0 331, Tire Rotation 0 331 and
the tires and transmits the tire additional information and details Tires 0 317.
pressure readings to a receiver about the DIC operation and
located in the vehicle. displays see Driver Information Caution
Center (DIC) (Base Level) 0 131 or
Driver Information Center (DIC) Tire sealant materials are not all
(Uplevel) 0 134. the same. A non-approved tire
The low tire pressure warning light sealant could damage the TPMS
may come on in cool weather when sensors. TPMS sensor damage
the vehicle is first started, and then caused by using an incorrect tire
turn off as the vehicle is driven. This sealant is not covered by the
When a low tire pressure condition could be an early indicator that the vehicle warranty. Always use only
is detected, the TPMS illuminates air pressure is getting low and the GM approved tire sealant
the low tire pressure warning light needs to be inflated to the proper available through your dealer or
located on the instrument cluster. pressure.
If the warning light comes on, stop included in the vehicle.
as soon as possible and inflate the A Tire and Loading Information
tires to the recommended pressure label, attached to your vehicle,
shows the size of the original
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Vehicle Care 329
Factory-installed Tire Inflator Kits go off after the road tire is could prevent the TPMS from
use a GM-approved liquid tire replaced and the sensor functioning properly. See Buying
sealant. Using non-approved tire matching process is performed New Tires 0 333.
sealants could damage the TPMS successfully. See “TPMS Sensor . Operating electronic devices or
sensors. See Tire Sealant and Matching Process” later in this being near facilities using radio
Compressor Kit 0 339 for section. wave frequencies similar to the
information regarding the inflator kit . The TPMS sensor matching TPMS could cause the TPMS
materials and instructions. process was not done or not sensors to malfunction.
TPMS Malfunction Light and completed successfully after If the TPMS is not functioning
Message rotating the tires. The properly it cannot detect or signal a
malfunction light and the DIC low tire condition. See your dealer
The TPMS will not function properly message should go off after
if one or more of the TPMS sensors for service if the TPMS malfunction
successfully completing the light and DIC message comes on
are missing or inoperable. When the sensor matching process. See
system detects a malfunction, the and stays on.
"TPMS Sensor Matching
low tire warning light flashes for Process" later in this section. TPMS Sensor Matching
about one minute and then stays on Process
for the remainder of the ignition . One or more TPMS sensors are
cycle. A DIC warning message also missing or damaged. The Each TPMS sensor has a unique
displays. The malfunction light and malfunction light and the DIC identification code. The identification
DIC warning message come on at message should go off when the code needs to be matched to a new
each ignition cycle until the problem TPMS sensors are installed and tire/wheel position after rotating the
is corrected. Some of the conditions the sensor matching process is vehicle’s tires or replacing one or
that can cause these to come performed successfully. See more of the TPMS sensors. The
on are: your dealer for service. TPMS sensor matching process
. Replacement tires or wheels do should also be performed after
. One of the road tires has been
not match the original equipment replacing a spare tire with a road
replaced with the spare tire. The tire containing the TPMS sensor.
spare tire does not have a tires or wheels. Tires and wheels
other than those recommended The malfunction light and the DIC
TPMS sensor. The malfunction message should go off at the next
light and DIC message should ignition cycle. The sensors are
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
330 Vehicle Care
matched to the tire/wheel positions, be turned on and off through 8. Proceed to the passenger side
using a TPMS relearn tool, in the the Settings menu. See Driver front tire, and repeat the
following order: driver side front tire, Information Center (DIC) (Base procedure in Step 7.
passenger side front tire, passenger Level) 0 131 or Driver 9. Proceed to the passenger side
side rear tire, and driver side rear. Information Center (DIC) rear tire, and repeat the
See your dealer for service or to (Uplevel) 0 134. procedure in Step 7.
purchase a relearn tool. A TPMS 4. Use the DIC controls on the
relearn tool can also be purchased. 10. Proceed to the driver side rear
right side of the steering wheel tire, and repeat the procedure
See Tire Pressure Monitor Sensor to scroll to the Tire Pressure
Activation Tool at in Step 7. The horn sounds two
screen under the DIC times to indicate the sensor
www.gmtoolsandequipment.com or info page.
call 1-800-GM TOOLS identification code has been
(1-800-468-6657). 5. Press and hold V in the center matched to the driver side rear
of the DIC controls. tire, and the TPMS sensor
There are two minutes to match the matching process is no longer
first tire/wheel position, and The horn sounds twice to active. The TIRE LEARNING
five minutes overall to match all four signal the receiver is in relearn ACTIVE message on the DIC
tire/wheel positions. If it takes mode and the TIRE display screen goes off.
longer, the matching process stops LEARNING ACTIVE message
and must be restarted. displays on the DIC screen. 11. Turn the ignition off.
The TPMS sensor matching 6. Start with the driver side 12. Set all four tires to the
process is: front tire. recommended air pressure
level as indicated on the Tire
1. Set the parking brake. 7. Place the relearn tool against and Loading Information label.
2. Place the vehicle in ON/RUN/ the tire sidewall, near the valve
START. See Ignition stem. Then press the button to
Positions 0 225. activate the TPMS sensor.
A horn chirp confirms that the
3. Make sure the Tire Pressure sensor identification code has
info page option is turned on. been matched to this tire and
The info pages on the DIC can wheel position.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Vehicle Care 331
Tire Inspection Tire Rotation

We recommend that the tires, Tires should be rotated every
including the spare tire, if the 12 000 km (7,500 mi). See
vehicle has one, be inspected Maintenance Schedule 0 369.
for signs of wear or damage at Tires are rotated to achieve a
least once a month. more uniform wear for all tires.
Replace the tire if: The first rotation is the most
. The indicators at three or important.
more places around the tire Anytime unusual wear is
can be seen. noticed, rotate the tires as soon
. There is cord or fabric as possible, check for proper tire Use this rotation pattern when
showing through the tire's inflation pressure, and check for rotating the tires.
rubber. damaged tires or wheels. If the
Do not include the compact
unusual wear continues after the
. The tread or sidewall is spare tire in the tire rotation.
rotation, check the wheel
cracked, cut, or snagged alignment. See When It Is Time Adjust the front and rear tires to
deep enough to show cord or for New Tires 0 332 and Wheel the recommended inflation
fabric. Replacement 0 336. pressure on the Tire and
. The tire has a bump, bulge, Loading Information label after
or split. the tires have been rotated. See
Tire Pressure 0 325 and Vehicle
. The tire has a puncture, cut, Load Limits 0 222.
or other damage that cannot
be repaired well because of Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor
the size or location of the System. See Tire Pressure
damage. Monitor Operation 0 328.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
332 Vehicle Care
Check that all wheel nuts are When It Is Time for New The rubber in tires ages over time.
properly tightened. See “Wheel This also applies to the spare tire,
Tires if the vehicle has one, even if it is
Nut Torque” under Capacities
and Specifications 0 381. Factors such as maintenance, never used. Multiple factors
temperatures, driving speeds, including temperatures, loading
{ Warning vehicle loading, and road conditions
affect the wear rate of the tires.
conditions, and inflation pressure
maintenance affect how fast aging
takes place. GM recommends that
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the
tires, including the spare if
parts to which it is fastened, can equipped, be replaced after six
make wheel nuts become loose years, regardless of tread wear. The
after time. The wheel could come tire manufacture date is the last four
off and cause an accident. When digits of the DOT Tire Identification
changing a wheel, remove any Number (TIN) which is molded into
rust or dirt from places where the one side of the tire sidewall. The
wheel attaches to the vehicle. In first two digits represent the week
an emergency, a cloth or a paper (01–52) and the last two digits, the
towel can be used; however, use year. For example, the third week of
a scraper or wire brush later to the year 2010 would have a
remove all rust or dirt. four-digit DOT date of 0310.
Treadwear indicators are one way to Vehicle Storage
Lightly coat the center of the tell when it is time for new tires. Tires age when stored normally
wheel hub with wheel bearing Treadwear indicators appear when mounted on a parked vehicle. Park
grease after a wheel change or the tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in) a vehicle that will be stored for at
tire rotation to prevent corrosion or less of tread remaining. See Tire least a month in a cool, dry, clean
or rust build-up. Do not get Inspection 0 331 and Tire area away from direct sunlight to
grease on the flat wheel Rotation 0 331. slow aging. This area should be free
mounting surface or on the
wheel nuts or bolts.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Vehicle Care 333
of grease, gasoline, or other vehicle, including brake system necessary to replace only one
substances that can deteriorate performance, ride and handling, axle set of worn tires, place the
rubber. traction control, and tire new tires on the rear axle.
Parking for an extended period can pressure monitoring Winter tires with the same speed
cause flat spots on the tires that performance. GM's TPC Spec rating as the original equipment
may result in vibrations while number is molded onto the tire's
driving. When storing a vehicle for tires may not be available for H,
sidewall near the tire size. If the V, W, Y and ZR speed rated
at least a month, remove the tires or tires have an all-season tread
raise the vehicle to reduce the tires. Never exceed the winter
design, the TPC Spec number tires’ maximum speed capability
weight from the tires.
will be followed by MS for mud when using winter tires with a
Buying New Tires and snow. See Tire Sidewall lower speed rating.
Labeling 0 320.
GM has developed and matched
specific tires for the vehicle. The
GM recommends replacing worn { Warning
tires in complete sets of four.
original equipment tires installed Tires could explode during
Uniform tread depth on all tires
were designed to meet General improper service. Attempting
will help to maintain the
Motors Tire Performance Criteria to mount or dismount a tire
performance of the vehicle.
Specification (TPC Spec) could cause injury or death.
Braking and handling
system rating. When Only your dealer or authorized
performance may be adversely
replacement tires are needed, tire service center should
affected if all the tires are not
GM strongly recommends mount or dismount the tires.
replaced at the same time.
buying tires with the same TPC
If proper rotation and
Spec rating.
maintenance have been done,
GM's exclusive TPC Spec all four tires should wear out at
system considers over a dozen about the same time. See Tire
critical specifications that impact Rotation 0 331. However, if it is
the overall performance of the
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
334 Vehicle Care
load range, speed rating, and control, electronic stability control,

{ Warning construction (radial) as the or All-Wheel Drive, the performance
original tires. of these systems can also be
Mixing tires of different sizes, affected.
brands, or types may cause Vehicles that have a tire
loss of control of the vehicle,
resulting in a crash or other
pressure monitoring system
could give an inaccurate
{ Warning
vehicle damage. Use the low-pressure warning if non-TPC If different sized wheels are used,
correct size, brand, and type Spec rated tires are installed. there may not be an acceptable
of tires on all wheels. See Tire Pressure Monitor level of performance and safety if
System 0 327. tires not recommended for those
wheels are selected. This
The Tire and Loading
{ Warning Information label indicates the
increases the chance of a crash
and serious injury. Only use GM
original equipment tires on the specific wheel and tire systems
Using bias-ply tires on the vehicle. See Vehicle Load developed for the vehicle, and
vehicle may cause the wheel Limits 0 222. have them properly installed by a
rim flanges to develop cracks
GM certified technician.
after many miles of driving. Different Size Tires and
A tire and/or wheel could fail
suddenly and cause a crash.
Wheels See Buying New Tires 0 333 and
Use only radial-ply tires with If wheels or tires are installed that Accessories and
are a different size than the original Modifications 0 280.
the wheels on the vehicle.
equipment wheels and tires, vehicle
performance, including its braking,
If the vehicle tires must be ride and handling characteristics,
replaced with a tire that does not stability, and resistance to rollover
have a TPC Spec number, make may be affected. If the vehicle has
sure they are the same size, electronic systems such as antilock
brakes, rollover airbags, traction
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Vehicle Care 335
Uniform Tire Quality additional General Motors Tire upon the actual conditions of
Grading Performance Criteria (TPC) their use, however, and may
standards. depart significantly from the
The following information relates norm due to variations in driving
to the system developed by the Quality grades can be found
where applicable on the tire habits, service practices and
United States National Highway differences in road
Traffic Safety Administration sidewall between tread shoulder
and maximum section width. For characteristics and climate.
(NHTSA), which grades tires by
treadwear, traction, and example: Traction
temperature performance. This Treadwear 200 Traction AA The traction grades, from
applies only to vehicles sold in Temperature A highest to lowest, are AA, A, B,
the United States. The grades All Passenger Car Tires Must and C. Those grades represent
are molded on the sidewalls of Conform to Federal Safety the tire's ability to stop on wet
most passenger car tires. The Requirements In Addition To pavement as measured under
Uniform Tire Quality Grading These Grades. controlled conditions on
(UTQG) system does not apply specified government test
to deep tread, winter tires, Treadwear surfaces of asphalt and
compact spare tires, tires with The treadwear grade is a concrete. A tire marked C may
nominal rim diameters of comparative rating based on the have poor traction performance.
10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm), wear rate of the tire when tested Warning: The traction grade
or to some limited-production under controlled conditions on a assigned to this tire is based on
tires. specified government test straight-ahead braking traction
While the tires available on course. For example, a tire tests, and does not include
General Motors passenger cars graded 150 would wear one and acceleration, cornering,
and light trucks may vary with one-half (1Ω) times as well on hydroplaning, or peak traction
respect to these grades, they the government course as a tire characteristics.
must also conform to federal graded 100. The relative
safety requirements and performance of tires depends
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
336 Vehicle Care
Temperature underinflation, or excessive Wheel Replacement

The temperature grades are A loading, either separately or in
Replace any wheel that is bent,
(the highest), B, and C, combination, can cause heat cracked, or badly rusted or
representing the tire's resistance buildup and possible tire failure. corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming
to the generation of heat and its loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, and
ability to dissipate heat when Wheel Alignment and Tire wheel nuts should be replaced.
tested under controlled Balance If the wheel leaks air, replace it.
Some aluminum wheels can be
conditions on a specified indoor The tires and wheels were aligned repaired. See your dealer if any of
laboratory test wheel. Sustained and balanced at the factory to these conditions exist.
high temperature can cause the provide the longest tire life and best
material of the tire to degenerate overall performance. Adjustments to Your dealer will know the kind of
and reduce tire life, and wheel alignment and tire balancing wheel that is needed.
excessive temperature can lead are not necessary on a regular Each new wheel should have the
to sudden tire failure. The grade basis. Consider an alignment check same load-carrying capacity,
if there is unusual tire wear or the diameter, width, offset, and be
C corresponds to a level of vehicle is significantly pulling to one
performance which all mounted the same way as the one it
side or the other. Some slight pull to replaces.
passenger car tires must meet the left or right, depending on the
under the Federal Motor Safety crown of the road and/or other road Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel
Standard No. 109. Grades B and surface variations such as troughs nuts, or Tire Pressure Monitor
A represent higher levels of or ruts, is normal. If the vehicle is System (TPMS) sensors with new
vibrating when driving on a smooth GM original equipment parts.
performance on the laboratory
test wheel than the minimum road, the tires and wheels may need
required by law. Warning: The to be rebalanced. See your dealer { Warning
temperature grade for this tire is for proper diagnosis.
Using the wrong replacement
established for a tire that is wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel
properly inflated and not nuts can be dangerous. It could
overloaded. Excessive speed, (Continued)
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Vehicle Care 337
Used Replacement Wheels

Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)
affect the braking and handling of { Warning Use another type of traction
the vehicle. Tires can lose air, device only if its manufacturer
Replacing a wheel with a used
and cause loss of control, causing recommends it for the vehicle's
one is dangerous. How it has
a crash. Always use the correct tire size combination and road
been used or how far it has been
wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel conditions. Follow that
driven may be unknown. It could
nuts for replacement. manufacturer's instructions. To
fail suddenly and cause a crash.
avoid vehicle damage, drive slow
When replacing wheels, use a
and readjust or remove the
new GM original equipment
traction device if it contacts the
Caution wheel.
vehicle. Do not spin the wheels. If
The wrong wheel can also cause traction devices are used, install
problems with bearing life, brake Tire Chains them on the front tires.
cooling, speedometer or
odometer calibration, headlamp { Warning
aim, bumper height, vehicle Caution
ground clearance, and tire or tire If the vehicle has 245/45R18 or
chain clearance to the body and 245/40R19 size tires, do not use If the vehicle is equipped with a
chassis. tire chains. There is not enough tire size other than 245/45R18 or
clearance. Tire chains used on a 245/40R19, use tire chains only
vehicle without the proper amount where legal and only when
of clearance can cause damage necessary. Use low profile chains
to the brakes, suspension, that add no more than 12 mm
or other vehicle parts. The area thickness to the tire tread and
damaged by the tire chains could inner sidewall. Use chains that
cause loss of control and a crash. are the proper size for the tires.
(Continued) (Continued)
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
338 Vehicle Care
the accelerator pedal and grip the

Caution (Continued) steering wheel firmly. Steer to Warning (Continued)
maintain lane position, and then
Install them on the tires of the gently brake to a stop, well off the tire service center repair or
front axle. Don't use chains on the road, if possible. replace the flat tire as soon as
tires of the rear axle. Tighten possible.
them as tightly as possible with A rear blowout, particularly on a
the ends securely fastened. Drive curve, acts much like a skid and
may require the same correction as
slowly and follow the chain
manufacturer's instructions. If the
used in a skid. Stop pressing the { Warning
accelerator pedal and steer to
chains contact the vehicle, stop Lifting a vehicle and getting under
straighten the vehicle. It may be
and retighten them. If the contact very bumpy and noisy. Gently brake it to do maintenance or repairs is
continues, slow down until it to a stop, well off the road, dangerous without the
stops. Driving too fast or spinning if possible. appropriate safety equipment and
the wheels with chains on will training. If a jack is provided with
damage the vehicle.
{ Warning the vehicle, it is designed only for
changing a flat tire. If it is used for
If a Tire Goes Flat Driving on a flat tire will cause anything else, you or others could
permanent damage to the tire. be badly injured or killed if the
It is unusual for a tire to blow out Re-inflating a tire after it has been vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack
while driving, especially if the tires driven on while severely is provided with the vehicle, only
are maintained properly. See Tires underinflated or flat may cause a use it for changing a flat tire.
0 317. If air goes out of a tire, it is blowout and a serious crash.
much more likely to leak out slowly. Never attempt to re-inflate a tire
But if there is ever a blowout, here If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire
that has been driven on while
are a few tips about what to expect and wheel damage by driving slowly
severely underinflated or flat. to a level place, well off the road,
and what to do:
Have your dealer or an authorized if possible. Turn on the hazard
If a front tire fails, the flat tire (Continued) warning flashers. See Hazard
creates a drag that pulls the vehicle
Warning Flashers 0 166.
toward that side. Take your foot off
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Vehicle Care 339
This vehicle may come with a jack Tire Sealant and

{ Warning and spare tire or a tire sealant and
Compressor Kit
compressor kit. To use the jacking
Changing a tire can be equipment to change a spare tire
dangerous. The vehicle can slip
off the jack and roll over or fall
safely, follow the instructions below. { Warning
Then see Tire Changing 0 346. To
causing injury or death. Find a use the tire sealant and compressor Idling a vehicle in an enclosed
level place to change the tire. To kit, see Tire Sealant and area with poor ventilation is
help prevent the vehicle from Compressor Kit 0 339. dangerous. Engine exhaust may
moving: enter the vehicle. Engine exhaust
When the vehicle has a flat tire (2),
1. Set the parking brake firmly. contains carbon monoxide (CO)
use the following example as a
which cannot be seen or smelled.
2. Put an automatic guide to assist you in the placement
of wheel blocks (1), if equipped. It can cause unconsciousness
transmission in P (Park) or a and even death. Never run the
manual transmission in engine in an enclosed area that
1 (First) or R (Reverse). has no fresh air ventilation. For
3. Turn off the engine and do more information, see Engine
not restart while the vehicle Exhaust 0 232.
is raised.
4. Do not allow passengers to
remain in the vehicle.
{ Warning
5. Place wheel blocks,
if equipped, on both sides of Overinflating a tire could cause
the tire at the opposite 1. Wheel Block (If Equipped) the tire to rupture and you or
corner of the tire being 2. Flat Tire others could be injured. Be sure
changed. The following information explains to read and follow the tire sealant
how to repair or change a tire. and compressor kit instructions
and inflate the tire to its
(Continued)
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
340 Vehicle Care
the tread area of the tire. It can also 2. Sealant/Air Hose

Warning (Continued) be used to inflate an 3. Base of Sealant Canister
underinflated tire. 4. Tire Sealant Canister
recommended pressure. Do not
exceed the recommended If the tire has been separated from 5. On/Off Button
pressure. the wheel, has damaged sidewalls, 6. Slot on Top of Compressor
or has a large puncture, the tire is 7. Pressure Deflation Button
too severely damaged for the tire 8. Pressure Gauge
sealant and compressor kit to be
{ Warning effective. See Roadside Assistance
Program 0 387.
Storing the tire sealant and
Read and follow all of the tire
compressor kit or other
sealant and compressor kit
equipment in the passenger instructions.
compartment of the vehicle could
cause injury. In a sudden stop or The kit includes:
collision, loose equipment could
strike someone. Store the tire
sealant and compressor kit in its
original location.
9. Power Plug
If this vehicle has a tire sealant and 10. Air Only Hose
compressor kit, there may not be a
spare tire or tire changing
equipment, and on some vehicles
there may not be a place to store
a tire.
The tire sealant and compressor
can be used to temporarily seal 1. Sealant Canister Inlet Valve
punctures up to 6 mm (0.25 in) in
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Vehicle Care 341
Tire Sealant If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire

and wheel damage by driving slowly
Read and follow the safe handling
to a level place. Turn on the hazard
instructions on the label adhered to
warning flashers. See Hazard
the tire sealant canister (4).
Warning Flashers 0 166.
Check the tire sealant expiration
See If a Tire Goes Flat 0 338 for
date on the tire sealant canister.
other important safety warnings.
The tire sealant canister (4) should
be replaced before its expiration Do not remove any objects that
date. Replacement tire sealant have penetrated the tire.
canisters are available at your local 1. Remove the tire sealant
dealer. canister (4) and compressor
There is only enough sealant to seal from its storage location. See 4. Attach the air only hose (10) to
one tire. After usage, the tire sealant Storing the Tire Sealant and the sealant canister inlet
canister must be replaced. Compressor Kit 0 346. valve (1) by turning it clockwise
Using the Tire Sealant and 2. Remove the air only hose (10) until tight.
Compressor Kit to Temporarily and the power plug (9) from the
bottom of the compressor.
Seal and Inflate a
Punctured Tire 3. Place the compressor on the
ground near the flat tire.
When using the tire sealant and
compressor kit during cold
temperatures, warm the kit in a
heated environment for five minutes.
This will help to inflate the tire
faster.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
342 Vehicle Care
9. Start the vehicle. The vehicle

must be running while using
the air compressor.
10. Press the on/off button (5) to
turn the tire sealant and
compressor kit on.
The compressor will inject
sealant and air into the tire.
The pressure gauge (8) will
initially show a high pressure
while the compressor pushes
5. Slide the base of the tire 7. Attach the sealant/air hose (2) the sealant into the tire. Once
sealant canister (3) into the slot to the tire valve stem by turning the sealant is completely
on the top of the compressor it clockwise until tight. dispersed into the tire, the
(6) to hold it upright. pressure will quickly drop and
8. Plug the power plug (9) into the start to rise again as the tire
Make sure the tire valve stem accessory power outlet in the inflates with air only.
is positioned close to the vehicle. Unplug all items from
ground so the hose will other accessory power outlets. 11. Inflate the tire to the
reach it. See Power Outlets 0 108. recommended inflation
pressure using the pressure
6. Remove the valve stem cap If the vehicle has an accessory gauge (8). The recommended
from the flat tire by turning it power outlet, do not use the inflation pressure can be found
counterclockwise. cigarette lighter. on the Tire and Loading
If the vehicle only has a Information label. See Tire
cigarette lighter, use the Pressure 0 325.
cigarette lighter. The pressure gauge (8) may
Do not pinch the power plug read higher than the actual tire
cord in the door or window. pressure while the compressor
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Vehicle Care 343
is on. Turn the compressor off Therefore, Steps 13–21 must 19. Return the air only hose (10)
to get an accurate pressure be done immediately after and power plug (9) back to
reading. The compressor may Step 12. their original storage location.
be turned on/off until the Be careful while handling the
correct pressure is reached. tire sealant and compressor kit
as it could be warm after
Caution usage.
If the recommended pressure 13. Unplug the power plug (9) from
cannot be reached after the accessory power outlet in
approximately 25 minutes, the the vehicle.
20. If the flat tire was able to inflate
vehicle should not be driven 14. Turn the sealant/air hose (2) to the recommended inflation
farther. The tire is too severely counterclockwise to remove it pressure, remove the
damaged and the tire sealant and from the tire valve stem. maximum speed label from the
compressor kit cannot inflate the 15. Replace the tire valve sealant canister and place it in
tire. Remove the power plug from stem cap. a highly visible location.
the accessory power outlet and Do not exceed the speed on
unscrew the inflating hose from 16. Remove the tire sealant
canister (4) from the slot on top this label until the damaged tire
the tire valve. See Roadside is repaired or replaced.
of the compressor (6).
Assistance Program 0 387.
17. Turn the air only hose (10) 21. Return the equipment to its
counterclockwise to remove it original storage location in the
12. Press the on/off button (5) to from the tire sealant canister vehicle.
turn the tire sealant and inlet valve (1). 22. Immediately drive the vehicle
compressor kit off.
18. Turn the sealant/air hose (2) 8 km (5 mi) to distribute the
The tire is not sealed and will clockwise onto the sealant sealant in the tire.
continue to leak air until the canister inlet valve (1) to 23. Stop at a safe location and
vehicle is driven and the prevent sealant leakage. check the tire pressure. Refer
sealant is distributed in the tire.
to Steps 1–10 under “Using the
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
344 Vehicle Care
Tire Sealant and Compressor 27. After temporarily sealing a tire 4. Tire Sealant Canister
Kit without Sealant to Inflate a using the tire sealant and 5. On/Off Button
Tire (Not Punctured).” compressor kit, take the 6. Slot on Top of Compressor
If the tire pressure has fallen vehicle to an authorized dealer 7. Pressure Deflation Button
more than 68 kPa (10 psi) within 161 km (100 mi) of 8. Pressure Gauge
below the recommended driving to have the tire repaired
inflation pressure, stop driving or replaced.
the vehicle. The tire is too Using the Tire Sealant and
severely damaged and the tire Compressor Kit without
sealant cannot seal the tire. Sealant to Inflate a Tire (Not
See Roadside Assistance
Program 0 387.
Punctured)
The kit includes:
If the tire pressure has not
dropped more than 68 kPa
(10 psi) from the recommended
inflation pressure, inflate the
tire to the recommended
inflation pressure.
9. Power Plug
24. Wipe off any sealant from the 10. Air Only Hose
wheel, tire, or vehicle.
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire
25. Dispose of the used tire and wheel damage by driving slowly
sealant canister (4) at a local to a level place. Turn on the hazard
dealer or in accordance with warning flashers. See Hazard
local state codes and practices. Warning Flashers 0 166.
26. Replace it with a new canister See If a Tire Goes Flat 0 338 for
available from your dealer. 1. Sealant Canister Inlet Valve other important safety warnings.
2. Sealant/Air Hose
3. Base of Sealant Canister
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Vehicle Care 345
1. Remove the compressor from If the vehicle only has a reading. The compressor may
its storage location. See cigarette lighter, use the be turned on/off until the
Storing the Tire Sealant and cigarette lighter. correct pressure is reached.
Compressor Kit 0 346. Do not pinch the power plug
2. Remove the air only hose (10) cord in the door or window. Caution
and the power plug (9) from the 7. Start the vehicle. The vehicle
bottom of the compressor. If the recommended pressure
must be running while using cannot be reached after
3. Place the compressor on the the air compressor. approximately 25 minutes, the
ground near the flat tire. 8. Press the on/off button (5) to vehicle should not be driven
Make sure the tire valve stem turn the tire sealant and farther. The tire is too severely
is positioned close to the compressor kit on. damaged and the tire sealant and
ground so the hose will The compressor will inflate the compressor kit cannot inflate the
reach it. tire with air only. tire. Remove the power plug from
4. Remove the valve stem cap the accessory power outlet and
9. Inflate the tire to the unscrew the inflating hose from
from the flat tire by turning it recommended inflation
counterclockwise. the tire valve. See Roadside
pressure using the pressure
Assistance Program 0 387.
5. Attach the air only hose (10) to gauge (8). The recommended
the tire valve stem by turning it inflation pressure can be found
clockwise until tight. on the Tire and Loading 10. Press the on/off button (5) to
6. Plug the power plug (9) into the Information label. See Tire turn the tire sealant and
accessory power outlet in the Pressure 0 325. compressor kit off.
vehicle. Unplug all items from The pressure gauge (8) may Be careful while handling the
other accessory power outlets. read higher than the actual tire compressor as it could be
See Power Outlets 0 108. pressure while the compressor warm after usage.
If the vehicle has an accessory is on. Turn the compressor off 11. Unplug the power plug (9) from
power outlet, do not use the to get an accurate pressure the accessory power outlet in
cigarette lighter. the vehicle.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
346 Vehicle Care
12. Turn the air only hose (10) Tire Changing

counterclockwise to remove it
from the tire valve stem. Removing the Spare Tire and
13. Replace the tire valve Tools
stem cap.
14. Return the air only hose (10)
and power plug (9) back to
their original storage location.
15. Return the equipment to its
original storage location in the
vehicle.
The tire sealant and compressor kit 3. Turn the wing nut
has accessory adapters located in a counterclockwise to remove the
compartment on the bottom of its tire sealant and compressor
housing that can be used to inflate kit bag.
air mattresses, balls, etc. 4. Remove the tire sealant and
compressor kit from the bag. 1. Jack
Storing the Tire Sealant 2. Wrench
To store the tire sealant and
and Compressor Kit compressor kit, reverse the steps. 3. Tow Hook (If Equipped)
4. Extension Bolt
To access the tire sealant and
5. Insulator Pad
compressor kit:
To access the spare tire and tools:
Trunk 0 44. 1. Open the trunk.
2. Lift the cover. 2. Remove the spare tire cover.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Vehicle Care 347
3. Turn the retainer nut 1. Do a safety check before 4. Turn the wheel wrench
counterclockwise and remove proceeding. See If a Tire Goes counterclockwise to loosen all
the spare tire. Place the spare Flat 0 338. the wheel nuts, but do not
tire next to the tire being 2. Turn the wheel wrench remove them yet.
changed. counterclockwise to loosen and 5. Place the jack near the flat tire.
4. The jack and tools are stored remove the wheel nut caps. 6. Put the compact spare tire
below the spare tire. Remove Do not try to remove plastic near you.
them from their container and caps from the cover or
place them near the tire being
changed.
center cap. { Warning
3. Pull the cover or center cap
Removing the Flat Tire and away from the wheel. Store the Getting under a vehicle when it is
Installing the Spare Tire wheel cover in the cargo area lifted on a jack is dangerous.
until you have the flat tire If the vehicle slips off the jack,
repaired or replaced. you could be badly injured or
killed. Never get under a vehicle
when it is supported only by
a jack.
{ Warning
Raising the vehicle with the jack
improperly positioned can
damage the vehicle and even
make the vehicle fall. To help
Take off the wheel cover or center avoid personal injury and vehicle
cap, if the vehicle has one, to reach
(Continued)
the wheel bolts.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
348 Vehicle Care
The notches in the jack must

Warning (Continued) Caution align with the notch in the
rocker pinch weld. The jack lift
damage, be sure to fit the jack lift Make sure that the jack lift head head lifts on the inward side of
head into the proper location is in the correct position or you the pinch weld flange.
before raising the vehicle. may damage your vehicle. The
repairs would not be covered by The jack must not be used in
your warranty. any other position.
{ Warning
Lifting a vehicle and getting under
it to do maintenance or repairs is
dangerous without the
appropriate safety equipment and
training. If a jack is provided with
the vehicle, it is designed only for
changing a flat tire. If it is used for
anything else, you or others could
be badly injured or killed if the
vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack
is provided with the vehicle, only 10. Raise the vehicle by turning the
use it for changing a flat tire. jack handle clockwise. Raise
9. Position the jack lift head at the
jack location nearest the flat the vehicle far enough off the
7. Attach the wrench to the jack tire. The location is indicated ground so there is enough
by fitting the hex end of the room for the road tire to clear
by a notch in the vertical
wrench over the hex head of bottom edge of the body side the ground.
the jack. sheet metal.
8. Place the jack under the
vehicle.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Vehicle Care 349
Warning (Continued) { Warning

towel can be used; however, use Never use oil or grease on bolts
a scraper or wire brush later to or nuts because the nuts might
remove all rust or dirt. come loose. The vehicle's wheel
could fall off, causing a crash.
15. Reinstall the wheel nuts.

Tighten each nut by hand until
the wheel is held against
the hub.
11. Remove all of the wheel nuts. 16. Lower the vehicle by turning
12. Remove the flat tire. the jack handle
counterclockwise.
{ Warning { Warning
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the
parts to which it is fastened, can Wheel nuts that are improperly or
make wheel nuts become loose incorrectly tightened can cause
13. Remove any rust or dirt from
after time. The wheel could come the wheels to become loose or
the wheel bolts, mounting
off and cause an accident. When come off. The wheel nuts should
surfaces, and spare wheel.
changing a wheel, remove any be tightened with a torque wrench
14. Place the compact spare tire to the proper torque specification
rust or dirt from places where the on the wheel-mounting surface.
wheel attaches to the vehicle. In after replacing. Follow the torque
an emergency, a cloth or a paper specification supplied by the
aftermarket manufacturer when
(Continued) using accessory locking wheel
(Continued)
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
350 Vehicle Care
Warning (Continued) Caution

nuts. See Capacities and Wheel covers will not fit on the
Specifications 0 381 for original vehicle's compact spare. If you try
equipment wheel nut torque to put a wheel cover on the
specifications. compact spare, the cover or the
spare could be damaged.
Caution Storing a Flat or Spare Tire

and Tools
Improperly tightened wheel nuts
can lead to brake pulsation and
rotor damage. To avoid expensive
17. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly in
a crisscross sequence, as
{ Warning
brake repairs, evenly tighten the shown. Storing a jack, a tire, or other
wheel nuts in the proper equipment in the passenger
18. Lower the jack all the way and
sequence and to the proper remove the jack from under the compartment of the vehicle could
torque specification. See vehicle. cause injury. In a sudden stop or
Capacities and Specifications collision, loose equipment could
0 381 for the wheel nut torque 19. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly strike someone. Store all these in
specification. with the wheel wrench.
the proper place.
When reinstalling the wheel cover or
center cap on the full-size tire,
Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and
tighten all five plastic caps hand
Tools with a Screw in Fastener
snug, then tighten them with the
wheel wrench an additional 1. Remove the extension bolt
one-quarter turn. from the foam holder.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Vehicle Care 351
The compact spare is for temporary with the spare tire installed and it is
use only. Replace the compact recommended that the vehicle
spare tire with a full-size tire as speed be limited to 80 km/h
soon as you can. (50 mph). To conserve the tread of
the spare tire, have the standard tire
Compact Spare Tire repaired or replaced as soon as
convenient and return the spare tire
{ Warning to the storage area.
When using a compact spare tire,
Driving with more than one the AWD (if equipped), ABS, and
compact spare tire at a time could Traction Control systems may
result in loss of braking and engage until the spare tire is
2. Screw the extension bolt onto handling. This could lead to a recognized by the vehicle,
the end of the spare tire stow crash and you or others could be especially on slippery roads. Adjust
bolt by hand. injured. Use only one compact driving to reduce possible
spare tire at a time. wheel slip.
3. Replace the foam, jack, and
tools in their original storage
location. If this vehicle has a compact spare Caution
4. Remove the insulator pad and tire, it was fully inflated when new; When the compact spare is
place it over the foam holder to however, it can lose air over time.
installed, do not take the vehicle
protect the wheel of the flat tire Check the inflation pressure
through an automatic car wash
from the jack. regularly. It should be 420 kPa
(60 psi). with guide rails. The compact
5. Place the tire facing down over spare can get caught on the rails
the extension bolt. Stop as soon as possible and check which can damage the tire, wheel,
that the spare tire is correctly and other parts of the vehicle.
6. Turn the retainer nut clockwise inflated after being installed on the
to secure the tire. vehicle. The compact spare tire is
7. Place the floor cover on the designed for temporary use only. Do not use the compact spare on
wheel. The vehicle will perform differently other vehicles.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
352 Vehicle Care
Do not mix the compact spare tire or

wheel with other wheels or tires.
Jump Starting Warning (Continued)
They will not fit. Keep the spare tire
and its wheel together. Jump Starting - North See California Proposition
America 65 Warning 0 279.
Caution For more information about the
vehicle 12-volt battery, see Battery -
Tire chains will not fit the compact
spare. Using them can damage
North America 0 301. { Warning
the vehicle and the chains. Do not If the battery has run down, you Batteries can hurt you. They can
use tire chains on the compact may want to use another vehicle be dangerous because:
spare. and some jumper cables to start
your vehicle. Be sure to use the . They contain acid that can
following steps to do it safely. burn you.
. They contain gas that can
{ Warning explode or ignite.
. They contain enough
WARNING: Battery posts,
electricity to burn you.
terminals, and related
accessories contain lead and lead If you do not follow these steps
compounds, chemicals known to exactly, some or all of these
the State of California to cause things can hurt you.
cancer and birth defects or other
reproductive harm. Batteries also
contain other chemicals known to
the State of California to cause
cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER
HANDLING.
(Continued)
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Vehicle Care 353
3. Good Battery Remote engine compartment fuse block on

Caution Negative Terminal the driver side of the engine
4. Good Battery Remote compartment. See Engine
Ignoring these steps could result Compartment Overview 0 283. You
Positive Terminal
in costly damage to the vehicle should always use this remote
that would not be covered by the positive (+) terminal.
vehicle warranty. Trying to start
the vehicle by pushing or pulling it The jump start negative ground
will not work, and it could damage terminal for the discharged battery
is on the shock tower on the driver
the vehicle.
side of the engine compartment.
1. Check the other vehicle.
It must have a 12-volt battery
with a negative ground system.
Caution
1.8L Hybrid L4 Engine If the other vehicle does not have
a 12-volt system with a negative
1. Discharged Battery Remote ground, both vehicles can be
Positive Terminal damaged. Only use a vehicle that
2. Discharged Battery Remote has a 12-volt system with a
Negative Terminal
negative ground for jump starting.
3. Good Battery Remote
1.5L L4 Engine Shown, 2.0L L4 Negative Terminal
Engine Similar 4. Good Battery Remote 2. Position the two vehicles so
Positive Terminal that they are not touching.
1. Discharged Battery Remote
The vehicle has a remote To avoid the possibility of the
Positive Terminal
positive (+) terminal under a trim vehicles rolling, set the parking
2. Discharged Battery Remote brake firmly on both vehicles
Negative Terminal cover. It is under the cover of the
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
354 Vehicle Care
involved in the jump start

procedure. Put an automatic { Warning { Warning
transmission in P (Park) or a
manual transmission in Neutral An electric fan can start up even Fans or other moving engine
before setting the parking when the engine is not running parts can injure you badly. Keep
brake. and can injure you. Keep hands, your hands away from moving
clothing, and tools away from any parts once the engine is running.
3. Set the parking brake firmly on underhood electric fan.
both vehicles. Put an automatic
transmission in P (Park) or a 6. Connect the red positive (+)
manual transmission in Neutral cable to the positive (+) or
before setting the parking
brake.
{ Warning remote positive (+) terminal of
the discharged battery.
Using a match near a battery can 7. Connect the other end of the
Caution cause battery gas to explode. positive (+) cable to the
People have been hurt doing this, positive (+) terminal of the
If any accessories are left on or and some have been blinded. good battery. Use a remote
plugged in during the jump Use a flashlight if you need more positive (+) terminal if the
starting procedure, they could be light. vehicle has one.
damaged. The repairs would not 8. Connect one end of the black
Battery fluid contains acid that
be covered by the vehicle negative (✓) cable to the
can burn you. Do not get it on
warranty. Whenever possible, turn negative (✓) terminal of the
you. If you accidentally get it in
off or unplug all accessories on good battery.
your eyes or on your skin, flush
either vehicle when jump starting.
the place with water and get 9. Connect the other end of the
medical help immediately. negative (✓) cable to the
4. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF negative (–) ground terminal for
and switch off all lights and the discharged battery.
accessories in both vehicles,
except the hazard warning
flashers if needed.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Vehicle Care 355
10. Start the vehicle with the good

battery and run the engine at Caution (Continued) Towing the Vehicle
idle speed for at least
four minutes. making sure that the cables do Caution
not touch each other or other
11. Try to start the vehicle that had metal. Incorrectly towing a disabled
the dead battery. If it will not vehicle may cause damage. The
start after a few tries, it damage would not be covered by
probably needs service. Jumper Cable Removal
the vehicle warranty.
For hybrid vehicles, the engine will Reverse the sequence exactly when
removing the jumper cables. Do not lash or hook to
only start if needed after pressing suspension components. Use the
ON/RUN/START. The vehicle ready After starting the disabled vehicle proper straps around the tires to
light will come on when the and removing the jumper cables, secure the vehicle.
propulsion system is on and ready. allow it to idle for several minutes.
In cold temperatures, the engine will
not run with the hood open. Close Have the vehicle towed on a wheel
the hood. lift tow truck. A flatbed car carrier
could damage the vehicle. The
Caution wheel lift tow truck must raise the
rear of the vehicle and wheel dollies
If the jumper cables are must be used to lift the front wheels
connected or removed in the off the ground.
wrong order, electrical shorting Consult your dealer or a
may occur and damage the professional towing service if the
vehicle. The repairs would not be disabled vehicle must be towed.
Always connect and remove the
jumper cables in the correct order,
(Continued)
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
356 Vehicle Care
Recreational Vehicle . Does the vehicle have the To dinghy tow the vehicle from the
proper towing equipment? See front with all four wheels on the
Towing your dealer or trailering ground:
Recreational vehicle towing means professional for additional advice 1. Position the vehicle to tow and
towing the vehicle behind another and equipment then secure it to the towing
vehicle – such as behind a motor recommendations. vehicle.
home. The two most common types . Is the vehicle ready to be
of recreational vehicle towing are 2. Start the engine and place the
towed? Just as preparing the vehicle in N (Neutral).
known as dinghy towing and dolly vehicle for a long trip, make sure
towing. Dinghy towing is towing the the vehicle is prepared to be 3. Press ENGINE START/STOP
vehicle with all four wheels on the towed. once to turn the engine off. See
ground. Dolly towing is towing the Ignition Positions 0 225.
vehicle with two wheels on the Dinghy Towing (1.5L Engine
ground and two wheels up on a 4. To prevent the battery from
without Active Shutters
device known as a dolly. draining while the vehicle is
RPO VRI) being towed, remove fuses
Here are some important things to F10 and F41 from the
consider before recreational vehicle instrument panel fuse block.
towing: See Instrument Panel Fuse
. What is the towing capacity of Block 0 315.
the towing vehicle? Be sure to Remember to reinstall the fuses
read the tow vehicle once the destination has been
manufacturer's reached.
recommendations.
. How far will the vehicle be
towed? Some vehicles have
restrictions on how far and how
long they can tow.
Vehicles with active shutters cannot
be dinghy towed.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Vehicle Care 357
Dinghy Towing (1.5L Engine Vehicles with these options are not
Caution with Active Shutters RPO VRI, designed to be towed with all four
1.8L Engine, 2.0L Engine) wheels on the ground.
If 105 km/h (65 mph) is exceeded
while towing the vehicle, it could Dolly Towing
be damaged. Never exceed
105 km/h (65 mph) while towing
the vehicle.
Caution
Use of a shield mounted in front
of the vehicle grille could restrict
airflow and cause damage to the
transmission. The repairs would
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty. If using a shield, only Caution
use one that attaches to the Tow the vehicle with the two rear
If the vehicle is towed with all four wheels on the ground and the front
towing vehicle.
wheels on the ground, the drive wheels on a dolly.
unit could be damaged. Repairs To tow the vehicle with two wheels
would not be covered by the on the ground and a dolly:
vehicle warranty. Do not tow the
vehicle with all four wheels on the 1. Put the front wheels on a dolly.
ground. 2. Put the shift lever in P (Park).
3. Secure the vehicle to the dolly.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
358 Vehicle Care
Appearance Care Caution (Continued)

Exterior Care your dealer. Follow all
manufacturer directions regarding
Locks correct product usage, necessary
Locks are lubricated at the factory. safety precautions, and
Use a de-icing agent only when appropriate disposal of any
absolutely necessary, and have the vehicle care product.
locks greased after using. See
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 377.
Caution
Washing the Vehicle
Caution Avoid using high-pressure
To preserve the vehicle's finish,
wash it often and out of direct washes closer than 30 cm (12 in)
Towing the vehicle from the rear
sunlight. to the surface of the vehicle. Use
could damage it. Also, repairs
of power washers exceeding
would not be covered by the
8,274 kPa (1,200 psi) can result
vehicle warranty. Never have the Caution
in damage or removal of paint
vehicle towed from the rear.
Do not use petroleum-based, and decals.
acidic, or abrasive cleaning
agents as they can damage the
vehicle's paint, metal, or plastic
parts. If damage occurs, it would
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Approved cleaning
products can be obtained from
(Continued)
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Vehicle Care 359
Finish Care
Caution Caution
Application of aftermarket clearcoat
Do not power wash any sealant/wax materials is not Machine compounding or
component under the hood that recommended. If painted surfaces aggressive polishing on a
has this e symbol. are damaged, see your dealer to basecoat/clearcoat paint finish
have the damage assessed and may damage it. Use only
This could cause damage that repaired. Foreign materials such as non-abrasive waxes and polishes
would not be covered by the calcium chloride and other salts, ice that are made for a basecoat/
vehicle warranty. melting agents, road oil and tar, tree clearcoat paint finish on the
sap, bird droppings, chemicals from vehicle.
industrial chimneys, etc., can
If using an automatic car wash, damage the vehicle's finish if they
follow the car wash instructions. The remain on painted surfaces. Wash To keep the paint finish looking new,
windshield wiper and rear window the vehicle as soon as possible. keep the vehicle garaged or
wiper, if equipped, must be off. If necessary, use non-abrasive covered whenever possible.
Remove any accessories that may cleaners that are marked safe for
be damaged or interfere with the car Protecting Exterior Bright Metal
painted surfaces to remove foreign
wash equipment. Moldings
matter.
Rinse the vehicle well, before Occasional hand waxing or mild
washing and after, to remove all Caution
polishing should be done to remove
cleaning agents completely. If they residue from the paint finish. See
are allowed to dry on the surface, Failure to clean and protect the
your dealer for approved cleaning bright metal moldings can result
they could stain. products. in a hazy white finish or pitting.
Dry the finish with a soft, clean Do not apply waxes or polishes to This damage would not be
chamois or an all-cotton towel to covered by the vehicle warranty.
uncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber,
avoid surface scratches and water decals, simulated wood, or flat paint
spotting. as damage can occur.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
360 Vehicle Care
The bright metal moldings on the Cleaning Exterior Lamps/ . Aftermarket appearance caps or
vehicle are aluminum, chrome, Lenses, Emblems, Decals, and covers while the lamps are
or stainless steel. To prevent Stripes illuminated, due to excessive
damage always follow these heat generated.
cleaning instructions: Use only lukewarm or cold water, a
soft cloth, and a car washing soap
. Be sure the molding is cool to to clean exterior lamps, lenses, Caution
the touch before applying any emblems, decals, and stripes.
cleaning solution. Failure to clean lamps properly
Follow instructions under "Washing can cause damage to the lamp
. Use only approved cleaning the Vehicle" previously in this
cover that would not be covered
solutions for aluminum, chrome, section.
by the vehicle warranty.
or stainless steel. Some Lamp covers are made of plastic,
cleaners are highly acidic or and some have a UV protective
contain alkaline substances and coating. Do not clean or wipe them
can damage the moldings. while they are dry. Caution
. Always dilute a concentrated Do not use any of the following on
cleaner according to the Using wax on low gloss black
lamp covers: finish stripes can increase the
manufacturer’s instructions.
. Abrasive or caustic agents. gloss level and create a
. Do not use cleaners that are not non-uniform finish. Clean low
intended for automotive use. . Washer fluids and other cleaning
agents in higher concentrations gloss stripes with soap and
. Use a nonabrasive wax on the than suggested by the water only.
vehicle after washing to protect manufacturer.
and extend the molding finish.
. Solvents, alcohols, fuels, Air Intakes
or other harsh cleaners. Clear debris from the air intakes,
. Ice scrapers or other hard items. between the hood and windshield
when washing the vehicle.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Vehicle Care 361
Shutter System a buildup of vehicle wash/wax

treatments may cause wiper Caution
streaking.
Using petroleum-based tire
Replace the wiper blades if they are dressing products on the vehicle
worn or damaged. Damage can be may damage the paint finish and/
caused by extreme dusty or tires. When applying a tire
conditions, sand, salt, heat, sun, dressing, always wipe off any
snow, and ice. overspray from all painted
Weatherstrips surfaces on the vehicle.
Apply Dielectric silicone grease on
weatherstrips to make them last Wheels and Trim — Aluminum
longer, seal better, and not stick or or Chrome
squeak. Lubricate weatherstrips at
Use a soft, clean cloth with mild
The vehicle may have a shutter least once a year. Hot, dry climates
soap and water to clean the wheels.
system designed to help increase may require more frequent
After rinsing thoroughly with clean
fuel economy. Keep the shutter application. Black marks from
water, dry with a soft, clean towel.
system clean for proper operation. rubber material on painted surfaces
A wax may then be applied.
can be removed by rubbing with a
Windshield and Wiper Blades clean cloth. See Recommended
Fluids and Lubricants 0 377. Caution
Clean the outside of the windshield
with glass cleaner. Tires Chrome wheels and other chrome
Clean rubber blades using a lint-free Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to trim may be damaged if the
cloth or paper towel soaked with clean the tires. vehicle is not washed after driving
windshield washer fluid or a mild on roads that have been sprayed
detergent. Wash the windshield with magnesium, calcium,
thoroughly when cleaning the or sodium chloride. These
blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and (Continued)
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
362 Vehicle Care
Brake System with a clean cloth will make them

Caution (Continued) last longer, seal better, and not stick
Visually inspect brake lines and
or squeak.
chlorides are used on roads for hoses for proper hook-up, binding,
conditions such as ice and dust. leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. Inspect Underbody Maintenance
Always wash the chrome with disc brake pads for wear and rotors
for surface condition. Inspect drum At least twice a year, spring and fall,
soap and water after exposure. use plain water to flush any
brake linings/shoes for wear or
cracks. Inspect all other brake parts. corrosive materials from the
underbody. Take care to thoroughly
Caution Steering, Suspension, and clean any areas where mud and
Chassis Components other debris can collect.
To avoid surface damage, do not Visually inspect steering, Do not directly power wash the
use strong soaps, chemicals, suspension, and chassis transfer case and/or front/rear axle
abrasive polishes, cleaners, components for damaged, loose, output seals. High pressure water
brushes, or cleaners that contain or missing parts or signs of wear at can overcome the seals and
acid on aluminum or least once a year. contaminate the fluid. Contaminated
chrome-plated wheels. Use only fluid will decrease the life of the
Inspect power steering for proper transfer case and/or axles and
approved cleaners. Also, never
attachment, connections, binding, should be replaced.
drive a vehicle with aluminum or
leaks, cracks, chafing, etc.
chrome-plated wheels through an Sheet Metal Damage
automatic car wash that uses Visually check constant velocity joint
silicone carbide tire cleaning boots and axle seals for leaks. If the vehicle is damaged and
brushes. Damage could occur requires sheet metal repair or
Body Component Lubrication replacement, make sure the body
and the repairs would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty. Lubricate all key lock cylinders, repair shop applies anti-corrosion
hood hinges, decklid hinges, steel material to parts repaired or
fuel door hinge, unless the replaced to restore corrosion
components are plastic. Applying protection.
silicone grease on weatherstrips
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Vehicle Care 363
Original manufacturer replacement Use a soft bristle brush to remove . Never rub any surface
parts will provide the corrosion dust from knobs and crevices on the aggressively or with too much
protection while maintaining the instrument cluster. Using a mild pressure.
vehicle warranty. soap solution, immediately remove . Do not use laundry detergents or
hand lotions, sunscreen, and insect dishwashing soaps with
Finish Damage repellent from all interior surfaces or degreasers. For liquid cleaners,
Quickly repair minor chips and permanent damage may result. use approximately 20 drops per
scratches with touch-up materials Use cleaners specifically designed 3.8 L (1 gal) of water.
available from your dealer to avoid for the surfaces being cleaned to A concentrated soap solution will
corrosion. Larger areas of finish prevent permanent damage. Apply create streaks and attract dirt.
damage can be corrected in your all cleaners directly to the cleaning Do not use solutions that contain
dealer's body and paint shop. cloth. Do not spray cleaners on any strong or caustic soap.
Chemical Paint Spotting switches or controls. Remove . Do not heavily saturate the
cleaners quickly. upholstery when cleaning.
Airborne pollutants can fall upon
and attack painted vehicle surfaces Before using cleaners, read and . Do not use solvents or cleaners
causing blotchy, ring-shaped follow all safety instructions on the containing solvents.
discolorations, and small, irregular label. While cleaning the interior,
dark spots etched into the paint open the doors and windows to get Interior Glass
surface. See “Finish Care” proper ventilation.
To clean, use a terry cloth fabric
previously in this section. To prevent damage, do not clean dampened with water. Wipe droplets
the interior using the following left behind with a clean dry cloth.
Interior Care cleaners or techniques: If necessary, use a commercial
. Never use a razor or any other glass cleaner after cleaning with
To prevent dirt particle abrasions,
sharp object to remove soil from plain water.
regularly clean the vehicle's interior.
Immediately remove any soils. any interior surface.
Newspapers or dark garments can . Never use a brush with stiff
transfer color to the vehicle’s bristles.
interior.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
364 Vehicle Care
Fabric/Carpet/Suede to a clean area frequently to

Caution prevent forcing the soil in to the
Start by vacuuming the surface
fabric.
To prevent scratching, never use using a soft brush attachment. If a
abrasive cleaners on automotive rotating vacuum brush attachment is 4. Continue gently rubbing the
glass. Abrasive cleaners or being used, only use it on the floor soiled area until there is no
aggressive cleaning may damage carpet. Before cleaning, gently longer any color transfer from
the rear window defogger. remove as much of the soil as the soil to the cleaning cloth.
possible: 5. If the soil is not completely
. Gently blot liquids with a paper removed, use a mild soap
Cleaning the windshield with water
during the first three to six months towel. Continue blotting until no solution followed only by plain
of ownership will reduce tendency more soil can be removed. water.
to fog. . For solid soils, remove as much If the soil is not completely
as possible prior to vacuuming. removed, it may be necessary to
Speaker Covers use a commercial upholstery
To clean:
Vacuum around a speaker cover cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small
gently, so that the speaker will not 1. Saturate a clean, lint-free hidden area for colorfastness before
be damaged. Clean spots with water colorfast cloth with water. using a commercial upholstery
and mild soap. Microfiber cloth is cleaner or spot lifter. If ring
recommended to prevent lint formation occurs, clean the entire
Coated Moldings transfer to the fabric or carpet. fabric or carpet.
Coated moldings should be cleaned. 2. Remove excess moisture by After cleaning, use a paper towel to
. When lightly soiled, wipe with a gently wringing until water does blot excess moisture.
sponge or soft, lint-free cloth not drip from the cleaning cloth.
dampened with water. 3. Start on the outside edge of the
. When heavily soiled, use warm soil and gently rub toward the
soapy water. center. Fold the cleaning cloth
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Vehicle Care 365
Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces Instrument Panel, Leather,

and Vehicle Information and Vinyl, Other Plastic Surfaces, Caution (Continued)
Radio Displays Low Gloss Paint Surfaces, and the appearance and feel of
Use a microfiber cloth on high gloss Natural Open Pore Wood leather or soft trim, and are not
surfaces or vehicle displays. First, Surfaces recommended.
use a soft bristle brush to remove Use a soft microfiber cloth
dirt that can scratch the surface. dampened with water to remove Do not use cleaners that increase
Then gently clean by rubbing with a dust and loose dirt. For a more gloss, especially on the instrument
microfiber cloth. Never use window thorough cleaning, use a soft panel. Reflected glare can decrease
cleaners or solvents. Periodically microfiber cloth dampened with a visibility through the windshield
hand wash the microfiber cloth mild soap solution. under certain conditions.
separately, using mild soap. Do not
use bleach or fabric softener. Rinse
Caution Caution
thoroughly and air dry before
next use. Soaking or saturating leather, Use of air fresheners may cause
especially perforated leather, as permanent damage to plastics
Caution well as other interior surfaces, and painted surfaces. If an air
may cause permanent damage. freshener comes in contact with
Do not attach a device with a Wipe excess moisture from these
suction cup to the display. This any plastic or painted surface in
surfaces after cleaning and allow the vehicle, blot immediately and
may cause damage and would them to dry naturally. Never use
not be covered by the vehicle clean with a soft cloth dampened
heat, steam, or spot removers. Do with a mild soap solution.
warranty. not use cleaners that contain Damage caused by air fresheners
silicone or wax-based products. would not be covered by the
Cleaners containing these vehicle warranty.
solvents can permanently change
(Continued)
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
366 Vehicle Care
Cargo Cover and Floor Mats . Do not use a floor mat if the
Convenience Net vehicle is not equipped with a
Wash with warm water and mild { Warning floor mat retainer on the driver
side floor.
detergent. Do not use chlorine
bleach. Rinse with cold water, and If a floor mat is the wrong size or . Use the floor mat with the
then dry completely. is not properly installed, it can correct side up. Do not turn
interfere with the pedals. it over.
Care of Safety Belts Interference with the pedals can . Do not place anything on top of
Keep belts clean and dry. cause unintended acceleration the driver side floor mat.
and/or increased stopping
. Use only a single floor mat on
{ Warning distance which can cause a crash
and injury. Make sure the floor
the driver side.
Do not bleach or dye safety belt mat does not interfere with the . Do not place one floor mat on
webbing. It may severely weaken pedals. top of another.
the webbing. In a crash, they Removing and Replacing the
might not be able to provide Use the following guidelines for Floor Mats
adequate protection. Clean and proper floor mat usage:
rinse safety belt webbing only If equipped, pull up on the rear of
with mild soap and lukewarm . The original equipment floor the floor mat to unlock each retainer
water. Allow the webbing to dry. mats were designed for your and remove.
vehicle. If the floor mats need
replacing, it is recommended
that GM certified floor mats be
purchased. Non-GM floor mats
may not fit properly and may
interfere with the pedals. Always
check that the floor mats do not
interfere with the pedals.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Vehicle Care 367
Reinstall by lining up the floor mat

retainer openings over the carpet
retainers and snapping into position.
Make sure the floor mat is properly
secured in place.
Verify the floor mat does not
interfere with the pedals.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
368 Service and Maintenance
Service and General Information changes and tire rotations and

additional maintenance items like
Maintenance Your vehicle is an important
investment. This section describes
tires, brakes, batteries, and wiper
blades.
the required maintenance for the
General Information vehicle. Follow this schedule to help Caution
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 368 protect against major repair
expenses resulting from neglect or Damage caused by improper
Maintenance Schedule inadequate maintenance. It may maintenance can lead to costly
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 369 also help to maintain the value of repairs and may not be covered
the vehicle if it is sold. It is the by the vehicle warranty.
Special Application Services responsibility of the owner to have
Special Application Maintenance intervals, checks,
all required maintenance performed. inspections, recommended fluids,
Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
Your dealer has trained technicians and lubricants are important to
Additional Maintenance who can perform required keep the vehicle in good working
and Care maintenance using genuine condition.
Additional Maintenance replacement parts. They have
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374 up-to-date tools and equipment for
fast and accurate diagnostics. Many The Tire Rotation and Required
Recommended Fluids, dealers have extended evening and Services are the responsibility of the
Lubricants, and Parts Saturday hours, courtesy vehicle owner. It is recommended to
Recommended Fluids and transportation, and online have your dealer perform these
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377 scheduling to assist with service services every 12 000 km/7,500 mi.
Maintenance Replacement needs. Proper vehicle maintenance helps to
Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378 keep the vehicle in good working
Your dealer recognizes the condition, improves fuel economy,
Maintenance Records importance of providing and reduces vehicle emissions.
Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 379 competitively priced maintenance
and repair services. With trained Because of the way people use
technicians, the dealer is the place vehicles, maintenance needs vary.
for routine maintenance such as oil There may need to be more
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Service and Maintenance 369
frequent checks and services. The

Additional Required Services -
. Used for taxi, police, or delivery
service.
Maintenance
Normal are for vehicles that: Refer to the information in the
Schedule
. Carry passengers and cargo Maintenance Schedule Additional Owner Checks and Services
within recommended limits on Required Services - Severe chart.
the Tire and Loading Information At Each Fuel Stop
label. See Vehicle Load
Limits 0 222.
{ Warning . Check the engine oil level. See
Engine Oil 0 288.
. Are driven on reasonable road Performing maintenance work can
be dangerous and can cause Once a Month
surfaces within legal driving
limits. serious injury. Perform . Check the tire inflation
maintenance work only if the pressures. See Tire
. Use the recommended fuel. See
required information, proper tools, Pressure 0 325.
Fuel 0 268.
and equipment are available. . Inspect the tires for wear. See
Refer to the information in the If they are not, see your dealer to Tire Inspection 0 331.
Maintenance Schedule Additional have a trained technician do the
Required Services - Normal chart. . Check the windshield washer
work. See Doing Your Own
Service Work 0 280. fluid level. See Washer
The Additional Required Services - Fluid 0 299.
Severe are for vehicles that are:
. Mainly driven in heavy city traffic Engine Oil Change
in hot weather. When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL
. Mainly driven in hilly or SOON message displays, have the
mountainous terrain. engine oil and filter changed within
the next 1 000 km/600 mi. If driven
. Frequently towing a trailer. under the best conditions, the
. Used for high speed or engine oil life system may not
competitive driving. indicate the need for vehicle service
for up to a year. The engine oil and
filter must be changed at least once
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
a year and the oil life system must . Visually inspect windshield wiper . Visually inspect exhaust system
be reset. Your trained dealer blades for wear, cracking, and nearby heat shields for
technician can perform this work. or contamination. See Exterior loose or damaged parts.
If the engine oil life system is reset Care 0 358. Replace worn or . Lubricate body components. See
accidentally, service the vehicle damaged wiper blades. See Exterior Care 0 358.
within 5 000 km/3,000 mi since the Wiper Blade
last service. Reset the oil life Replacement 0 304. . Check starter switch. See Starter
system when the oil is changed. Switch Check 0 303.
. Check tire inflation pressures.
See Engine Oil Life System 0 291. See Tire Pressure 0 325. . Check automatic transmission
Tire Rotation and Required shift lock control function. See
. Inspect tire wear. See Tire Automatic Transmission Shift
Services Every 12 000 km/ Inspection 0 331. Lock Control Function
7,500 mi . Visually check for fluid leaks. Check 0 303.
Rotate the tires, if recommended for . Inspect engine air cleaner filter. . Check parking brake and
the vehicle, and perform the See Engine Air Cleaner/ automatic transmission park
following services. See Tire Filter 0 292. mechanism. See Park Brake and
Rotation 0 331. P (Park) Mechanism
. Inspect brake system. See
. Check engine oil level and oil
Exterior Care 0 358. Check 0 303.
life percentage. If needed, . Check accelerator pedal for
change engine oil and filter, and . Visually inspect steering,
suspension, and chassis damage, high effort, or binding.
reset oil life system. See Engine Replace if needed.
Oil 0 288 and Engine Oil Life components for damaged, loose,
System 0 291. or missing parts or signs of . Visually inspect gas strut for
wear. See Exterior Care 0 358. signs of wear, cracks, or other
. Check engine coolant level. See
. Check restraint system damage. Check the hold open
Engine Coolant 0 295. ability of the strut. See your
components. See Safety System
. Check windshield washer fluid dealer if service is required.
Check 0 69.
level. See Washer Fluid 0 299. . Inspect sunroof track and seal,
. Visually inspect fuel system for
damage or leaks. if equipped. See Sunroof 0 52.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
1 2 0 0 0 k m/7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 k m/1 5 ,0 0 0 mi
3 6 0 0 0 k m/2 2 ,5 0 0 mi
4 8 0 0 0 k m/3 0 ,0 0 0 mi
6 0 0 0 0 k m/3 7 ,5 0 0 mi
7 2 0 0 0 k m/4 5 ,0 0 0 mi
8 4 0 0 0 k m/5 2 ,5 0 0 mi
9 6 0 0 0 k m/6 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 0 8 0 0 0 k m/6 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 2 0 0 0 0 k m/7 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 3 2 0 0 0 k m/8 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 4 4 0 0 0 k m/9 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 5 6 0 0 0 k m/9 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 6 8 0 0 0 k m/1 0 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 8 0 0 0 0 k m/11 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 9 2 0 0 0 k m/1 2 0 ,0 0 0 mi
2 0 4 0 0 0 k m/1 2 7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 1 6 0 0 0 k m/1 3 5 ,0 0 0 mi
2 2 8 0 0 0 k m/1 4 2 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 0 k m/1 5 0 ,0 0 0 mi
Maintenance Schedule
Additional Required
Services - Normal
Rotate tires and perform Required Services.
Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
Change engine oil and filter, if needed.
Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @
Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @
Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) @ @ @
Change automatic transmission fluid. (1.8L
Hybrid only.)
@
Replace spark plugs. (1.8L Hybrid only.) Inspect
spark plug wires.
@
Replace spark plugs. (Except 1.8L Hybrid.)
Inspect spark plug wires.
@ @
Drain and fill engine cooling system and Power
Electronics cooling system. (4)
@
Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (5) @
Replace brake fluid. (6)
Footnotes — Maintenance replacement may be needed if fogging, or odors. Your GM dealer

Schedule Additional Required driving in areas with heavy traffic, can help determine when to replace
Services - Normal poor air quality, high dust levels, the filter.
(1) Or every two years, whichever or environmental allergens.
comes first. More frequent Passenger compartment air filter
passenger compartment air filter replacement may also be needed if
there is reduced airflow, window
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
(2) Visually check all fuel and vapor

lines and hoses for proper
attachment, connection, routing, and
condition.
(3) Or every four years, whichever
comes first. If driving in dusty
conditions, inspect the filter at each
oil change or more often as needed.
(4) Or every five years, whichever
comes first. See Cooling System
(Engine) 0 293 or Cooling System
(Power Electronics) 0 294.
(5) Or every 10 years, whichever
comes first. Inspect for fraying,
excessive cracking, or damage;
replace, if needed.
(6) Replace brake fluid every five
years. See Brake Fluid 0 300.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
1 2 0 0 0 k m/7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 k m/1 5 ,0 0 0 mi
3 6 0 0 0 k m/2 2 ,5 0 0 mi
4 8 0 0 0 k m/3 0 ,0 0 0 mi
6 0 0 0 0 k m/3 7 ,5 0 0 mi
7 2 0 0 0 k m/4 5 ,0 0 0 mi
8 4 0 0 0 k m/5 2 ,5 0 0 mi
9 6 0 0 0 k m/6 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 0 8 0 0 0 k m/6 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 2 0 0 0 0 k m/7 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 3 2 0 0 0 k m/8 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 4 4 0 0 0 k m/9 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 5 6 0 0 0 k m/9 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 6 8 0 0 0 k m/1 0 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 8 0 0 0 0 k m/11 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 9 2 0 0 0 k m/1 2 0 ,0 0 0 mi
2 0 4 0 0 0 k m/1 2 7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 1 6 0 0 0 k m/1 3 5 ,0 0 0 mi
2 2 8 0 0 0 k m/1 4 2 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 0 k m/1 5 0 ,0 0 0 mi
Maintenance Schedule
Additional Required
Services - Severe
Rotate tires and perform Required Services.
Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
Change engine oil and filter, if needed.
Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @
Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @
Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) @ @ @
Change automatic transmission fluid. @ @ @
Replace spark plugs. (1.8L Hybrid only.) Inspect
spark plug wires.
@
Replace spark plugs. (Except 1.8L Hybrid.)
Inspect spark plug wires.
@ @
Drain and fill engine cooling system and Power
Electronics cooling system. (4)
@
Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (5) @
Replace brake fluid. (6)
Footnotes — Maintenance driving in areas with heavy traffic, fogging, or odors. Your GM dealer
Schedule Additional Required poor air quality, high dust levels, can help determine when to replace
Services - Severe or environmental allergens. the filter.
(1) Or every two years, whichever Passenger compartment air filter (2) Visually check all fuel and vapor
comes first. More frequent replacement may also be needed if lines and hoses for proper
passenger compartment air filter there is reduced airflow, window attachment, connection, routing, and
replacement may be needed if condition.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
(3) Or every four years, whichever

comes first. If driving in dusty
Special Application Additional
conditions, inspect the filter at each Services Maintenance and Care
oil change or more often as needed. . Severe Commercial Use Your vehicle is an important
(4) Or every five years, whichever Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassis investment and caring for it properly
comes first. See Cooling System components every oil change. may help to avoid future costly
(Engine) 0 293 or Cooling System . repairs. To maintain vehicle
Have underbody flushing service
(Power Electronics) 0 294. performance, additional
performed. See "Underbody
(5) Or every 10 years, whichever Maintenance" in Exterior maintenance services may be
comes first. Inspect for fraying, Care 0 358. required.
excessive cracking, or damage; It is recommended that your dealer
replace, if needed. perform these services — their
(6) Replace brake fluid every five trained dealer technicians know
years. See Brake Fluid 0 300. your vehicle best. Your dealer can
also perform a thorough
assessment with a multi-point
inspection to recommend when your
vehicle may need attention.
The following list is intended to
explain the services and conditions
to look for that may indicate
services are required.
Battery
The 12-volt battery supplies power
to start the engine and operate any
additional electrical accessories.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16

. To avoid break-down or failure to . Trained dealer technicians have Lamps
start the vehicle, maintain a access to tools and equipment Properly working headlamps,
battery with full cranking power. to inspect the brakes and taillamps, and brake lamps are
. Trained dealer technicians have recommend quality parts important to see and be seen on
the diagnostic equipment to test engineered for the vehicle. the road.
the battery and ensure that the Fluids . Signs that the headlamps need
connections and cables are attention include dimming, failure
corrosion-free. Proper fluid levels and approved
fluids protect the vehicle’s systems to light, cracking, or damage.
Belts and components. See The brake lamps need to be
Recommended Fluids and checked periodically to ensure
. Belts may need replacing if they
Lubricants 0 377 for GM approved that they light when braking.
squeak or show signs of
cracking or splitting. fluids. . With a multi-point inspection,
. Engine oil and windshield your dealer can check the lamps
. Trained dealer technicians have
washer fluid levels should be and note any concerns.
access to tools and equipment
to inspect the belts and checked at every fuel fill. Shocks and Struts
recommend adjustment or . Instrument cluster lights may
Shocks and struts help aid in control
replacement when necessary. come on to indicate that fluids for a smoother ride.
may be low and need to be
Brakes filled. . Signs of wear may include
Brakes stop the vehicle and are steering wheel vibration, bounce/
crucial to safe driving. Hoses sway while braking, longer
Hoses transport fluids and should stopping distance, or uneven
. Signs of brake wear may include
be regularly inspected to ensure tire wear.
chirping, grinding, or squealing
noises, or difficulty stopping. that there are no cracks or leaks. . As part of the multi-point
With a multi-point inspection, your inspection, trained dealer
dealer can inspect the hoses and technicians can visually inspect
advise if replacement is needed. the shocks and struts for signs
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
of leaking, blown seals, information on how to clean and Wiper Blades

or damage, and can advise protect the vehicle’s interior and Wiper blades need to be cleaned
when service is needed. exterior, see Interior Care 0 363 and and kept in good condition to
Exterior Care 0 358. provide a clear view.
Tires
Tires need to be properly inflated, Wheel Alignment . Signs of wear include streaking,
rotated, and balanced. Maintaining Wheel alignment is critical for skipping across the windshield,
the tires can save money and fuel, ensuring that the tires deliver and worn or split rubber.
and can reduce the risk of tire optimal wear and performance. . Trained dealer technicians can
failure. . Signs that the alignment may check the wiper blades and
. Signs that the tires need to be need to be adjusted include replace them when needed.
replaced include three or more pulling, improper vehicle
visible treadwear indicators; cord handling, or unusual tire wear.
or fabric showing through the . Your dealer has the required
rubber; cracks or cuts in the equipment to ensure proper
tread or sidewall; or a bulge or wheel alignment.
split in the tire.
. Trained dealer technicians can Windshield
inspect and recommend the right For safety, appearance, and the
tires. Your dealer can also best viewing, keep the windshield
provide tire/wheel balancing clean and clear.
services to ensure smooth . Signs of damage include
vehicle operation at all speeds. scratches, cracks, and chips.
Your dealer sells and services
name brand tires. . Trained dealer technicians can
inspect the windshield and
Vehicle Care recommend proper replacement
To help keep the vehicle looking like if needed.
new, vehicle care products are
available from your dealer. For
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts

Recommended Fluids and Lubricants
Usage Fluid/Lubricant
®
Automatic Transmission DEXRON -VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.
Engine Coolant (Except 1.8L Hybrid) 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL ® Coolant.
Engine Coolant and Power Use Only Premix DEX-COOL® Coolant (GM Part No. 12378390, in
Electronics Cooling System (1.8L Canada 10953456). See Engine Coolant 0 295.
Hybrid Only)
Engine Oil Engine oil meeting the dexos1™ specification of the proper SAE viscosity
grade. ACDelco dexos1 Synthetic Blend is recommended. See Engine
Oil 0 288.
Hood Latch Assembly, Secondary Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol (GM Part No. 89021668, in
Latch, Pivots, Spring Anchor, and Canada 89021674) or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2 Category
Release Pawl LB or GC-LB.
Hydraulic Brake System DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 19299818, in
Canada 19299819).
Key Lock Cylinders, Hood and Door Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in
Hinges Canada 10953474).
Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) or
Dielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. 12345579, in Canada 10953481).
Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protection
requirements.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Maintenance Replacement Parts

Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.
Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
1.5L L4 Engine 23430312 A3208C
1.8L L4 Engine 23430312 A3208C
2.0L L4 Engine 23430313 A3210C
Engine Oil Filter
1.5L L4 Engine 12670058 UPF64R
1.8L L4 Engine 55594652 PF2257G
2.0L L4 Engine 12640445 PF64
Passenger Compartment Air Filter 13508023 CF185
Spark Plugs
1.5L L4 Engine 12673527 41-153
1.8L L4 Engine 55486272 41-152
2.0L L4 Engine 12647827 41-125
Wiper Blades
Driver Side – 650 mm (25.6 in) 23353586 —
Passenger Side – 450 mm (17.7 in) 23353587 —
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Maintenance Records
After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the
type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.
Odometer
Date Serviced By Services Performed
Reading
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
380 Technical Data
Technical Data Vehicle Identification Service Parts

Identification Label
Vehicle Identification This label, in either the glove box or
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) the trunk area, has the following
Vehicle Identification
information:
Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
Service Parts Identification . Vehicle Identification
Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380 Number (VIN).
Vehicle Data . Model designation.
Capacities and . Paint information.
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
. Production options and special
Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . . 382
This legal identifier is in the front equipment.
corner of the instrument panel, on
Do not remove this label from the
the driver side of the vehicle. It can
vehicle.
be seen through the windshield from
outside. The Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN) also appears on the
Vehicle Certification and Service
Parts labels and certificates of title
and registration.
Engine Identification
The eighth character in the VIN is
the engine code. This code
identifies the vehicle's engine,
specifications, and replacement
parts. See “Engine Specifications”
under Capacities and Specifications
0 381 for the vehicle's engine code.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Technical Data 381
Vehicle Data
Capacities and Specifications
Capacities
Application
Metric English
Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant type and
charge amount, see the refrigerant label under the
hood. See your dealer for more information.
Engine Cooling System
1.5L L4 Engine 6.1 L 6.4 qt
Engine Oil with Filter
Fuel Tank
1.5L L4 Engine, 1.8L L4 Engine 49.2 L 13.0 gal
2.0L L4 Engine 59.8 L 15.8 gal
Wheel Nut Torque 140 Y 100 lb ft
All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this
manual. Recheck fluid level after filling.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
382 Technical Data
Engine Specifications
Engine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap
1.5L L4 Engine T Automatic 0.60–0.70 mm (0.024–
0.028 in)
1.8L L4 Engine U Automatic 0.65–1.00 mm (0.026–
0.039 in)
2.0L L4 Engine X Automatic 0.75–0.90 mm (0.030–
0.035 in)
Engine Drive Belt Routing
1.8L L4 Engine 2.0L L4 Engine

1.5L L4 Engine
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Customer Information 383
Customer Reporting Safety Defects to

the Canadian
Customer Information
Information Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394
Reporting Safety Defects to Customer Satisfaction
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394 Procedure
Customer Information Vehicle Data Recording and Your satisfaction and goodwill are
Customer Satisfaction Privacy important to your dealer and to
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383 Chevrolet. Normally, any concerns
Vehicle Data Recording and
Customer Assistance with the sales transaction or the
Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394
Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385 operation of the vehicle will be
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . 395
Customer Assistance for Text resolved by your dealer's sales or
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395
Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 386 service departments. Sometimes,
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . 386 however, despite the best intentions
GM Mobility Reimbursement of all concerned, misunderstandings
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387 can occur. If your concern has not
Roadside Assistance been resolved to your satisfaction,
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387 the following steps should be taken:
Scheduling Service
Appointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389 STEP ONE : Discuss your concern
Courtesy Transportation with a member of dealership
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389 management. Normally, concerns
Collision Damage Repair . . . . . 390 can be quickly resolved at that level.
Service Publications Ordering If the matter has already been
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392 reviewed with the sales, service,
Radio Frequency or parts manager, contact the owner
Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393 of your dealership or the general
manager.
Reporting Safety Defects
Reporting Safety Defects to STEP TWO : If after contacting a
the United States member of dealership management,
Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393 it appears your concern cannot be
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
384 Customer Information
resolved by your dealership without STEP THREE — U.S. Owners : You may contact the BBB Auto Line
further help, in the U.S., call the Both General Motors and your Program using the toll-free
Chevrolet Customer Assistance dealer are committed to making telephone number or write them at
Center at 1-800-222-1020. In sure you are completely satisfied the following address:
Canada, call General Motors of with your new vehicle. However, BBB Auto Line Program
Canada Customer Care Centre at if you continue to remain unsatisfied Council of Better Business Bureaus,
1-800-263-3777 (English), after following the procedure Inc.
or 1-800-263-7854 (French). outlined in Steps One and Two, you 3033 Wilson Boulevard
We encourage you to call the can file with the Better Business Suite 600
toll-free number in order to give your Bureau (BBB) Auto Line® Program Arlington, VA 22201
inquiry prompt attention. Have the to enforce your rights.
Telephone: 1-800-955-5100
following information available to The BBB Auto Line Program is an http://www.bbb.org/council/
give the Customer Assistance out-of-court program administered programs-services/
representative: by the Council of Better Business dispute-handling-and-resolution/
. Vehicle Identification Bureaus to settle automotive bbb-auto-line
Number (VIN). This is available disputes regarding vehicle repairs or
the interpretation of the New Vehicle This program is available in all
from the vehicle registration or 50 states and the District of
title, or the plate at the top left of Limited Warranty. Although you may
be required to resort to this informal Columbia. Eligibility is limited by
the instrument panel and visible vehicle age, mileage, and other
through the windshield. dispute resolution program prior to
filing a court action, use of the factors. General Motors reserves
. Dealership name and location. program is free of charge and your the right to change eligibility
. Vehicle delivery date and case will generally be heard within limitations and/or discontinue its
present mileage. 40 days. If you do not agree with the participation in this program.
decision given in your case, you STEP THREE — Canadian
When contacting Chevrolet, may reject it and proceed with any
remember that your concern will Owners : In the event that you do
other venue for relief available not feel your concerns have been
likely be resolved at a dealer's to you.
facility. That is why we suggest addressed after following the
following Step One first. procedure outlined in Steps One
and Two, General Motors of Canada
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Company wants you to be aware of The Mediation/Arbitration Program United States and Puerto Rico
its participation in a no-charge c/o Customer Care Centre
Chevrolet Motor Division
Mediation/Arbitration Program. General Motors of Canada
Chevrolet Customer Assistance
General Motors of Canada Company
Center
Company has committed to binding Mail Code: CA1-163-005
P.O. Box 33170
arbitration of owner disputes 1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Detroit, MI 48232-5170
involving factory-related vehicle Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
www.Chevrolet.com
service claims. The program Your inquiry should be accompanied
provides for the review of the facts 1-800-222-1020
by the Vehicle Identification
involved by an impartial third party 1-800-833-2438 (For Text
Number (VIN).
arbiter, and may include an informal Telephone Devices (TTYs))
hearing before the arbiter. The Roadside Assistance:
program is designed so that the Customer Assistance 1-800-243-8872
entire dispute settlement process, Offices From U.S. Virgin Islands:
from the time you file your complaint Chevrolet encourages customers to
to the final decision, should be 1-800-496-9994
call the toll-free number for
completed in about 70 days. We assistance. However, if a customer Canada
believe our impartial program offers wishes to write or e-mail Chevrolet,
advantages over courts in most General Motors of Canada
the letter should be addressed to:
jurisdictions because it is informal, Company
quick, and free of charge. Customer Care Centre, Mail Code:
CA1-163-005
For further information concerning
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
eligibility in the Canadian Motor
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP),
www.gm.ca
call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or call
the General Motors Customer Care 1-800-263-3777 (English)
Centre, 1-800-263-3777 (English), 1-800-263-7854 (French)
1-800-263-7854 (French), 1-800-263-3830 (For Text
or write to:
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Telephone devices (TTYs)) Online Owner Center J : View active recalls by Vehicle
Roadside Assistance: Identification Number (VIN). See
1-800-268-6800 Online Owner Experience Vehicle Identification Number
(U.S.) my.chevrolet.com (VIN) 0 380.
Overseas
Please contact the local General
The Chevrolet online owner H : View GM Card, SiriusXM
experience allows interaction with Satellite radio (if equipped), and
Motors Business Unit. Chevrolet and keeps important OnStar account information (if
vehicle-specific information in one equipped).
Customer Assistance for place.
Text Telephone (TTY) F : Chat with online help
Membership Benefits representatives.
Users
E : Download owner manuals and See my.chevrolet.com to register
To assist customers who are deaf, view vehicle-specific how-to videos. your vehicle.
hard of hearing, or speech-impaired
and who use Text Telephones
G : View maintenance schedules, Chevrolet Owner Centre
alerts, and OnStar Vehicle (Canada) chevroletowner.ca
(TTYs), Chevrolet has TTY
Diagnostic Information. Schedule
equipment available at its Customer Visit the Chevrolet Owner Centre:
service appointments.
Assistance Center. Any TTY user in
the U.S. can communicate with I : View and print dealer-recorded . Chat live with online help
Chevrolet by dialing: service records and self-recorded representatives.
1-800-833-2438. TTY users in service records. . Locate owner resources such as
Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830. D : Select a preferred dealer and lease-end, financing, and
view locations, maps, phone warranty information.
numbers, and hours. . Retrieve your favorite articles,
r : Track your vehicle’s warranty quizzes, tips, and multimedia
information. galleries organized into the
Featured Articles and Auto Care
Sections.
. Download owner manuals.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16

. Find the General Motors of Canada also has . Odometer reading, Vehicle
Chevrolet-recommended a Mobility Program. Visit www.gm.ca Identification Number (VIN), and
maintenance services. or call 1-800-GM-DRIVE (463-7483) delivery date of the vehicle.
for details. TTY users call . Description of the problem.
GM Mobility 1-800-263-3830.
Reimbursement Program Coverage
Roadside Assistance Services are provided for the
Program duration of the vehicle’s powertrain
For U.S.-purchased vehicles, call warranty.
1-800-243-8872. (Text Telephone In the U.S., anyone driving the
(TTY): 1-888-889-2438.) vehicle is covered. In Canada, a
For Canadian-purchased vehicles, person driving the vehicle without
call 1-800-268-6800. permission from the owner is not
This program is available to covered.
qualified applicants for cost Service is available 24 hours a day,
365 days a year. Roadside Assistance is not a part of
reimbursement of eligible the New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
aftermarket adaptive equipment Calling for Assistance General Motors North America and
required for the vehicle, such as Chevrolet reserve the right to make
hand controls or a wheelchair/ When calling Roadside Assistance,
any changes or discontinue the
scooter lift for the vehicle. have the following information
Roadside Assistance program at
ready:
For more information on the limited any time without notification.
offer, visit www.gmmobility.com or . Your name, home address, and
General Motors North America and
call the GM Mobility Assistance home telephone number.
Chevrolet reserve the right to limit
Center at 1-800-323-9935. Text . Telephone number of your services or payment to an owner or
Telephone (TTY) users, call location. driver if they decide the claims are
1-800-833-9935. made too often, or the same type of
. Location of the vehicle.
claim is made many times.
. Model, year, color, and license
plate number of the vehicle.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Services Provided . Battery Jump Start: Service to Services Specific to

. jump start a dead battery. Canadian-Purchased Vehicles
Emergency Fuel Delivery:
Delivery of enough fuel for the . Trip Interruption Benefits and . Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement
vehicle to get to the nearest Assistance: If your trip is is up to 7 liters. If available,
service station. interrupted due to a warranty diesel fuel delivery may be
. event, incidental expenses may restricted. Propane and other
Lock-Out Service: Service to
be reimbursed within the fuels are not provided through
unlock the vehicle if you are
Powertrain warranty period. this service.
locked out. A remote unlock may
Items considered are reasonable
be available if you have OnStar. . Lock-Out Service: Vehicle
and customary hotel, meals,
For security reasons, the driver registration is required.
rental car, or a vehicle being
must present identification
delivered back to the customer, . Trip Interruption Benefits and
before this service is given.
up to 805 km (500 mi). Assistance: Must be over
. Emergency Tow from a Public 150 km from where your trip was
Road or Highway: Tow to the Services Not Included in started to qualify.
nearest Chevrolet dealer for Roadside Assistance Pre-authorization, original
warranty service, or if the vehicle . Impound towing caused by detailed receipts, and a copy of
was in a crash and cannot be violation of any laws. the repair orders are required.
driven. Assistance is not given Once authorization has been
when the vehicle is stuck in the . Legal fines. received, the Roadside
sand, mud, or snow. . Mounting, dismounting, Assistance advisor will help to
. Flat Tire Change: Service to or changing of snow tires, make arrangements and explain
change a flat tire with the spare chains, or other traction devices. how to receive payment.
tire. The spare tire, if equipped, Service is not provided if a vehicle . Alternative Service: If
must be in good condition and is in an area that is not accessible assistance cannot be provided
properly inflated. It is the owner's to the service vehicle or is not a right away, the Roadside
responsibility for the repair or regularly traveled or maintained Assistance advisor may give
replacement of the tire if it is not public road, which includes ice and permission to get local
covered by the warranty. winter roads. Off-road use is not emergency road service. You will
covered. receive payment, up to $100,
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
after sending the original receipt If your dealer requests you to bring furnished with each new vehicle
to Roadside Assistance. the vehicle for service, you are provides detailed warranty coverage
Mechanical failures may be urged to do so as early in the work information.
covered, however any cost for day as possible to allow for
parts and labor for repairs not same-day repair. Transportation Options
covered by the warranty are the Warranty service can generally be
owner responsibility. Courtesy Transportation completed while you wait. However,
Program if you are unable to do so, your
Scheduling Service dealer may offer the following
To enhance your ownership transportation options:
Appointments experience, we and our participating
When the vehicle requires warranty dealers are proud to offer Courtesy Shuttle Service
service, contact your dealer and Transportation, a customer support This includes one-way or round-trip
request an appointment. By program for vehicles with the shuttle service within reasonable
scheduling a service appointment Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty time and distance parameters of
and advising the service consultant Coverage period in Canada), your dealer's area.
of your transportation needs, your extended powertrain, and/or
dealer can help minimize your hybrid-specific warranties in both Public Transportation or Fuel
inconvenience. the U.S. and Canada. Reimbursement
If the vehicle cannot be scheduled Several Courtesy Transportation If overnight warranty repairs are
into the service department options are available to assist in needed, and public transportation is
immediately, keep driving it until it reducing inconvenience when used, the expense must be
can be scheduled for service, warranty repairs are required. supported by original receipts and
unless, of course, the problem is within the maximum amount allowed
Courtesy Transportation is not a by GM for shuttle service. If U.S.
safety related. If it is, please call part of the New Vehicle Limited
your dealership, let them know this, customers arrange their own
Warranty. A separate booklet transportation, limited
and ask for instructions. entitled “Limited Warranty and reimbursement for reasonable fuel
Owner Assistance Information” expenses may be available. Claim
amounts should reflect actual costs
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
and be supported by original Additional Program Collision Parts

receipts. See your dealer for Information Genuine GM Collision parts are new
information.
All program options, such as shuttle parts made with the same materials
Courtesy Rental Vehicle service, may not be available at and construction methods as the
every dealer. Contact your dealer parts with which the vehicle was
For an overnight warranty repair, the
for specific availability. originally built. Genuine GM
dealer may provide an available
Collision parts are the best choice to
courtesy rental vehicle or provide for General Motors reserves the right to
ensure that the vehicle's designed
reimbursement of a rental vehicle. unilaterally modify, change,
appearance, durability, and safety
Reimbursement is limited and must or discontinue Courtesy
are preserved. The use of Genuine
be supported by original receipts as Transportation at any time and to
GM parts can help maintain the GM
well as a signed and completed resolve all questions of claim
New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
rental agreement and meet state/ eligibility pursuant to the terms and
provincial, local, and rental vehicle conditions described herein at its Recycled original equipment parts
provider requirements. sole discretion. may also be used for repair. These
Requirements vary and may include parts are typically removed from
minimum age requirements, Collision Damage Repair vehicles that were total losses in
insurance coverage, credit card, etc. prior crashes. In most cases, the
Additional fees such as fuel usage If the vehicle is involved in a parts being recycled are from
charges, taxes, levies, usage fees, collision and it is damaged, have the undamaged sections of the vehicle.
excessive mileage, or rental usage damage repaired by a qualified A recycled original equipment GM
beyond the completion of the repair technician using the proper part may be an acceptable choice to
are also your responsibility. equipment and quality replacement maintain the vehicle's originally
parts. Poorly performed collision designed appearance and safety
It may not be possible to provide a repairs diminish the vehicle resale performance; however, the history of
like vehicle as a courtesy rental. value, and safety performance can these parts is not known. Such parts
be compromised in subsequent are not covered by the GM New
collisions. Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any
related failures are not covered by
that warranty.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Aftermarket collision parts are also Insuring the Vehicle parts. Read the lease carefully, as
available. These are made by you may be charged at the end of
Protect your investment in the GM
companies other than GM and may the lease for poor quality repairs.
vehicle with comprehensive and
not have been tested for the vehicle.
collision insurance coverage. There If a Crash Occurs
As a result, these parts may fit
are significant differences in the
poorly, exhibit premature durability/ If there has been an injury, call
quality of coverage afforded by
corrosion problems, and may not emergency services for help. Do not
various insurance policy terms.
perform properly in subsequent leave the scene of a crash until all
Many insurance policies provide
collisions. Aftermarket parts are not matters have been taken care of.
reduced protection to the GM
covered by the GM New Vehicle Move the vehicle only if its position
vehicle by limiting compensation for
Limited Warranty, and any vehicle puts you in danger, or you are
damage repairs through the use of
failure related to such parts is not instructed to move it by a police
aftermarket collision parts. Some
covered by that warranty. officer.
insurance companies will not
Repair Facility specify aftermarket collision parts. Give only the necessary information
When purchasing insurance, we to police and other parties involved
GM also recommends that you recommend that you ensure that the in the crash.
choose a collision repair facility that vehicle will be repaired with GM
meets your needs before you ever For emergency towing see
original equipment collision parts. Roadside Assistance
need collision repairs. Your dealer If such insurance coverage is not
may have a collision repair center Program 0 387.
available from your current
with GM-trained technicians and insurance carrier, consider switching Gather the following information:
state-of-the-art equipment, or be to another insurance carrier.
able to recommend a collision repair . Driver name, address, and
center that has GM-trained If the vehicle is leased, the leasing telephone number.
technicians and comparable company may require you to have . Driver license number.
equipment. insurance that ensures repairs with
Genuine GM Original Equipment . Owner name, address, and
Manufacturer (OEM) parts or telephone number.
Genuine Manufacturer replacement . Vehicle license plate number.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16

. Vehicle make, model, and original GM parts. Remember, Service Publications
model year. recycled parts will not be covered by
the GM vehicle warranty.
Ordering Information
. Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN). Insurance pays the bill for the repair, Service Manuals
. Insurance company and policy but you must live with the repair. Service Manuals have the diagnosis
number. Depending on your policy limits, and repair information on the
your insurance company may engines, transmission, axle,
. General description of the initially value the repair using suspension, brakes, electrical,
damage to the other vehicle. aftermarket parts. Discuss this with steering, body, etc.
Choose a reputable repair facility the repair professional, and insist on
that uses quality replacement parts. Genuine GM parts. Remember, Owner Information
See “Collision Parts” earlier in this if the vehicle is leased, you may be Owner publications are written
section. obligated to have the vehicle specifically for owners and intended
repaired with Genuine GM parts, to provide basic operational
If the airbag has inflated, see What even if your insurance coverage
Will You See after an Airbag information about the vehicle. The
does not pay the full cost. Owner Manual includes the
Inflates? 0 75.
If another party's insurance Maintenance Schedule for all
Managing the Vehicle Damage company is paying for the repairs, models.
Repair Process you are not obligated to accept a In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio,
repair valuation based on that Owner Manual, and Warranty
In the event that the vehicle requires
insurance company's collision policy Manual.
damage repairs, GM recommends
repair limits, as you have no
that you take an active role in its RETAIL SELL PRICE: $35.00 –
contractual limits with that company.
repair. If you have a pre-determined $40.00 (U.S.) plus handling and
In such cases, you can have control
repair facility of choice, take the shipping fees.
of the repair and parts choices as
vehicle there, or have it towed there.
long as the cost stays within Without Pouch: Owner Manual only.
Specify to the facility that any
reasonable limits.
required replacement collision parts RETAIL SELL PRICE:
be original equipment parts, either $25.00 (U.S.) plus handling and
new Genuine GM parts or recycled shipping fees.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Current and Past Models Radio Frequency Reporting Safety

Service and Owner publications are Statement Defects
available for many current and past
This vehicle has systems that
model year GM vehicles.
operate on a radio frequency that Reporting Safety Defects
ORDER TOLL FREE: complies with Part 15/Part 18 of the
1-800-551-4123 Monday – Friday Federal Communications
to the United States
8:00 AM – 6:00 PM Eastern Time Commission (FCC) rules and with Government
For Credit Card Orders Only Industry Canada Standards If you believe that your vehicle
(VISA-MasterCard-Discover), see RSS-GEN/210/216/220/251/310,
has a defect which could cause
Helm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com. ICES⇣001.
a crash or could cause injury or
Or write to: Operation is subject to the following death, you should immediately
two conditions: inform the National Highway
Helm, Incorporated
Attention: Customer Service 1. The device may not cause Traffic Safety Administration
47911 Halyard Drive harmful interference. (NHTSA) in addition to notifying
Plymouth, MI 48170 2. The device must accept any General Motors.
Prices are subject to change without interference received, including If NHTSA receives similar
notice and without incurring interference that may cause complaints, it may open an
obligation. Allow ample time for undesired operation of the
investigation, and if it finds that
delivery. device.
a safety defect exists in a group
All listed prices are quoted in U.S. Changes or modifications to any of of vehicles, it may order a recall
funds. Make checks payable in U.S. these systems by other than an and remedy campaign.
funds. authorized service facility could void
However, NHTSA cannot
authorization to use this equipment.
become involved in individual
problems between you, your
dealer, or General Motors.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
To contact NHTSA, you may call Transport Canada Vehicle Data

the Vehicle Safety Hotline Road Safety Branch
toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 80 rue Noel Recording and
1-800-424-9153); go to http:// Gatineau, QC J8Z 0A1 Privacy
www.safercar.gov; or write to:
The vehicle has a number of
Administrator, NHTSA Reporting Safety Defects computers that record information
1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E. to General Motors about the vehicle’s performance and
Washington, D.C. 20590 In addition to notifying NHTSA (or how it is driven. For example, the
Transport Canada) in a situation like vehicle uses computer modules to
You can also obtain other monitor and control engine and
information about motor vehicle this, notify General Motors.
transmission performance, to
safety from http:// Call 1-800-222-1020, or write: monitor the conditions for airbag
www.safercar.gov. Chevrolet Motor Division deployment and deploy them in a
Chevrolet Customer Assistance crash, and, if equipped, to provide
Reporting Safety Defects Center antilock braking to help the driver
to the Canadian P.O. Box 33170 control the vehicle. These modules
Detroit, MI 48232-5170 may store data to help the dealer
Government technician service the vehicle.
In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777 Some modules may also store data
If you live in Canada, and you (English) or 1-800-263-7854
believe that the vehicle has a about how the vehicle is operated,
(French), or write: such as rate of fuel consumption or
safety defect, notify Transport
Canada immediately, and notify General Motors of Canada average speed. These modules may
Company retain personal preferences, such as
General Motors of Canada radio presets, seat positions, and
Customer Care Centre, Mail Code:
Company. Call Transport CA1-163-005 temperature settings.
Canada at 1-800-333-0510 or 1908 Colonel Sam Drive
write to: Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Event Data Recorders These data can help provide a GM will not access these data or
better understanding of the share it with others except: with the
This vehicle is equipped with an circumstances in which crashes and consent of the vehicle owner or,
event data recorder (EDR). The injuries occur. if the vehicle is leased, with the
main purpose of an EDR is to consent of the lessee; in response
record, in certain crash or near Note
to an official request by police or
crash-like situations, such as an air EDR data are recorded by your similar government office; as part of
bag deployment or hitting a road vehicle only if a non-trivial crash GM's defense of litigation through
obstacle, data that will assist in situation occurs; no data are the discovery process; or, as
understanding how a vehicle’s recorded by the EDR under normal required by law. Data that GM
systems performed. The EDR is driving conditions and no personal collects or receives may also be
designed to record data related to data (e.g., name, gender, age, and used for GM research needs or may
vehicle dynamics and safety crash location) are recorded. be made available to others for
systems for a short period of time, However, other parties, such as law research purposes, where a need is
typically 30 seconds or less. The enforcement, could combine the shown and the data is not tied to a
EDR in this vehicle is designed to EDR data with the type of specific vehicle or vehicle owner.
record such data as: personally identifying data routinely
acquired during a crash
. How various systems in your
investigation. OnStar®
vehicle were operating;
To read data recorded by an EDR, If the vehicle is equipped with
. Whether or not the driver and
special equipment is required, and OnStar® and has an active
passenger safety belts were access to the vehicle or the EDR is subscription, additional data may be
buckled/fastened; needed. In addition to the vehicle collected through the OnStar
. How far (if at all) the driver was manufacturer, other parties, such as system. This includes information
depressing the accelerator and/ law enforcement, that have the about the vehicle’s operation;
or brake pedal; and, special equipment, can read the collisions involving the vehicle; the
information if they have access to use of the vehicle and its features;
. How fast the vehicle was and, in certain situations, the
traveling. the vehicle or the EDR.
location and approximate GPS
speed of the vehicle. Refer to the
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
OnStar Terms and Conditions and

Privacy Statement on the OnStar
website.
See OnStar Additional
Information 0 402.
Infotainment System
If the vehicle is equipped with a
navigation system as part of the
infotainment system, use of the
system may result in the storage of
destinations, addresses, telephone
numbers, and other trip information.
See the infotainment manual for
information on stored data and for
deletion instructions.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
OnStar 397
OnStar OnStar Overview Terms, Privacy Statement, and

Software Terms for more details
including system limitations at
www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
OnStar Overview
www.onstar.ca (Canada).
OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
The OnStar system status light is
OnStar Services next to the OnStar buttons. If the
Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398 status light is:
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399 = Voice Command Button . Solid Green: System is ready.
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399 Q Blue OnStar Button . Flashing Green: On a call.
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
> Red Emergency Button . Red: Indicates a problem.
OnStar Additional Information
OnStar Additional This vehicle may be equipped with a . Off: System is active. Press Q
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402 comprehensive, in-vehicle system twice to speak with an OnStar
that can connect to an OnStar Advisor.
Advisor for Emergency, Security,
Navigation, Connections, and Press Q or call 1-888-4ONSTAR
Diagnostics Services. OnStar (1-888-466-7827) to speak to an
services may require a paid Advisor.
subscription and data plan. OnStar Press = to:
requires the vehicle battery and
electrical system, cellular service, . Make a call, end a call,
and GPS satellite signals to be or answer an incoming call.
available and operating. OnStar acts . Give OnStar Hands-Free Calling
as a link to existing emergency voice commands.
service providers. OnStar may
collect information about you and . Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn
your vehicle, including location Navigation voice commands.
information. See OnStar User
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
398 OnStar
. Obtain and customize the Wi-Fi® OnStar Services Security
hotspot name or SSID and
password, if equipped. If equipped, OnStar provides these
Emergency services:
Press Q to connect to an . With Stolen Vehicle Assistance,
Emergency Services require an
Advisor to: active, OnStar service plan OnStar Advisors can use GPS to
. Verify account information or (excludes Basic Plan). With pinpoint the vehicle and help
update contact information. Automatic Crash Response, built-in authorities quickly recover it.
. Get driving directions. sensors can automatically alert a . With Remote Ignition Block™,
specially trained OnStar Advisor if equipped, OnStar can block
. Receive a Diagnostic check of who is immediately connected in to
the vehicle's key operating the engine from being restarted.
the vehicle to help.
systems. . With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown®,
Press > for a priority connection to if equipped, OnStar can work
. Receive Roadside Assistance. an OnStar Advisor who can contact with law enforcement to
. Manage Wi-Fi Settings, emergency service providers, direct gradually slow the vehicle down.
if equipped. them to your exact location, and
relay important information. Theft Alarm Notification
Press > to get a priority connection
With OnStar Crisis Assist, specially If equipped, if the doors are locked
to an OnStar Advisor available 24/
trained Advisors are available and the vehicle alarm sounds, a
7 to:
24 hours a day, 7 days a week, to notification by text, e-mail, or phone
. Get help for an emergency. provide a central point of contact, call will be sent. If the vehicle is
. Be a Good Samaritan or assistance, and information during a stolen, an OnStar Advisor can work
respond to an AMBER Alert. crisis. with authorities to recover the
vehicle.
. Get assistance in severe With Roadside Assistance, Advisors
weather or other crisis situations can locate a nearby service provider
and find evacuation routes. to help with a flat tire, a battery
jump, or an empty gas tank.
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
OnStar 399
Navigation 3. Say “Yes.” System responds: Send Destination to Vehicle

“OK, request completed, thank Subscribers can have directions
OnStar navigation requires a you, goodbye.”
specific OnStar service plan. sent to the vehicle’s navigation
Route Preview screen, if equipped.
Press Q to receive Turn-by-Turn
directions or have them sent to the 1. Press =. System responds: Press Q, then ask the Advisor to
vehicle’s navigation screen, “OnStar ready,” then a tone. download directions to the vehicle’s
if equipped. navigation system, if equipped. After
2. Say “Route preview.” System the call ends, the navigation screen
Turn-by-Turn Navigation responds with the next three will provide prompts to begin driving
maneuvers. directions. Routes that are sent to
1. Press Q to connect to an the navigation screen can only be
Repeat
Advisor. canceled through the navigation
2. Request directions to be 1. Press =. System responds: system.
downloaded to the vehicle. “OnStar ready,” then a tone.
See www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
3. Follow the voice-guided 2. Say “Repeat.” System www.onstar.ca (Canada).
commands. responds with the last direction
given, then responds with Connections
Using Voice Commands “OnStar ready,” then a tone.
During a Planned Route The following OnStar services help
Get My Destination with staying connected.
Cancel Route
1. Press =. System responds: For coverage maps, see
1. Press =. System responds: “OnStar ready,” then a tone. www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
“OnStar ready,” then a tone. www.onstar.ca (Canada).
2. Say “Get my destination.”
2. Say “Cancel route.” System System responds with the Ensuring Security
responds: “Do you want to address and distance to the . Change the default passwords
cancel directions?” destination, then responds with
for the Wi-Fi hotspot and
“OnStar ready,” then a tone.
RemoteLink mobile application.
Make these passwords different
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
400 OnStar
from each other and use a 2. The Wi-Fi settings will display . Remotely start/stop the vehicle,
combination of letters, numbers, the Wi-Fi hotspot name (SSID), if factory-equipped.
and symbols to increase the password, and on some . Lock/unlock doors, if equipped
security. vehicles, the connection type with automatic locks.
. Change the default name of the (no Internet connection, 3G,
4G, 4G LTE), and signal quality . Activate the horn and lamps.
SSID (Service Set Identifier).
This is your network’s name that (poor, good, excellent). . Check the vehicle’s fuel level, oil
is visible to other wireless 3. To change the SSID or life, or tire pressure,
devices. Choose a unique name password, press Q or call if factory-equipped with the Tire
and avoid family names or Pressure Monitor System.
1-888-4ONSTAR to connect
vehicle descriptions. with an Advisor. . Send directions to the vehicle.
®
OnStar Wi-Fi Hotspot (If After initial set-up, your vehicle’s . Locate the vehicle on a map
Equipped) Wi-Fi hotspot will connect (U.S. market only).
The vehicle may have a built-in automatically to your mobile . Turn the vehicle's Wi-Fi hotspot
Wi-Fi hotspot that provides access devices. Manage data usage by on/off, manage settings, and
to the Internet and web content at turning Wi-Fi on or off on your monitor data consumption,
4G LTE speed. Up to seven mobile mobile device, using the if equipped.
devices can be connected. A data RemoteLink mobile app, or by
plan is required. Use the in-vehicle contacting an OnStar Advisor. For OnStar RemoteLink information
controls only when it is safe to and compatibility, see
OnStar RemoteLink® Mobile App www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
do so. (If Equipped) www.onstar.ca (Canada).
1. To retrieve Wi-Fi hotspot Download the OnStar RemoteLink
information, press =, wait for Remote Services
mobile app to select Apple® iOS,
the prompt, then say “Wi-Fi Android™, BlackBerry®, Contact an OnStar Advisor to
settings.” On some vehicles, or Windows® mobile devices. unlock the doors or sound the horn
touch Wi-Fi Settings on the OnStar Subscribers can access the and flash the lamps.
screen. following services from a mobile
device:
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
OnStar 401
OnStar AtYourService 2. Say “Call.” System responds: Diagnostics

“Call. Please say the name or
OnStar Advisors can provide offers Advanced Diagnostics provides a
number to call.”
from restaurants and retailers on status of the vehicle’s key systems
your route, help locate hotels, 3. Say “911” without pausing. with a monthly e-mail, or by
or book a room. These services System responds: “911.”
pressing Q. If equipped, Diagnostic
vary by market. 4. Say “Call.” System responds: Alerts can be received in real-time
OnStar Hands-Free Calling “OK, dialing 911.” via e-mail or text. The Proactive
Alerts feature (if available) can help
Make and receive calls with the Retrieve My Number
predict and alert of potential
built-in wireless calling service,
which requires available minutes. 1. Press =. System responds: upcoming maintenance issues with
“OnStar ready.” select components on the vehicle,
Make a Call before they become a problem.
2. Say “My number.” System
1. Press =. System responds: responds: “Your OnStar OnStar can also monitor and report
Hands-Free Calling number is,” tire pressure, if the vehicle is
“OnStar ready.”
then says the number. equipped with a Tire Pressure
2. Say “Call.” System responds: Monitoring System.
“Call. Please say the name or End a Call
number to call.”
Press =. System responds: “Call
3. Say the entire number without ended.”
pausing, including a “1” and the
area code. System responds: Verify Minutes and Expiration
“OK, calling.”
Press = and say “Minutes” then
Calling 911 Emergency “Verify” to check how many minutes
remain and their expiration date.
1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar ready.”
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
402 OnStar
OnStar Additional Reactivation for Subsequent . Call TTY 1-877-248-2080.

Owners Press Q to speak with an
Information .
Press Q and follow the prompts to Advisor.
In-Vehicle Audio Messages speak to an Advisor as soon as OnStar services cannot work unless
Audio messages may play important possible. The Advisor will update the vehicle is in a place where
information at the following times: vehicle records and explain OnStar OnStar has an agreement with a
service options. wireless service provider for service
. Prior to vehicle purchase.
in that area. The wireless service
Press Q to set up an account. How OnStar Service Works
provider must also have coverage,
. With the OnStar Basic Plan, Automatic Crash Response, network capacity, reception, and
every 60 days. Emergency Services, Crisis Assist, technology compatible with OnStar
Stolen Vehicle Assistance, services. Service involving location
. After change in ownership and Advanced Vehicle Diagnostics, information about the vehicle cannot
at 90 days. Remote Services, Roadside work unless GPS signals are
Transferring Service Assistance, Turn-by-Turn available, unobstructed, and
Navigation, and Hands-Free Calling compatible with the OnStar
Press Q to request account transfer are available on most vehicles. Not hardware. OnStar services may not
eligibility information. The Advisor all OnStar services are available work if the OnStar equipment is not
can cancel or change account everywhere or on all vehicles. For properly installed or it has not been
information. more information, a full description properly maintained. If equipment or
of OnStar services, system software is added, connected,
Selling/Transferring the limitations, and OnStar User Terms, or modified, OnStar services may
Vehicle Privacy Statement, and Software not work. Other problems beyond
Call 1-888-4ONSTAR Terms: the control of OnStar — such as
(1-888-466-7827) immediately to . Call 1-888-4ONSTAR hills, tall buildings, tunnels, weather,
terminate your OnStar services if (1-888-466-7827). electrical system design and
the vehicle is disposed of, sold, architecture of the vehicle, damage
. See www.onstar.com (U.S.).
transferred, or if the lease ends.
. See www.onstar.ca (Canada).
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
OnStar 403
to the vehicle in a crash, or wireless access to all OnStar services, Potential Issues
phone network congestion or except Virtual Advisor and OnStar
OnStar cannot perform Remote
jamming — may prevent service. Turn-by-Turn Navigation.
Door Unlock or Stolen Vehicle
See Radio Frequency OnStar Personal Identification Assistance after the vehicle has
Statement 0 393. Number (PIN) been off continuously for 10 days
without an ignition cycle. If the
Services for People with A PIN is needed to access some vehicle has not been started for
Disabilities OnStar services. The PIN will need five days, OnStar can contact
Advisors provide services to help to be changed the first time when Roadside Assistance or a locksmith
Subscribers with physical disabilities speaking with an Advisor. To to help gain access to the vehicle.
and medical conditions. change the OnStar PIN, contact an
OnStar Advisor by pressing Q or Global Positioning
Press Q to help: calling 1-888-4ONSTAR. System (GPS)
. Locate a gas station with an . Obstruction of the GPS can
Warranty
attendant to pump gas. occur in a large city with tall
OnStar equipment may be buildings; in parking garages;
. Find a hotel, restaurant, etc., warranted as part of the vehicle around airports; in tunnels and
that meets accessibility needs. warranty. underpasses; or in an area with
. Provide directions to the closest very dense trees. If GPS signals
hospital or pharmacy in urgent Languages are not available, the OnStar
situations. The vehicle can be programmed to system should still operate to
respond in multiple languages. call OnStar. However, OnStar
TTY Users
Press Q and ask for an Advisor. could have difficulty identifying
OnStar has the ability to Advisors are available in English, the exact location.
communicate to deaf, Spanish, and French. Available . In emergency situations, OnStar
hard-of-hearing, or speech-impaired languages may vary by country. can use the last stored GPS
customers while in the vehicle. The location to send to emergency
available dealer-installed TTY responders.
system can provide in-vehicle
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
404 OnStar
A temporary loss of GPS can cause to function properly. These systems settings. These updates or changes
loss of the ability to send a may not operate if the battery is may also collect personal
Turn-by-Turn Navigation route. The discharged or disconnected. information. Such collection is
Advisor may give a verbal route or described in the OnStar privacy
may ask for a call back after the Add-on Electrical Equipment statement or separately disclosed at
vehicle is driven into an open area. The OnStar system is integrated the time of installation. These
into the electrical architecture of the updates or changes may also cause
Cellular and GPS Antennas vehicle. Do not add any electrical a system to automatically
Cellular reception is required for equipment. See Add-On Electrical communicate with GM servers to
OnStar to send remote signals to Equipment 0 277. Added electrical collect information about vehicle
the vehicle. Do not place items over equipment may interfere with the system status, identify whether
or near the antenna to prevent operation of the OnStar system and updates or changes are available,
blocking cellular and GPS signal cause it to not operate. or deliver updates or changes. An
reception. active OnStar agreement constitutes
Vehicle Software Updates consent to these software updates
Unable to Connect to OnStar OnStar or GM may remotely deliver or changes and agreement that
Message software updates or changes to the either OnStar or GM may remotely
If there is limited cellular coverage vehicle without further notice or deliver them to the vehicle.
or the cellular network has reached consent. These updates or changes
Privacy
maximum capacity, this message may enhance or maintain safety,
may come on. Press Q to try the security, or the operation of the The complete OnStar Privacy
vehicle or the vehicle systems. Statement may be found at
call again or try again after driving a
Software updates or changes may www.onstar.com (U.S.),
few miles into another cellular area.
affect or erase data or settings that or www.onstar.ca (Canada). We
Vehicle and Power Issues are stored in the vehicle, such as recommend that you review it. If you
OnStar Hands-Free Calling name have any questions, call
OnStar services require a vehicle 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827)
tags, saved navigation destinations,
electrical system, wireless service,
and GPS satellite technologies to be
or pre-set radio stations. Neither or press Q to speak with an
OnStar nor GM is responsible for Advisor. Users of wireless
available and operating for features
any affected or erased data or communications are cautioned that
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
OnStar 405
the privacy of any information sent hereby granted, provided that the or other dealings in this Software
via wireless cellular communications above copyright notice and this without prior written authorization of
cannot be assured. Third parties permission notice appear in all the copyright holder.
may unlawfully intercept or access copies.
transmissions and private unzip:
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED
communications without consent. “AS IS,” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF This is version 2005-Feb-10 of the
ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR Info-ZIP copyright and license. The
OnStar - Software definitive version of this document
Acknowledgements IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES should be available at ftp://
Certain OnStar components include OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/
libcurl and unzip software and other FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE license.html indefinitely.
third party software. Below are the AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP. All
notices and licenses associated with THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NO rights reserved.
libcurl and unzip and for other third EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
party software please see http:// For the purposes of this copyright
COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE and license, “Info-ZIP” is defined as
www.lg.com/global/support/ LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
opensource/index and https:// the following set of individuals:
DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
www.onstar.com/us/en/support/ WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis,
getdocuments.html CONTRACT, TORT OR Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois,
OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley, Ed
libcurl:
OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION Gordon, Ian Gorman, Chris
COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE Herborth, Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig,
NOTICE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN Robert Heath, Jonathan Hudson,
Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010, Daniel THE SOFTWARE. Paul Kienitz, David Kirschbaum,
Stenberg, <daniel@haxx.se>. Johnny Lee, Onno van der Linden,
Except as contained in this notice, Igor Mandrichenko, Steve P. Miller,
All rights reserved. the name of a copyright holder shall Sergio Monesi, Keith Owens,
not be used in advertising or George Petrov, Greg Roelofs, Kai
Permission to use, copy, modify, otherwise to promote the sale, use
and distribute this software for any Uwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury,
purpose with or without fee is Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda,
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
406 OnStar
Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta, to this condition is redistribution of Info-ZIP. Such altered
Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren, of a standard UnZipSFX binary versions are further prohibited
Rich Wales, Mike White. (including SFXWiz) as part of a from misrepresentative use of
This software is provided “as is,” self-extracting archive; that is the Zip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mail
without warranty of any kind, permitted without inclusion of addresses or of the
express or implied. In no event shall this license, as long as the Info-ZIP URL(s).
Info-ZIP or its contributors be held normal SFX banner has not 4. Info-ZIP retains the right to use
liable for any direct, indirect, been removed from the binary the names “Info-ZIP,” “Zip,”
incidental, special or consequential or disabled. “UnZip,” “UnZipSFX,” “WiZ,”
damages arising out of the use of or 3. Altered versions–including, but “Pocket UnZip,” “Pocket Zip,”
inability to use this software. not limited to, ports to new and “MacZip” for its own
Permission is granted to anyone to operating systems, existing source and binary releases.
use this software for any purpose, ports with new graphical
including commercial applications, interfaces, and dynamic,
and to alter it and redistribute it shared, or static library
freely, subject to the following versions–must be plainly
restrictions: marked as such and must not
be misrepresented as being
1. Redistributions of source code the original source. Such
must retain the above copyright altered versions also must not
notice, definition, disclaimer, be misrepresented as being
and this list of conditions. Info-ZIP releases–including,
2. Redistributions in binary form but not limited to, labeling of
(compiled executables) must the altered versions with the
reproduce the above copyright names “Info-ZIP” (or any
notice, definition, disclaimer, variation thereof, including, but
and this list of conditions in not limited to, different
documentation and/or other capitalizations), “Pocket
materials provided with the UnZip,” “WiZ” or “MacZip”
distribution. The sole exception without the explicit permission
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Index 407
Index A
Accessories and
Airbag System (cont'd)
When Should an Airbag
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280 Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . . 72
Adaptive Cruise Control . . . . . . . . 245 Airbags
Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . 277 Adding Equipment to the
Additional Information Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402 Passenger Status Indicator . . . 121
Additional Maintenance Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374 Servicing Airbag-Equipped
Adjustments Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Lumbar, Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Agreements Alarm
Trademarks and License . . . . . 202 Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . . . 292 Alert
Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . .205, 208 Lane Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Air Filter, Passenger Side Blind Zone (SBZA) . . . . . . 263
Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Airbag System Antenna
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Backglass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
How Does an Airbag Multi-band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . 236
Passenger Sensing System . . . . 77 Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
What Makes an Airbag Appearance Care
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
What Will You See after an Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
408 Index
Apple CarPlay and B Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309

Android Auto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 Backglass Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Armrest Battery Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Rear Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Exterior Lighting Battery Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Assistance Program, Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 Headlamps, Front Turn
Roadside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387 Load Management . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 Signal, Sidemarker, and
Assistance Systems for Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 Parking Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257 Voltage and Charging License Plate Lamps . . . . . . . . . 308
Assistance Systems for Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 Taillamps, Turn Signal,
Parking and Backing . . . . . . . . . . 253 Battery - North America . . . .301, 352 Stoplamps, and
Audio Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . . . 304 Back-up Lamps . . . . . . . . 307, 308
Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . . 172 Bluetooth Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
Automatic Overview . . . . . . . . . . . 190, 191, 195
C
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Brake Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Forward Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260 Parking, Electric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 California
Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 System Warning Light . . . . . . . . 124 Fuel Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299 Perchlorate Materials
Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . 292 Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Automatic Transmission Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239 California
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235 Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300 Proposition
Shift Lock Control Function Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237 65 Warning . . . . . . . . . .279, 301, 352
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303 Regenerative Braking . . . . . . . . . 240 Canadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . 2
Avoiding Untrusted Media System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 Capacities and
Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
Automatic Forward . . . . . . . . . . . 260 Carbon Monoxide
Braking System Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Front Pedestrian (FPB) . . . . . . . 261 Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 225 Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Index 409
Cargo Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . 351 Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . 386

Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Compartments Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
Caution, Danger, and Warning . . . . 2 Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Text Telephone (TTY)
Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . 102 Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386
Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Customer Information
Charging Compressor Kit, Tire Sealant . . . 339 Service Publications
Wireless . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Connections Ordering Information . . . . . . . . 392
Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . 122 OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399 Customer Satisfaction
Check Control Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
Malfunction Indicator Traction and Electronic
D
Engine Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Damage Repair, Collision . . . . . . . 390
Child Restraints Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Danger, Warning, and Caution . . . . 2
Infants and Young Children . . . . . 85 Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Data Collection
Lower Anchors and Tethers Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Coolant
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395
Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . . . 395
Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96, 98 Engine Temperature Gauge . . .119
Daytime Running
Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .205, 208
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Cleaning Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . .293, 294
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358 Engine Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363 Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Diagnostics
Climate Control Systems . . . . . . . 205 Courtesy Transportation
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Dual Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Door
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . 112, 114 Cruise Control, Adaptive . . . . . . . . 245
Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . . 390 Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
410 Index
Door (cont'd) Electrical System Engine (cont'd)

Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Engine Compartment Fuse Running While Parked . . . . . . . . 233
Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .311 Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . . 382 Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310 Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Driver Assistance Systems . . . . . 252 Instrument Panel Fuse Equipment, Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Driver Information Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315 Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . . 395
Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . .131, 134 Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310 Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Driving Emergency Extended Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . 257 OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398 Extender, Safety Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Characteristics and Energy Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . 163
Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 Engine Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . 165
Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292 Exterior Lighting Battery
Drunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 Check and Service Engine Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
For Better Fuel Economy . . . . . . . 29 Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
F
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . 219 Compartment Overview . . . . . . . 283
Features
If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . . 221 Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 Coolant Temperature
Filter,
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 217 Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119
Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . 292
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 222 Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . 293, 294
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 Cooling System Messages . . . 140
Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . 166
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . 382
Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
Dual Automatic Climate Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
E Fluid
Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . 238 Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 292
Oil Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Electric Parking Brake Light . . . . 124 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
Electrical Equipment, Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277 Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Index 411
Forward Automatic Braking . . . . . 260 G Headlamps (cont'd)

Forward Collision Alert Garage Door Opener . . . . . . . . . . . 159 Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
(FCA) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258 Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Frequency Statement Gauges Daytime Running
Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393 Engine Coolant Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Front Pedestrian Braking Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119 Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
(FPB) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118 Headlamps, Front Turn
Front Seats Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117 Signal, Sidemarker, and
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Power Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119 Parking Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Heated and Ventilated . . . . . . . . . . 60 Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117 High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 129
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268 Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117 High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 165
Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117 Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 130
Economy Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Warning Lights and Heated
Filling a Portable Fuel Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271 General Information Heated and Ventilated Front
Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 Service and Maintenance . . . . . 368 Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118 Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279 Heater
Low Fuel Warning Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128, 129 GM Mobility Reimbursement Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .205, 208
Requirements, California . . . . . 269 Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387 High Voltage Devices and
System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
H High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Engine Compartment Fuse High-Speed Operation . . . . . . . . . . 326
Hands-Free Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .311 Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . 219
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . 166
Instrument Panel Fuse Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . . 240
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315 Home Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Headlamps
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
412 Index
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 K LATCH System

How to Wear Safety Belts Key and Lock Messages . . . . . . . . 141 Replacing Parts after a
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Keyless Entry Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
HVAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .205, 208 Remote (RKE) System . . . . . . . . . 32 LATCH, Lower Anchors and
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Tethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
I
LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225 L
Light
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Labeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . . . 320
Ready Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Indicator Lamps
Vehicle Ready . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Pedestrian Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Lighting
Vehicle Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . 165
Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Infants and Young Children, Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Information Exterior Lamps Off
LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Energy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 Exterior Lighting Battery
Airbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . 396 Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Antilock Brake System
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . 112, 114 License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
(ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Instrument Panel Overview . . . . . . . 6 Malfunction Indicator . . . . . . . . . 122
Brake System Warning . . . . . . . 124
Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . 49 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
J Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Jump Starting - North Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . . . 264
Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . 124
America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352 Lane Departure
Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . 128
Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . . . 266
High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Lane Keep Assist Light . . . . . . . . . 125
High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 165
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . 128, 129
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Index 413
Lights (cont'd) M Messages (cont'd)

Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . 120 Maintenance Propulsion Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379 Ride Control System . . . . . . . . . . 145
Service Electric Parking Maintenance and Care Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Additional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374 Service Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
StabiliTrak® OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . 369 Starting the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Recommended Fluids and Steering System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Traction Control System Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377 Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
(TCS)/StabiliTrak® . . . . . . . . . . 127 Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . 122 Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Traction Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Locks Media Vehicle Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Automatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Avoiding Untrusted Devices . . 184 Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Mirrors
Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Automatic Dimming
Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Messages Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Battery Voltage and Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . .128, 129 Brake System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 Manual Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Low-Profile Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319 Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Lower Anchors and Tethers Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Tilt in Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
for Children (LATCH Engine Cooling System . . . . . . . 140 Mirrors, Interior Rearview . . . . . . . . 49
System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Monitor System, Tire
Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Engine Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Multi-band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Key and Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Object Detection System . . . . . 142
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
414 Index
N Operation Perchlorate Materials

Navigation Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 176 Requirements, California . . . . . . 279
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399 Ordering Personalization
Net, Convenience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Service Publications . . . . . . . . . . 392 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . 225 Outlets Phone
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Apple CarPlay and
O
Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . 297 Android Auto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Object Detection System
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . 190, 191, 195
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Hands-Free . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 P
Port
Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117 Park
USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Off-Road Shifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Power
Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Oil Parking
Flows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288 Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Indicator Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 291 Brake and P (Park)
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 303
Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 Extended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Older Children, Restraints . . . . . . . 83 Over Things That Burn . . . . . . . 232
Retained Accessory (RAP) . . . 230
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . . 386 Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395 Parking or Backing
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
OnStar® Additional Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . 253
Pregnancy, Using Safety Belts . . . 69
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402 Passenger Airbag Status
Privacy
OnStar® Connections . . . . . . . . . . . 399 Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Vehicle Data Recording . . . . . . . 394
OnStar® Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . 401 Passenger Compartment Air
Program
OnStar® Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . 398 Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Courtesy Transportation . . . . . . 389
OnStar® Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399 Passenger Sensing System . . . . . 77
OnStar® Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397 Pedestrian Ahead Indicator . . . . . 126
OnStar® Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Index 415
Proposition Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . . 382

65 Warning, Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309 Running the Vehicle While
California . . . . . . . . . . . .279, 301, 352 Replacement Parts Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Propulsion Power Messages . . . 144 Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
S
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
R Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . . . 82
Radio Frequency Statement . . . . 393 Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Replacing LATCH System
Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Radios How to Wear Safety Belts
Replacing Safety Belt System
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Satellite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Reporting Safety Defects
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Canadian Government . . . . . . . . 394
Ready Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 Replacing after a Crash . . . . . . . . 70
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394
Rear Seat Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . 69
U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Safety Defects Reporting
Restraints
Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . . 253 Canadian Government . . . . . . . . 394
Where to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394
Retained Accessory
Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Recommended Fluids and Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Ride Control Systems
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377 Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Records Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . . 389
Roads
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379 Sealant Kit, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
Driving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . 356 Seats
Roadside Assistance
Regenerative Braking . . . . . . . . . . . 240 Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
Reimbursement Program, Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Roof
GM Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387 Heated and Ventilated Front . . . . 60
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . . 57
Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
416 Index
Seats (cont'd) Services Steering (cont'd)

Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . 57 Special Application . . . . . . . . . . . 374 Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Shift Lock Control Function Steering System Messages . . . . . 145
Securing Child Restraints . . . . 96, 98 Check, Automatic Stoplamps and Back-up Lamps
Security Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . 307, 308
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 Shifting Storage Areas
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 Center Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398 Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) . . . 263 Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Signals, Turn and Umbrella . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 Lane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . 101
Accessories and Spare Tire Storing the Tire Sealant and
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280 Compact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351 Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
Climate Control System . . . . . . . 205 Special Application Services . . . . 374 Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . . 280 Specifications and Summer Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
Engine Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381 Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 379 Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Maintenance, General StabiliTrak Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368 OFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 System
Parts Identification Label . . . . . 380 Start Assist, Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 Forward Collision
Publications Ordering Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Alert (FCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392 Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . . . 303 Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171, 396
Scheduling Appointments . . . . . 389 Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227 Systems
Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 Starting the Vehicle Driver Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Service Electric Parking Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Brake Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Heated Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
Index 417
T Tires (cont'd) Trailer

Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Sealant and Compressor Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Taillamps Kit, Storing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346 Transmission
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . 307, 308 Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320 Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . 386 Terminology and Definitions . . 322 Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . . . 47 Uniform Tire Quality Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335 Transportation Program,
Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Wheel Alignment and Tire Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317 Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336 Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
All-Season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318 Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 336 Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333 When It Is Time for New Turn and Lane-Change
Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332 Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346 Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318 Turn Signal
Compact Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351 Towing Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . 307, 308
Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322 Driving Characteristics . . . . . . . . 272
U
Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334 Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Umbrella Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 338 General Information . . . . . . . . . . 272
Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . 335
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331 Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 356
Universal Remote System . . . . . . 159
Low Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319 Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326 Traction
USB Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Control System (TCS)/
Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Pressure Monitor Operation . . 328 StabiliTrak® Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Pressure Monitor System . . . . . 327 Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 V
Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331 Traction Control/Electronic Vehicle
Sealant and Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339 Trademarks and License Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
10122664) - 2017 - crc - 5/23/16
418 Index
Vehicle (cont'd) Warnings

Identification Number (VIN) . . . 380 Hazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 Wheels
Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Alignment and Tire Balance . . 336
Reminder Messages . . . . . . . . . . 147 Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 When It Is Time for New
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . 126 Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . . 89
Vehicle Care Wi-Fi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
Storing the Tire Sealant Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
and Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . 346 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325 Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Vehicle Data Recording and Windshield
Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394 Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Vehicle Ready Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 Winter
Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
Voltage Devices and Wiring . . . . 309 Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . . . 304
Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
W
Wiring, High Voltage Devices . . . 309
Warning
Brake System Light . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Caution and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Lane Departure (LDW) . . . . . . . 266
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111

Owner's Manual

Uploaded by

Owner's Manual

Uploaded by

2k17_Chevrolet_Malibu_23461930A.

Malibu Owner’s Manual

Introduction This manual describes features that

A circle with a slash through it is a 9 : Airbag Readiness Light

In Brief Vehicle Features

Windows Seat Adjustment Manual Seat Height Adjuster

Manual Front Seats

Power Seats Lumbar Adjustment Reclining Seatbacks

See Power Seat Adjustment 0 57.

If equipped, the 1, 2, SET, and B

The passenger airbag status Exterior Mirrors Steering Wheel

Interior Lighting and the indicator light will turn off.

If equipped, the rear reading lamps

Exterior Lighting See:

INT : Move the lever up to INT for

Climate Control System

1. Fan Control 5. Driver and Passenger Heated

3. A/C (Air Conditioning) or Max/ 6. Recirculation

pedal. L2 (Low 2) provides moderate

The infotainment system has built-in

Radio(s) d : Press and release to go to the coast, and in digital-quality sound.

The Bluetooth-enabled mobile g : If equipped with OnStar® or a

Cruise Control ✓SET : Press briefly to set the w or x : Press to move up or

See Battery - North America 0 301

Keys, Doors, and Windows 31

Keys, Doors, and Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

32 Keys, Doors, and Windows

If there is a decrease in the Remote Other conditions, such as those

Keys, Doors, and Windows 33

34 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 35

36 Keys, Doors, and Windows

When all additional transmitters The Driver Information Center

Keys, Doors, and Windows 37

When all additional transmitters 2. With the vehicle in P (Park) or

38 Keys, Doors, and Windows

The battery is not rechargeable. To 3. Remove the battery by pushing

Keys, Doors, and Windows 39

40 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Conditions in Which Remote Start Door Locks Warning (Continued)

Keys, Doors, and Windows 41

To lock or unlock the doors from the Key Cylinder Access

42 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Power Door Locks Delayed Locking

Keys, Doors, and Windows 43

44 Keys, Doors, and Windows

To open a rear door when the safety

Keys, Doors, and Windows 45

Emergency Trunk Release

46 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Vehicle Security On Solid : Vehicle is secured

Keys, Doors, and Windows 47

Disarming the Alarm System How to Detect a Tamper

48 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Vehicle with a Low Transmitter

Keys, Doors, and Windows 49

Lane Change Alert (LCA) Reverse Tilt Mirrors Interior Mirrors

50 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Windows pulsing sound when either rear

The vehicle aerodynamics are

Keys, Doors, and Windows 51

52 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Sun Visors Roof Sunroof Express Operation

Keys, Doors, and Windows 53

Automatic Reversal System the water drainage system.

Dirt and debris may collect on the

54 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Replacing Safety Belt System

Seats and Restraints 55

Head Restraints Adjust the head restraint so that the

56 Seats and Restraints

To lower the head restraint, press

Move the lever on the outboard side

To adjust a manual seat:

Seats and Restraints 57

Power Seat Adjustment Lumbar Adjustment Warning (Continued)